Home

Texas Instruments TI-84 Calculator User Manual

1. Group Copies Select this for group printing 1 1 1 Y Y D amp v w 3 1 2 w N TITTTTTT N TITTTTTT w Rotated Sort Copies Select this for rotate sort printing NOTES Group Copies and Rotated Sort Copies can be selected only when more than 2 copies are entered at the Number of Copies option e Rotated Sort Copies can be selected only when Letter A4 or B5 is selected at the Output Paper Size option e When Rotate Sort Copies is selected the Resolution option in the Image Quality tab will be 600 x 600 dpi and the selection will be disabled w 3 2 N N N 4 9 Color This sets whether a print job is printed in color mode or monochrome mode Automatic Select this to determine the color mode automatically When a print job is a black and white document the system automatically pri
2. Option Value Alternate Value Description thinlinelimit on ON Set the thin line limit mode thinlinelimit off OFF Cancel the thin line limit mode Example The command to set the thin line limit mode is Ip o thinlinelimit on filename Do not Print Blank Pages The Blank page mode can be selected using the following option Option Value Alternate Value Description blankpage 0 Set the blank page mode disable Do not Print Blank Pages blankpage 1 Cancel the blank page mode enable Do not Print Blank Pages Toner Save The toner save mode can be set using the following option Option Value Alternate Value Description tonersave on ON Set the toner save mode tonersave off OFF Cancel the toner save mode Example The command to set the toner save mode is Ip o tonersave on filename Booklet Modes The booklet mode can be selected using the following options Option Value Alternate Value Description booklet letter It Select letter size paper for booklet printing mode LT booklet A4 a4 Select A4 size paper for booklet printing mode booklet legal Ig Select legal size paper for booklet printing mode LG booklet st Select statement size paper for booklet printing mode statement ST Printing Guide Printing from UNIX Option Value Alternate Value Description bo
3. N gt ow ITI an SE o TT 294 Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh Upper Right Portrait Lower Right Landscape Select this to staple in the upper right for the portrait document or in the lower right for the landscape doc ument ow TTT 3 N o TT Middle Right Portrait Middle Bottom Landscape Select this to staple double in the right for the portrait document or in the bottom for the landscape document 3 N a IT il esa o TTT Lower Right Portrait Lower Left Landscape Select this to staple in the lower right for the portrait document or in the lower left for the landscape docu ment 3 N N gt a fI olll Middle Top Portrait Middle Right Landscape Select this to staple dou ble in the top for the portrai
4. TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 A driver is already installed for this printer Would you like to keep the existing driver or use the new one Your programs may print differently if you use the new driver Keep existing driver recommended cmos 16 Change the name if desired and click Next Add Printer Wizard x Type in the name of this printer When you have finished click Next Note Exceeding 31 characters in the Server and Printer name combination may not be supported by some applications Printer name Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer Yes No lt Back Cancel SUPPLEMENT If any printer drivers have installed on the computer select whether using this printer as a default printer 136 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 17 Select whether this printer is shared or not and click Next Add Printer Wizard x Indicate whether this printer will be shared with other network users If you choose sharing give this printer a share name C Shared o Share Name Select the operating systems of all computers that will be printing to this printer lt Back Cancel SUPPLEMENT When you select Shared you can also select the operating systems of printer drivers that you want to install for clients If you select any operating systems repeat the proce dure from Step
5. v Include this location in the search D CLIENT W2K_XP_2003 PCLE USA Dont search will choose the driver to install Choose this option to select the device driver from a list Windows does not guarantee that the driver you choose will be the best match for your hardware lt Back _Newt gt Cancel e It starts copying files 7 Click Finish Found New Hardware Wizard Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard The wizard has finished installing the software for TOSHIBA e STUDIO451 cSeries PELE Click Finish to close the wizard 8 The installation is completed Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Installation for Parallel Printing by Add Printer Wizard The procedure to install the printer driver for Parallel printing by Add Printer Wizard dif fers depending on the version of the Windows being used P 41 Windows 98 Me P 44 Windows NT 4 0 P 48 Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 e TopAccessDocMon is not available when this equipment is only connected using the printer cable However when this equipment and your computer are connected to the local area network as well as this equipment is connected to the parallel port of your computer you can use TopAccessDocMon to monitor your print jobs To install TopAccessDocMon yo
6. 10 10 70 120 p The printer information includes Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon 1 Printer Image This displays a visual representation of the printer showing the device status icon when an error condition occurs P 355 Device Status Indicators 2 Name This displays the name of the printer 3 Model This displays the printer model name 4 Location This displays the printer s physical location 5 Status This tells you if the machine is ready for printing 6 Hole Punch This displays the type of hole punch unit installed 7 Physical Address This displays the printer s machine address a unique ID provided by the printer s network card also referred to as the hardware address 8 Printer Information This displays the drawer status icon along with the errors and warnings that have been recorded for the printer Shows drawer status and provides machine informa tion such as toner low door open paper jam etc Also it provides the alert and counter information 9 Description list box below Printer Information This highlights the method of recovery for the alert selected above 10 Add Device Click this to add a new device to be monitored The TopAccessDocMon Network Discovery dialog box appears P 331 Adding Devices Changing Monitoring Devices You can change the device to display the details in the ToopAccessDocMon window To change the device click the
7. Must exactly fit the tab extension x L Gel rE When you create a document for tab printing place the text or object that should appear on the tab extension on the right side of the document You must place the text in the height exactly to fit to the tab extension Also the right margin a margin between the text and right edge of the document must have more than 0 08 inch or 2 mm space because the equipment cannot print in the space Printing Guide Printing from Windows 2 Place tab paper on the drawer or bypass tray e When placing the tab paper on the bypass tray place the tab paper so that the tab side becomes outside Place the tab paper so that the tab side becomes outside l 3 When printing a document display the Setup tab of the printer driver properties select document size in the Origi nal Paper Size drop down box and select either Letter Tab or A4 Tab according to the document size in the Print Paper Size drop down box Original Paper Size Letter 81 2 x 11 had Manual Scale ma Print Paper Size Paper Source Paper Type Orientation Portrait hd e The Primary Tab Dialog dialog box appears 4 Inthe Tab Manufacturer drop down box select the product name of the tab paper that you use or select Custom when you use other manufactured tab paper x Select a Tab manufacturer for your tab print job Tab Manufacturer Blank
8. Would you like to print a test page cees 15 The installation is completed NOTE Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 Installing the printer driver for parallel printing by Add Printer Wizard The following describes an installation on Windows 2000 The procedure is the same when Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 is used NOTE You must log into Windows as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege when using Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 1 Click Start and select Printers in Settings Windows 2000 or select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Server 2003 ke Windows Update Gy Set Program Access and Defaults Control Panel Network and Dial up Connections gt e The Printers folder is opened 48 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 2 Double click the Add Printer icon a sinh File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back gt Qsearch CyFolders BM GE X A Address 2 Printers z s a a ag a g TOSHIBA Printers e STUDIO4 Add Printer The Add Printer wizard gives you step by step instructions for installing a printer To install a new printer double click the Add Printer i
9. 2005 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved Under the copyright laws this manual cannot be reproduced in any form without prior written per mission of TTEC No patent liability is assumed however with respect to the use of the informa tion contained herein 4 Printing Guide TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHT Preface Thank you for purchasing e STUDIO451c Series Multifunctional Digital Color Systems This guide provides instructions on how to set up your computer and print to the equip ment Read this guide before printing to your e STUDIO451c Series Keep this guide within easy reach and use it to configure an environment that makes best of the e STUDIO s functions About This Guide This manual describes how to install the user software for the printer functions set up printing and manage print jobs from Microsoft Windows Apple Mac OS and UNIX computers For information about setting up network servers and clients to use the e STUDIO451c Series see the Network Administration Guide For general information on using the copier your computer your application software or your network see the manuals that accompany those products Conventions e The term this equipment in this manual refers to the e STUDIO451c Series The term e Filing in this manual is an abbreviation of electronic filing About Other Manuals Other guides are included in the User Documentation CD ROM provided with this sys tem
10. Finisher Tray 1 Paper Full Please Remove Paper Remove paper from the Finisher Tray 1 Finisher Tray 2 Paper Full Please Remove Paper Remove paper from the Finisher Tray 2 Inner Tray Paper Full Please Remove Paper Remove paper from the Inner Tray This error message is only displayed for e STUDIO4511 Series e STUDIO450 Series and e STUDIO280 Series Hole Punch Full in Finisher Please Clear Hole Punch Dispose the punched paper bits Refer to the Operator s Manual for Basic Function for instruction Job Separator Upper Paper Full Please Remove Paper Remove paper form the Job Separator Upper Tray This error message is only displayed for e STUDIO450 Series and e STUDIO280 Series Job Separator Lower Paper Full Please Remove Paper Remove paper from the Job Separator Lower Tray This error message is only displayed for e STUDIO450 Series and e STUDIO280 Series Offset Tray Full Please Remove Paper Remove paper from the Offset Tray This error message is only displayed for e STUDIO450 Series and e STUDIO280 Series Printer Output Error Please Contact Service Technician Contact your service representative Printer Input Error Please Contact Service Technician Contact your service representative Printing Guide TopAccessDocMon Errors Status Details Description Contact Ser vice Techni cian Auto
11. 64 Windows NT 4 0 E EE E E A 64 Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 aaasssseessssrreseesrseesrrrneesrennneernena 67 Installation for Raw TCP LPR Printing by Add Printer Wizard 72 Printing Guide Table of Contents WindOws NT 4 0 wc 2ec8 288s cece cess scneteinagesd foedigdsnd genie aR aa aTi 72 Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 cccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeenaaes 77 Installing Client Software for SMB Printing c cceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeneeees 85 Installation for SMB Printing Using the Installer eens 85 Using the Discovery Functions to Specify the SMB Port 91 Installation for SMB Printing by Point and Print 96 WindoOws 98 Me erent e aE EEE E TE pseen Ga een 96 Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP Server 2003 cesseeceeeeestteeeeeeenaes 98 Installation for SMB Printing by Add Printer Wizard ceeeee 99 Windows 98 M 2 0 ccecsceeeseeseedeesenteseseseeenensedeenseeeesesenenentenseeeee 99 Windows NTAD ice weed na e a A ian ates 101 Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 ceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeenaaes 106 Installing Client Software for IPP Printing 112 Installation for IPP Printing by Add Printer Wizard 112 Installing Client Software for Novell Printing cessceeeeeeseeeeeeenees 118 Installation for Novell Printing Using the Installer ee 119 Installation for Novell Printing by Point and Print eee 123 Windows 98 Me wictniaca dA e
12. Enter the group name in the Group Name field In the All Available Fonts expand each folder and select the fonts that you want to add to the group Click Add gt gt e The selected fonts are added to the Fonts in Group list Click OK The created group is added to the Font Groups list Printing Guide Managing Fonts with Font Manager Sorting Fonts in the List You can sort and change the order of fonts to be displayed in the Available Font and Installed Fonts list Sorting by Name Click the Sort menu and click Sort by Name The fonts are listed alphabetically by the font family name Sorting by Font Type Click the Sort menu and click Sort by Font Type The fonts are grouped according to their technology type TrueType Type 1 or screen bitmap and within each group the names will be listed alphabetically inverting the Alphabetical Order The lists can be inverted by clicking on the Sort menu and Inverse Sort Printing Guide Managing Fonts with Font Manager 363 Internal Fonts List Internal PCL Fonts List 0 Courier 40 Helvetica BoldOblique 1 CG Times 41 Helvetica Narrow 2 CG Times Bold 42 Helvetica Narrow Bold 3 CG Times Italic 43 Helvetica Narrow Oblique 4 CG Times Bold Italic 44 Helvetica Narrow BoldOblique 5 CG Omega 45 Palatino Roman 6 CG Omega Bold 4
13. Installing Client Software for Windows 10 Check Next Driver Files Search Results Exe The wizard has finished searching for driver files for your hardware device Sy The wizard found a driver for the following device oy Unknown Windows found a driver for this device To install the driver Windows found click Next Ae x e client w2k_xp_2003 pcl6 usa es4dxl2K inf lt Back zA e It starts copying files 11 Click Finish Found New Hardware Wizard Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard e TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCLE Windows has finished installing the software for this device To close this wizard click Finish 12 The installation is completed NOTE Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Windows XP Server 2003 Installing the printer driver for USB printing by Plug and Play The following describes an installation on Windows XP The procedure is the same when Windows Server 2003 is used NOTE You must log into Windows as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege when using Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 1 Power on this equipment and your computer 2 Connect the USB cable to this equipment and your com puter The Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box appear
14. Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon 333 334 2 Click Manual Selection TopAccessDocMon Network Discovery 4 xj Monitoring Device IPAIPX Address Location 6 TOSHIBA e STUDIO4 10 10 70 105 CIK TOSHIBA e STUDIO4 10 10 70 105 Discovered Device Select Start Discovery to begin the discovery process Start Discovery Advanced Manual Selection OK Cancel Help e The Manual Selection dialog box appears 3 Enter each item to specify the printer address xi IP Address 10 10 70 106 F Addres Nemes MFP 00C69875 Location Cancel IP Address Enter the IP address of the printer IPX Address Enter the IPX address of the printer This is available only when the IPX SPX protocol and Novell Client are installed in your computer and the computer is connected to the NetWare server Name Enter the printer name Location Enter the location of the printer NOTE You must enter Name and either IP Address or IPX Address Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon 4 Entered printer is added in the Monitoring Device list Click OK x Monitoring Device IPAPX Address Location 6 TOSHIBA e STUDIOS 10 10 70 105 CSS TOSHIBA e STUDIOS 10 10 70 105 C mep coces975 10 10 70 106 Discovered Device Name LIPAPK Address Location Model Select Start Discovery to begin the discove
15. Scanning Guide explains how to scan operation such as Scan to e Filing Scan to File and Scan to E mail TopAccess Guide explains how to set up and manage network functions using the TopAccess user functions such as network job management and template registra tion from client computers via a network Network Administration Guide explains the basic configuration and administration of the equipment in supported platform and network environments It also includes guidelines for setting up network servers to provide various network services e Filing Guide explains how to operate the e Filing features by using the TWAIN driver File Downloader and e Filing web utility Network Fax Guide explains how to use the network fax features that enable users to operate fax and internet fax sending from a client computer via network Printing Guide Preface 5 Printing Guide Preface Table of Contents SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT cccccceeeeeceeeeeneeeeeeseeeeeeeeseenaaees 2 TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHT cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennaeeeeseeenneeeeeeeaes 4 POTS anos as eae 28 hea earl oe a th Yc eae tr doe ea Pee A 5 About TIS Guid wiscc i e lt accethet dg bace a ied abeclee ities tetel ih bowel id EA 5 GGOMVENUIONS EEEE EEEE ATE E E E cates 5 About Other Manuals Soet e a a a r a i 5 Table of Content S a a r a aa a a a ae a aAa aa Aa TEE 7 T OV ON VIC Wow iss ess ivai va ihanan aaa aea aea arae paaa aaa
16. Select this to print the first page image on the front side of a cover Print on both sides of page Select this to print the first two page images on both sides of a cover This is available only when the 2 Sided Printing option is enabled on the Setup tab If Print on 1 side of page is selected while 2 Sided Printing is performed the first page is printed on the front side of the cover sheet and the back side of the cover will be blank Printing Guide Printing from Windows 2 Use Back Cover This sets back cover printing which allows you to insert or print a back cover ona sheet fed from a different tray than the Paper Source option selected on the Setup tab To enable back cover printing check on the box and select the location from where a back cover sheet is to be fed and the print style to be used Source Select the location from where a back cover sheet is to be fed When Automatic is selected the paper is automatically selected according to the printed document size NOTE The selectable values in the Source drop down box vary depending on the optional devices installed on this equipment and their configuration on the Configuration tab Print Style This selects how you want to print a back cover Do not print on page Select this to insert a blank cover Print on 1 side of page Select this to print the last page image on the front side of a cover Print on both sides of page Selec
17. e The Install From Disk dialog box appears 8 Click Browse x Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive Ets f selected and then click OK Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from 4 eoe The Locate File dialog box appears 9 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive When inserting the Client Utilities CD ROM the installer may automatically start Click Cancel to exit the installer and continue the operation 10 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 is located and click Open ax Look in Sy USA J ef Lo Fie name eS 4dsl2K inf X My Network P Files of type Setup Information inf Cancel To install the PCL5c printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL5c lt language gt To install the PCL6 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL6 lt language gt e To install the PS3 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PS lt language gt 140 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 11 Click OK x Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive oy selected and then click OK Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from E CLIENT W2k_XP_2003 PCL6 USA he Browse 12 Select the printer driver and click Next Add Printer Wizard The manufacturer and model determine which printer to use S
18. Agfa Font Manager This utility allows you to install and manage the TrueType fonts that are corresponding to the internal PS fonts on the equipment There is another job monitoring utility TopAccess which allows you to monitor and manage your print jobs over the Internet using either Netscape Navigator or Internet Explorer Because TopAccess is an embedded web based device and job manage ment tool it does not require your installation Planning for Installation 20 This section will help you to plan an installation suited to your environment Before installing the client software read this section Before Installing Client Software Before installing the client software confirm the followings to perform an appropriate installation When Same Printer Drivers Have Been Installed Before updating the printer drivers please delete the printer drivers When GL DocMon Has Been Installed If the GL DocMon for GL 1010 or GL 1020 has been installed uninstall the GL DocMon to install the TopAccessDocMon TopAccessDocMon can be used to monitor the GL 1010 and GL 1020 controller When TopAccessDocMon Has Been Installed If the TopAcceessDocMon has been installed from either the e STUDIO850 Series Client CD ROM e STUDIO4511 Series Client1 CD ROM e STUDIO450 Series Client1 CD ROM or e STUDIO280 Series Client1 CD ROM you do not have to install it from the other one TopAccessDocMon can be used to monitor both devices
19. Angle a R Ki a gt X Position 0 000 inches 90 o 30 Y Position 0 000 inches C Solid Units inches X Draw as Outline Transparency Center Watermark 5x H 4 0 50 100 Cancel 2 Enter the watermark text in the Caption field e You can enter up to 63 characters for the Caption field 3 Select a font for the watermark at the Font Name drop down box NOTE Do not select the symbol font such as Symbol Webdings and so on The symbol font will not apply to the watermark text 4 Select a font style for the watermark at the Style drop down box 5 Select a color for the watermark at the Color drop down box e If your preferred color is not listed in the drop down box click Browse to display the color palette and add your color NOTES The Color drop down box is not available for the PCL6 printer driver e When Mono is selected at the Color drop down box on the Setup tab the Color drop down box is not available 6 Enter the font size in the Font Size field e You can enter any integer between 6 to 300pt in units of 1pt 256 Printing Guide Printing from Windows 7 To rotate the watermark enter the degrees in the Angle field e You can enter from 90 degrees to 90 degrees in units of 1 degree in the Angle field You can also set the angle using the scroll bar 8 Select how the watermark text is printed fr
20. Installing Client Software for Windows 1 Click Start and select Printers in Settings Windows 2000 or select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Server 2003 ke Windows Update fy Set Program Access and Defaults fxs Programs A Documents 3 Control Panel o R Network and Dial up Connections gt Printers sq Taskbar amp Start Menu e The Printers folder is opened Double click the Add Printers icon CE lolx File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back gt Qsearch Gyrolders AZ GS Xx oA Ee zl Go Address 3 Printers wu g Printers Add Printer The Add Printer wizard gives you step by step instructions for installing a printer To install a new printer double click the Add Printer icon Windows 2000 Support 1 object s selected e When using the Windows XP Server 2003 click Add a printer in the Printer Tasks menu e The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears Click Next Add Printer Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections To continue click Next Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 113 4 Select Network printer and click Next Bape a a ar If the printer is directly attached to your computer click Local printer If it is attached to another computer or directly to the netwo
21. Please Clear Paper Path Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper Paper Jam in Printer Please Clear Paper Path Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper Paper Jam in Job Separator Please Clear Paper Path Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper This error message is only displayed for e STUDIO450 Series and e STUDIO280 Series Paper Jam in Offset Tray Please Clear Paper Path Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper This error message is only displayed for e STUDIO450 Series and e STUDIO280 Series Paper Ejection Jam Please Clear Paper Path Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper Paper Insertion Jam Please Clear Paper Path Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper Paper Jam in Auto Docu ment Feeder Please Clear Paper Path Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper Printing Guide TopAccessDocMon Errors Status Details Description Toner Full Used Toner Container Full Please Replace Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to replace the Toner Container Toner Empty Black Toner Empty Please Refill Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to replace the Black Toner Cyan Toner Empty Please Refill Refer to the
22. Top Margin The top margin position can be specified with the following option Option Value Alternate Value Description tm value Set the top margin to value lines Printing Guide Printing from UNIX 309 310 If the top margin is set too high or too low part of the text may not appear due to the printer s unprintable region The top margin will be ignored if it is set to a value greater than the printer s logical page length Setting this value may affect the number of lines specified using the page length option If this option is not specified the command will not be sent so the printer s default value will be used Example The command to set the top margin to ten lines is Ip o tm 10 filename Text Length The text length can be specified using the following options Option Value Alternate Value Description tl value Set the length to value lines If the text length is set too high the part of the text may not appear due to the printer s unprintable area The text length will be ignored if it is set to a value greater than the printer s logical page length minus the top margin The text length is specified in rows from the top margin Setting this value may affect the number of lines specified using the page length option If this option is not specified the command will not be sent so the printer s default value will be used Example The command to set the text length t
23. When RX Reduction Printing is OFF the print image is printed on the largest paper if its length exceeds the paper printing area Printing a file using the email client The procedure below gives as example of printing using the Microsoft Outlook Express NOTE When you send an email message to this equipment to print a file send the message in plain text format If you send an email message in the HTML format this equipment prints the HTML source code of the message _ Open your email application and create new mail message Enter the email address of the equipment in the To line Enter text in the Subject line or leave the Subject line blank Enter text in the body field oP Oo SN Attach the file you want to print 6 Send the email NOTE The header and body of the email will be printed only when the Print Header and Print Message Body for the Email print service is enabled on this equipment 314 Printing Guide Other Printing Methods MONITORING PRINT JOBS This section describes how to monitor print jobs using TopAccessDocMon e Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAcCeESSDOCMON 1 cecececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeees 316 Printing Guide 315 Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon SUPPLEMENT NOTES TopAccessDocMon is a job monitoring tool that can remotely display and manage print jobs on the queues of the equipment and other compatible TOSHIBA printer cont
24. e Check the Jobs Log in TopAccess to see if the status of the job is listed as Done Deleted or Unserviceable e Ifthe job is very small it may have already been serviced and moved to the Jobs Log as a terminated job If the job was unserviceable for some reason it no longer appears in the under Current Jobs list Printing Guide TopAccessDocMon Errors 347 e Look at the Touch Panel Display for error messages For instance a prompt to load paper holds up subsequent jobs in the queue Ina Peer to Peer environment the job may be queued on the Microsoft Windows operating system print spooler and consequently not available in Current Jobs or the Jobs Log If you do not see any error messages and the printer seems to be working fine resubmit the job The job may be in the Novell print queue and thus not visible for the moment Use NWAdmin or PCONSOLE to see if there are any queue errors Cannot Interpret TopAccessDocMon Messages Warning Errors Problem Description The device status indicates the current state of the copier to which print jobs are being submitted Corrective Action For an explanation of device status messages refer to the following section P 348 TopAccessDocMon Notification Messages 2 P 350 TopAccessDocMon Printer Status Messages TopAccessDocMon Error Messages 348 When the error message or printer status message is displayed refer to the following section to find your corrective action P
25. this item contains the number of copies requested In each queue tab you can delete a print job that you originally submitted In addition in the Proof Print tab you can print the remaining copies of proof print jobs In the Scheduled Print tab you can print the selected scheduled job immediately In the Invalid tab you can print the selected job by entering the department code Deleting print jobs 1 Display the queue tab and select a print job that you want to delete NOTE You can delete the print job only that you originally submitted 336 Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon 2 Click Document menu and select Cancel TopAccessDocMon TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 x Printer Document View Help Submitted 10 3 2005 12 32 4 1 Job Held Administrator 0 58 1 document s in queue 10 10 70 105 p The selected job is deleted Releasing proof print documents 1 Display the Proof Print tab and select a proof print job that you want to print of remaining copies NOTE You can release the proof print job only that you originally submitted 2 Click Document menu and select Release Proof zox Printer Document View Help Devic al Docum X Cancel Administrator 0 10 10 3 2005 1 24 06 9 10 10 70 105 b The Release Proof dialog box appears 3 Enter the number of copies and click OK The re
26. NOTE You must log into Windows as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege when using Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 106 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 1 Click Start and select Printers in Settings Windows 2000 or select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Server 2003 ce Windows Update Gy Set Program Access and Defaults N Control Panel i Network and Dial up Connections gt EI Printers fai Taskbar amp Start Menu e The Printers folder is opened 2 Double click the Add Printer icon a zax Fie Edt View Favorites Toos Help dack gt Qseach Gyrolders 9 MG GS X A E zl Go Address la Printers J lt OS T ar g 1 Toshiba Printers e STUDIO4 Add Printer The Add Printer wizard gives you step by step instructions for installing a printer To install a new printer double click the Add Printer icon Windows 2000 Support 1 object s selected e When using the Windows XP Server 2003 click Add a printer in the Printer Tasks menu The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears 3 Click Next Add Printer Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections To continue click Next Back Cancel Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 107 4 Select Local
27. e Ifthe installer does not automatically start double click Setup exe in the Client Utilities CD ROM 2 Select your language and click OK xi Select the language for the installation from the choices below aT Cancel The InstallSheild Wizard dialog box appears 3 Click Next TOSHIBA e STUDIO0451c Series Client InstallShield Wizard x g Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client The InstallShield Wizard will install TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client on your computer To continue click Next coe e The License Agreement screen is displayed Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 119 4 Click Yes E License Agreement Please read the following license agreement carefully Press the PAGE DOWN key to see the rest of the agreement ND USER SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT INSTALLING OR OTHERWISE USING THIS SOFTWARE PRODUCT CONSTITUTES UR ACCEPTANCE OF THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS UNLESS A SEPARATE LICENSE IS PROVIDED BY THE SUPPLIER OF APPLICABLE SOFTWARE IN WHICH CASE SUCH SEPARATE LICENSE SHALL APPLY IF YOU DO NOT CEPT THESE TERMS YOU MAY NOT INSTALL OR USE THIS SOFTWARE AND U MUST PROMPTLY RETURN THE SOFTWARE TO THE LOCATION WHERE U OBTAINED IT GRANT OF LICENSE xl Do you accept all the terms of the preceding License Agreement If you select No the setup will close To install TOSHIBA
28. ment a TTT New Upper Right Portrait Lower Right Landscape Select this to staple in the upper right for the portrait document or in the lower right for the landscape doc ument aw TT oe N o TT ee LA N o TTI Middle Right Portrait Middle Bottom Landscape Select this to staple double in the right for the portrait document or in the bottom for the landscape document 3 N a TTT My gt I olll Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 271 Lower Right Portrait Lower Left Landscape Select this to staple in the lower right for the portrait document or in the lower left for the landscape docu ment 3 lll ow TTT N Middle Top Portrait Middle Right Landscape Select this to staple dou ble in the top fo
29. word The user has to enter the password to print the private job when activat ing printing from the Touch Panel Display 2 Department Code DC On Check this if a department code is required for printing When this is enabled spec ify the 5 digit department code in the DC menu Enabling the department code depends on whether this equipment is managed with department codes or not Please ask your administrator for your department code 3 Distinguish Thin Lines Check this to print thin lines clearly 4 Do not Print Blank Pages Select whether you require printing blank pages Quality In the Quality menu you can specify various image quality features Print Printer MFP_00C67861 Presets Standard Printer Features ha Feature Sets Quality Color Resolution Type Color Low res General Pure Black and Gray Off Black Over Print Smoothing OOONO Pv Toner Save M Preview Save As POF Cancel 1 Color Resolution Type Select the combinations of color resolution and type Mono Low res Auto Select this to print in black and white with low resolution and automatic image quality type Mono Low res Detail Select this to print in black and white with low resolu tion and detailed image quality type Mono Low res Smooth Select this to print in black and white with low resolu tion and smoothing image quality type Color Low res General
30. Finisher None z Hole Punch U Nowe J Drawer 1 Letter PaperType Plain z Drawer 2 Letter PaperType Plain z Drawer 3 Letter Pi Poete M 4 Letter z Paper Type Pla Z Large Capacity iewer Z FaperType Pii oO Bypass Feeder Automatic PaperType Plain z Profile None bai Memory 128MB x Save As Delete Esses Eo FF erbe SNMP Can Restore Defaults Update Now J7 Update Automatically Cancel Apply Help e The printer driver starts communicating with system and obtains option set tings automatically If the connection to the equipment has not been configured correctly the message The address of your printer could not be located Would you like to find it will be displayed If it is displayed click Yes and search for the equipment using the TopAccessDocMon Local Discovery dialog box After searching the equipment the SNMP communication will be enabled For the instructions on how to search the equipment refer to the instructions of ToopAccessDocMon Printing Guide Printing from Windows 197 3 If you want to update option settings automatically when the Configuration tab is opened check on Update Automati cally S TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Security Fonts Configuration About Pedestal Finisher Hole Punch Unit Drawer 1 Drawer 2 Drawer 3 4 arge Capacity Bypass Feed
31. Fonts Tab The Fonts Tab allows you to select how the TrueType fonts are printed This tab is only displayed when the printer properties are accessed from the Printers folder P 236 Font Tab Configuration Tab The Configuration Tab allows you to configure the options When any optional unit is installed in this equipment set the configuration of the machine on this tab This tab is only displayed when the printer properties are accessed from the Printers folder P 237 Configuration Tab About Tab The About Tab contains the version information of the printer driver P 239 About Tab 3 Preview window In the Preview windows you can check the current settings in the printer driver You can change view type by clicking Graphic to display the print options settings graphically or Text to display the print options settings as a texts 4 Profile Print option settings can be saved on your hard disk You can save print option set tings by clicking Save As and easily load a setting file by selecting a profile name in the drop down box P 204 Setting Print Options Using Profiles 5 Restore Defaults Click this to restore the settings to the original factory defaults 6 OK Click this to enter the input settings and complete the print options settings 7 Cancel Click this to cancel the input settings and exit the print options settings 8 Apply Click this to enter the input settings without closing the print options
32. Message Alerts ptions p Finisher Finisher Drawer Hole Punch Unit 2 Holes Drawer 1 Fax Installed Drawer 2 Drawer 3 Plain 500 Empty 2003 2005 TOSHIBATEC CORPORATION Al Rights Reserved The Install Client Software page opens 2 Click the Unix Filters link TopAccess aS i USEC Install Client Software Drivers Unix Filters Macintosh PPD Files Please click on the link s below to download the Windows Installer Files File Name Size Install Client1 45088 KB The software components list is displayed 190 Printing Guide Other Installation Procedures 3 Click the UNIX filter link that you want to install Install Client Software Drivers Unix Fitters Please click on the link s below to download the Unix Filters File Name AIX Filter HP Unix Filter Linux Filter Open Unix Filter Solaris Filter Size 170 KB 100 KB 110 KB 100 KB 80 KB 4 Download the UNIX tar file containing the UNIX filters on your desktop by following the prompts 5 After you download the UNIX tar file refer to the installation procedure for UNIX to set up the printer P 167 Installing Client Software for UNIX Printing Guide Other Installation Procedures 191 2 Installing Client Software 192 Printing Guide Other Installation Procedures PRINTING This describes the instructions on ho
33. N o ak o NOTES None can only be selected if a hole punch unit is not installed e None can only be selected when the Booklet printing is set at the Layout tab 12 2 Sided Printing This sets 2 Sided printing printing on both sides of paper according to the type of binding for 2 sided printed pages This option is only for printing on both sides of the paper If you want to bind the out put with staples you should set the finishing option as well None Select this if you do not want to print on both sides of the paper Book Select this to print on both sides of the paper in the same direction and to bind the document along the vertical side of the paper so that the pages can be turned over right and left Portrait Landscape il Fr 3 N Tablet Select this to print on both sides of the paper with a vertical reversal and to bind the document along the horizontal side of the paper so that the pages can be turned over up and down Portrait Landscape l y 2 NOTES Book or Tablet will be automatically selected when the Booklet printing is set at the Layout tab e None can only be selected when Tab printing is enabled 214 Printing Guide Printing from Windows Print Job Tab The Print Job tab contains job type
34. NOTE The Run Font Manager button is not displayed for the PCL6 or PCL5c printer driver Configuration Tab The Configuration Tab allows you to configure options When any optional unit is installed in this equipment set the configuration of the machine on this tab TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 Properties 21x General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Security Fonts Configuration About Pedestal Finisher Hole Punch Unit 2 Holes Profile None pa 1 Pedestal This sets whether or not the optional pedestals or large capacity feeder is installed None Select this when neither drawer nor large capacity is installed Large Capacity Feeder Select this when the Large Capacity Feeder is installed Drawer3 Select this when 3rd drawer is installed Drawer3 amp Drawer4 Select this when 3rd drawer and 4th drawer are installed NOTE LCF is not available for some countries or regions 2 Finisher This sets whether or not the optional finisher is installed None Select this when finisher is not installed Hanging Finisher Select this when the Hanging Finisher is installed Printing Guide Printing from Windows 237 Finisher Select this when the Multi staple Finisher is installed Saddle Stitch Finisher Select this when the Saddle stitch Finisher is installed 3 Hole Punch Unit This sets whether or not the optional hol
35. Open a file and select Print from the File menu of the application e The Print dialog box appears 2 Select the printer driver of the equipment to be used and Click Properties SS ajx Printer nme E e Properties Status Ready Type TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCLE Where IP_10 10 70 120 Comment T Print to file r Print range Copies All Number of copies 1 E Pages from to 13 _ a elel els M Corte Selection 1 1 0K Cancel The printer properties dialog box appears SUPPLEMENT The procedures for displaying the properties dialog for the printer driver may be differ ent depending on an application that you are using See your application s manual about displaying the printer properties dialog box 3 Setting the Print Options for each tab according to how you want to print zix Setup Print Job Layout Effect Image Quality About Original Paper Size A4 210 x 297mm ha T Manual Scale mH Print Paper Size Same as Original Size hd Paper Source Automatic hd Paper Type Plain hd Orientation Portrait Ad Number of Copies 1 E Eo i Copy Handling Sort Copies bal Graphics Text Color Mono bd Profile None gt Staple None amp Sedan Delete Hole Punch None x 2 Sided Printing None ba Restore Defaults Cancel Help Setting the print options varies depending on how you want to print a docu ment P 207
36. Port Settings Port Name IP_10 10 70 120 Printer Name or IP Address 10 10 70 120 Protocol C Raw LPR r Raw Settings Port Number 3100 M LPR Settings Queue Name print I LPR Byte Counting Enabled T SNMP Status Enabled Community Narr public SNMP Device Index fi Cancel Click Next xl Additional Port Information Required The device could not be identified The detected device is of unknown type Be sure that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previous page is corect Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by returning to the previous wizard page or select the device type if you are sure the address is correct Device Type C Standard Custom Settings 9 Click Finish Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard xj q Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You have selected a port with the following characteristics SNMP No Protocol RAW Port 9100 Device 10 10 70 105 Port Name IP_10 10 70 105 Adapter Type Generic Network Card To complete this wizard click Finish lt Back Cancel Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 10 11 12 13 82 Click Have Disk Add Printer Wizard The manufacturer and model determine which printer to use a7 Select the manufacturer and model of your printer I
37. Print Options e You can also set the print options using setting profiles P 204 Setting Print Options Using Profiles 4 Click OK to save the settings 202 Printing Guide Printing from Windows 5 Click OK or Print to print a document Pit ee aixi Printer Name E e STUDIO451cSeries PELE z Properties Status Ready Type TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCLE Where IP_10 10 70 120 Comment I Print to file Print range Copies G All Number of copies 1 DF t e A Fi Selectior 2 if OK Cancel Setting Up Print Options SUPPLEMENT NOTE Printing Guide Printing from Windows Print Options are the attributes you set to define the way a print job is processed For example the private print and proof print options determine how the copier manages your print job To find the printing instructions for your specific needs refer to the procedures in the fol lowing section P 239 Printing with Extended Print Functionality How to Setup There are several ways to set print options Also how the settings effect printing varies depending on the way you set the options Also the tabs displayed vary depending on how you display the printer properties Setting Initial Values of Print Options Setting the print options by displaying the printer properties from the Printers folder within the Windows Start menu will establish the initial values of the options For exam ple t
38. Printer menu Change Printer and select the device name of which the details are displayed in the TopAccessDocMon window SUPPLEMENT You can add the device name in the Change Printer menu by clicking Add Device in the Device Status tab P 331 Adding Devices Adding Devices You can add the devices to be monitored by TopAccessDocMon To add the new device you can use the TopAccessDocMon Network Discovery func tion You can add the printer by automatically searching the printer in your network or entering the printer address manually Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon 331 Adding new device by searching the printer automatically 1 Click Add Device in the Device Status tab TopAccessDocMon TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 5 x Printer Document View Help Device Status Jerine Queue Private Print Proof Print Scheduled Print Fax e Fiing Invalid Printer Information Drawer Status Counter MFP 00000184 Upper Drawer A4 Plain Paper Available Lower Drawer 43 Plain Paper Available TOSHIBA e STUDIO351c Pedestal Upper Drawer A4 R Plain Empty Pedestal Lower Drawer Not Available EE Stack Feed Bypass Unknown Thick 1 Empty Large Capacity Feeder Not Available Status Idle Hole Punch 2 Holes i Physical Address Add Device 10 10 70 120 p The TopAccessDocMon Network Discovery dialog box appears 2 Click Start
39. Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows If you want to install it from the e STUDIO451c Series Client Utilities CD ROM uninstall the TopAccessDocMon then install it When you uninstall the TopAccessDocMon please click No at the dialog box that displays the message to delete the settings for the TopAccessDocMon so that you can restore the settings after installing new one Type of Printer Drivers e PCL6 Printer Driver for printing gray scale documents that use TrueType fonts such as a Microsoft Word e PCL5c Printer Driver for printing color documents that use TrueType fonts such as a Microsoft Word e PS3 Printer Driver for high graphical content color documents that use Post Script fonts and graphics such as Adobe PageMaker System Requirements To install the printer drivers and other client software on a Windows workstation the fol lowing is required e Display Resolution 1024 x 768 dots or more e Display Color High Color 16bit or higher is recommended e CPU Pentium 133 MHz minimum Pentium 266 MHz or faster recommended e Memory 64MB for Windows 98 96MB for Windows Me and Windows NT 4 0 128MB for Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 The applicable computers depend on the printing systems e Raw TCP LPR Printing Windows NT 4 0 Service Pack 6a Windows 2000 Service Pack 4 Windows XP Service Pack 1 Windows Server 2003 e SMB Printing Windows 98 Windows 98 Second Edition Recommended Windows M
40. Problem Description When accessing the printer properties the system displayed Retrieval of printer con figuration failed Corrective Action If the printer driver cannot communicate with this equipment Verify that the system is running If not turn it on Connect to this equipment via TopAccess If you cannot con nect reboot this equipment If that fails check the printer driver port assignment to make sure it is correct Cannot Print a Job Using SMB Problem Description When printing a document using a SMB connection the job cannot be printed because an error such as No more connections can be made to this remote computer and Your file could not be printed due to an error are continuously displayed Corrective Action It assumes using SMB printing in a small network If you can use the Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 as a print server it is recom mended to set up for printing via Windows print server For further information about setting up printing via a Windows print server see the Network Administration Guide If you cannot use a Windows print server in your network use LPR printing for Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP Server 2003 Printing Guide Printer Driver Errors 345 346 Cannot Print a Job as Expected Using PS Printer Driver Problem Description When printing with the PS3 printer driver from the application that creates the Post Script code for printing such as A
41. Select this to print a 1 2 Computer size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on Computer paper to fit on half a sheet 1 2 Folio on Folio Select this to print a 1 2 Folio size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on Folio paper to fit on half a sheet 1 2 Statement on Statement Select this to print a 1 2 Statement size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on Statement paper to fit on half a sheet 1 2 13 LG on 13 LG Select this to print a 1 2 13inchLG size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on 13inchLG paper to fit on half a sheet 1 2 8 5 SQ on 8 5 SQ Select this to print a 1 2 8 5inchSQ size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on 8 5inchSQ paper to fit on half a sheet 32K on 16K Select this to print a 32K size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on 16K paper to fit on half a sheet 16K on 8K Select this to print a 16K size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on 8K paper to fit on half a sheet 3 If you want to add a margin space between facing pages enter a width in the Center Margin field Center Margin 0 040 e You can change the unit of the margin at the Units drop down box The center margin can be set from 0 000 inch to 0 500 inches in units of 0 01 inch when the unit is inch and from 0 000 mm to 12 700 mm in units of 0 10 mm when the unit is mm Printing Guide Printing from Windows 251 4 If you want to add a margin on the outside edge enter a width in the Outer Margin f
42. USA copy Tabs SBanks LT 1 2 Tab Tab Extension 4 y gt gt F Tab Extension psa H 0 393 0 787 inch a Image Shift Width 0 500 af mage Shit Pi gt 0 0 1 19 inch a 1 Units inches F 5 When you select Custom in the Tab Manufacturer option enter the width of tab extension in the Tab Extension field 6 Enter the width to shift the printed image in the Image Shift Margin filed e Ifyou create a document as described in Step 1 enter the width of the tab extension here NOTE This equipment cannot print in the 0 08 inch or 2 mm margin area on the right side on the paper Therefore be sure to enter the image shift margin so that an image will be printed within the printable area Printing Guide Printing from Windows 259 260 7 Click OK 8 Set other print options you require and click OK 9 Click OK or Print to send a print job The print job is printed on the tab paper Printing Guide Printing from Windows Printing from Macintosh NOTE This equipment supports printing from Macintosh applications When the User Authentication is enabled on the equipment the print jobs that are sent from Macintosh computers are proceed as invalid jobs according to the Department Code Enforcement setting Printing from Application on Mac OS 8 6 to 9 x Once you have installed the PPD file as described in the section Installing the Printer on Mac OS 8 6
43. Windows 98 Windows Me Windows NT 4 0 p Windows 2000 etting up SMB Printer z Windows XP onnection Windows Server 2003 Windows 98 Windows Me Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 This equipment can be used with an SMB printer connection that allows you to connect to this equipment using File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks service SMB printing is the common method used to set up the printer However SMB printing is not suitable for printing a large amount of documents P 85 Installing Client Software for SMB Printing It assumes using SMB printing in a small network If you can use the Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 as a print server it is recom mended to set up for printing via Windows print server For further information about setting up printing via a Windows print server see the Network Administration Guide Internet Connection Available for Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Connecting over Internet Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Setting up the IPP printer connection If you print to this equipment over the Internet you can use IPP printing under Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 This allows you to print to this equip ment from anywhere on the Internet P 112 Installing Client Software for IPP Printing Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Wi
44. e The A is not accessible message appears Click Cancel Locate File x x A is not accessible The device is not ready Coca The Locate File dialog box appears Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive When inserting the Client Utilities CD ROM the installer may automatically start Click Cancel to exit the installer and continue the operation Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows NT 4 0 is located and click Open Locate File x tke au i et fecal j Feral eS4cxNT Files of type Setup Information ia Cancel e To install the PCL5c printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client NT PCL5c lt language gt e To install the PCL6 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client NT PCL6 lt language gt e To install the PS3 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client NT PS lt language gt Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 10 Click OK Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive selected and then click OK x Copy manufacturer s files from D CLIENTANTSPCLESUSA X 11 Select the printer driver and click Next a Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an Q installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Have Disk Se 12 Change the
45. field 8 Select Standard and click Next x M aa cuatro amp The detected device is of unknown type Be sure that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previous page is correct Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by returning to the previous wizard page or select the device type if you are sure the address is correct Device Type Standard JE C Custom Setting lt Back Cance SUPPLEMENT When the LPD Print setting is enabled you can also configure LPR printing When you want to configure LPR printing follow the procedure below Select Custom and click Settings Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard xj Additional Port Information Required The device could not be identified The detected device is of unknown type Be sure that The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previous page is correct Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by retuming to the previous wizard page or select the device type if you are sure the address is correct Device Type Standard Generic Custom Settings lt Back Cancel Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows Select LPR at the Protocol option enter Print in the Queue Name field at the LPR Settings option and then click OK Configure Standard TCP IP Port Monitor 2 xi
46. information on resolving the error condition refer to ADDING STAPLES OPTIONAL in Operator s Manual for Basic Function e Serviceman Calls JL The Service Call error icon indicates that a call for service is needed Contact your service representative Printing Guide TopAccessDocMon Errors 357 5 Troubleshooting 358 Printing Guide TopAccessDocMon Errors APPENDIX This section describe about the following contents e Managing Fonts with Font Manage 2 cceeeeseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeseseeeeeeeenees 360 s InternaliFonts List nisisonsnnnana ni a cuss devia a a aia 364 Printing Guide 359 Managing Fonts with Font Manager The Agfa Monotype Font Manager 2000 program can be used to manage your fonts in Windows This program can be launch by clicking Run Font Manager on the Fonts tab of the printer driver It can e Search your local and network drives for fonts e Install and uninstall fonts in Windows e Remove fonts from your computer e Preview or print the fonts on your computer or network e Create font groups for personal or workgroup projects Sort your fonts in a variety of ways etc Installing Font Manager The Agfa Monotype Font Manager 2000 can be installed from the Client Utilities CD ROM Searching Fonts The first time you start Agfa Monotype Font Manager 2000 the Find Fonts dialog box appears automatically Before installing a font in
47. or A4 according to the regional setting in the Windows e A3 Wide is displayed only for the european version and 12 x 18 is displayed only for the US version e 12 x 18 and A3 Wide are not available when the Hanging Finisher is installed 2 Manual Scale Check this box to manually enter the zoom ratio to enlarge or reduce an image You can set any integer from 25 to 400 for the zoom ratio This is not available when you enable the Booklet printing Printing Guide Printing from Windows 209 210 3 Print Paper Size Select this to enlarge or reduce a page image to fit exactly in the selected paper size If you do not enable enlarge or reduce printing select Same as Original Paper Size Also when you want to enable Tab printing select Letter Tab or A4 Tab here When you select Letter Tab or A4 Tab the Primary Tab dialog box appears Primary Tab Dialog x Select a Tab manufacturer for your tab print jab F Tab Manufacture SMAENME SENSENTA Tab Extension gt Tab Extension pao H S 0 393 0 787 inch ie a gt gt Image Shift Width 0 500 4 mage Shit p 0 0 1 181 inch al il Units inches x Cara Tab Manufacturer Select the product name of the tab paper that you use This equipment supports fol lowing tab paper For Letter Tab Blanks USA copy Tabs 5 Banks LT 1 2 Tab Blanks USA copy Tabs 8
48. the printer has cancelled the job This can happen when a paper size is not available and the timeout has expired This event occurs only when cata strophic circumstances force the printer to cancel the job such as a missing byte or memory failure Expired private print or proof print jobs are never cancelled by the printer Document cannot be printed due to error Check this to notify you when the printer is unable to print the job Printer has a paper jam Check this to notify you when there is a paper jam in the printer Fax transmission failure Check this to notify you when the printer has failed in sending a fax using the N W Fax driver This message apply for e STUDIO451c Series e STUDIO850 Series e STUDIO4511 Series e STUDIO450 Series and e STUDIO280 Series only Document is held as Invalid Check this to notify you when a print job is held as an invalid job because of the invalid department code or exceeding the limita tion for number of copies This message apply for e STUDIO451c Series e STUDIO850 Series e STUDIO4511 Series e STUDIO450 Series and e STUDIO280 Series only Printer is offline Check this to notify you when the printer is off line This is only available for GL 1010 GL 1020 and SC 2 Drawer is out of paper Check this to notify you when one of the printer draw ers is out of paper This drawer may not be the drawer the printer is using for your job Printer door is open Check this t
49. 348 TopAccessDocMon Notification Messages P 350 TopAccessDocMon Printer Status Messages TopAccessDocMon Notification Messages The following table shows the notification messages displayed and helps you to find more information about resolving it Message Description Your document has been User has sent a print job and it has finished printing success printed fully Your private print documentis User has sent a private print job and it is ready for the user to now being held walk to copier and activate the job Your proof set has been User has sent a private print job and a proof copy of a multi printed copy job has printed and it is ready for the user to review before releasing and printing the remaining copies Your fax has been transmit User has sent a fax job and it has finished faxing successfully ted successfully Printing Guide TopAccessDocMon Errors Message Description Your document has been cancelled User had sent a print job and it has been changed to a can celled state This can happen when a paper size is not avail able and the timeout has expired Ensure proper paper has been set to this equipment and resubmit the job If this message is notified after sending a private proof or scheduled print job the private or proof print job was cancelled before it was put into a held state This may occur because of a missing byte or memory failure In this case ask y
50. 79 Print Stop Printer Reject Jobs J Modify Printer Configure Printer Copyright 1993 2003 by Easy Software Products All Right The Common UNIX Printing System CUPS and the CUPS logo are the trademark property of Lasy Software Products All other trademarks are the propert spective owners 3 Modify the location and description in each field and click Continue BAO Admin on localhost CUPS v1 1 20re1 lt Wow http 127 0 0 1 631 admin 0p modify printer amp pr J Qr OQ Apple Mac Amazon eBay Yahoo Newsv 3 a Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Admin Modify Printer Toshiba Name Tasbiba Lave TOSHIBA Description Toshiba Printe Copy 493 2003 by Easy Softwane Prod gbta he NIX Pris tem CUPS and the CUPS logo ase the Ea Products All o ape 184 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX Configuring Printer You can set the print options that applied for the print jobs using CUPS 1 Click the Manage Printers link in the startup page hoTopa Offce for Macintosh MSN ESP Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Do Administration Tasks Manage Printer Classes On Line Help Manage Jobs Manage Printers Download the Current CUPS Software The Common UNIX Printing System CUPS and the CUPS logo are the trademark property of Easy Software Products CUPS is copynght 1997 2002 by Easy Software Products All Rights Reserve
51. 9 to 15 to install the printer drivers for selected operating systems 18 Select Yes to print a test page and click Finish Add Printer Wizard x After your printer is installed you can print a test page so you can confirm that the printer is set up properly Would you like to print a test page cees 19 The installation is completed NOTE Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 Installing the printer driver for Novell printing by Add Printer Wizard The following describes an installation on Windows 2000 The procedure is the same when Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 is used NOTE You must log into Windows as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege when using Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 137 1 Click Start and select Printers in Settings Windows 2000 or select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Server 2003 ce Windows Update Gy Set Program Access and Defaults N Control Panel i Network and Dial up Connections gt EI Printers fai Taskbar amp Start Menu e The Printers folder is opened 2 Double click the Add Printer icon a zax Fie Edt View Favori
52. 9 x on page 150 you can print directly from most Mac OS applications How to Print from Mac OS 8 6 or 9 x Before you can print to this equipment from applications you must select it in the Chooser Then using the LaserWriter 8 printer driver and the correct PostScript Printer Description file PPD you can control the system s various printing features by specify ing job settings from print dialog boxes Selecting the Printer in the Chooser Before printing from applications you must select the equipment in the Chooser Setting the LaserWriter 8 printer in the Chooser 1 Click Apple menu and select Chooser E Fe Edit view Window Special_Help About This Computer a X AirPort Apple DVD Player D Apple System Profiler Calculator G CMtrol Panels Favorites Key Caps Network Browser Recent Applications G Recent Documents amp Recent Servers ir Remote Access Status f Scrapbook amp Sherlock 2 Speakable Items gt Stickies vvv e The Chooser window appears 2 Select the LaserWriter 8 icon and select the equipment in the Select a PostScript Printer list Oo Chooser B Select a PostScript Printer MFP_OOC67861 AppleShare FaxPrint LaserWriter 8 Active GQ Inactive 7 6 2 AppleTalk Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 261 3 Close the Chooser window e T
53. Banks LT 1 2 Tab For A4 Tab KOKUYO A4 S 5 Banks King JIM A4 S 5Banks If you use other tab papers than above select Custom When you select Cus tom you must specify the tab extension manually Tab Extension Enter the width of the tab extension This must be set only when Custom is selected in the Tab Manufacturer option Image Shift Width Enter the width to shift the printed image For example if you want to print a text on the tab extension of Letter Tab paper cre ate a Letter sized document and input the text on the right side You must place the text in the height exactly to fit to the tab extension Also the right margin a margin between the text and right edge of the document must have more than 0 08 inch or 2 mm space because the equipment cannot print in the space Then enter the width of the tab extension as Image Shift Width Width of Tab Extension Image Shift Margin Printed Image More than 0 08 or 2mm Document E Must exactly f fit the tab extension Q E x L Gel rE Unit Select the unit for the Tab Extension and Image Shift option The default unit varies depending on the regional setting of the client computer Printing Guide Printing from Windows NOTES The tab paper cannot be fed from LCF not available for some countries or regions and drawers e When you place the tab paper on the Bypass Tray make sure the tab side of the paper becomes outside P
54. Control Panel I Printers P Taskbar amp Start Menu aJ Folder Options A Active Desktop BR windows Update Shut Down TEET Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 99 3 Select the printer driver and select Properties in the File menu 3 Printers BEES File Edt View Go Favorites Help Open gt 9 Pause Printing Up Map Drive Disconnect Cut opy Set as Default Purge Print Documents Sharing i eee dd Printer TOSHIBA e STUDIO4 TOSHIBA e STUDIO4 Capture Printer Port End Capture Create Shortcut Delete Printers Work Offline Close Displays the properties of the selected items The printer driver properties dialog box appears 4 Display the Details tab and click Add Port TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 Properties Ix Image Quality Fonts Configuration About General Details Color Management Sharing Setup Printuob Layout Effect E TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCLE Print to the following port LEU Printer Port x _ Add Pot Delete Port Print using the following driver TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PELE M New Driver Capture Printer Port End Capture Timeout settings Not selected 15 seconds Transmission rety 45 seconds Spool Settings Port Settings e The Add Port dialog box appears 5 Select Other and Local Port and cl
55. Destination Tray 1 gt Hole Punch of z Stapling of z Collate Yes C No Duplex 1 Sided x Media Size Letter 8 1 2 x 11 x Media Source Auto Default xj Document Done 12 418 secs C i l zi F F g Fal me E 2 E A Uninstalling Printer To uninstall the printer that you create perform the following procedure 186 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX Uninstalling Printer 1 Click the Manage Printers link in the startup page Live Home Page C appe Apple Support Appk Store Toot GQ maosx Mivozott MacToph Offce for Macintosh G MSN J ae Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Do Administration Tasks Manage Printer Classes On Line Help Manage Jobs Manage Printers Download the Current CUPS Software The Common UNIX Printing System CUPS and the CUPS logo are the trademark property of Easy Sofiware Products CUPS is copynght 1997 2002 by Easy Software Products All Rights Reserved e The Printer page is displayed 2 Click Delete Printer ESP Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Printer Default Destination Toshi Tosbiba niption Toshiba Printer TOSHIBA tate alle accepting job Prints x Device URI Ipd 190 168 90 79 Print Print Test Page Stop Printer Reject Jobs Modify Printer J Configure Printer Delete Printer Add Printer Copyright 1993 2003
56. Digital Network Port Lexmark DLC Network Port Lexmark TCP IP Network Port New Monitor Neweot cancer The Port Name dialog box appears 102 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 6 Enter lt NetBIOS Name gt print in the field and click OK Enter a port name SMFP O0C67861 print Cancel Help Example NetBIOS Name MFP 00C67861 MFP 00C67861 print SUPPLEMENT You can also enter the IP address instead of the NetBIOS Name Example 10 10 70 120 print 7 Click Close Printer Ports Available Printer Ports Digital Network Port Lexmark DLC Network Port Lexmark TCP IP Network Port New Monitor Click the check box next to the port s you want to use Jocuments will print to the first available checked port Available ports Port Description Printer a O com Local Port O come Local Port O coms Local Port O coma Local Port MINMFP O0C Local Port Add Port Configure Port T Enable printer pooling Cancel 9 Click Have Disk Add Printer Wizard x z4 Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printers AGFA AccuSet v52 3 AGFA AccuSetSF v52 3 AGFA AccuSet 800 AGFA AccuSet 800SF v52 3 AGFA AccuSet 800SF v2013 108 AGFA Ac
57. Document Feeder Error Please Contact Service Technician Contact your service representative Alignment Error in Auto Docu ment Feeder Please Con tact Service Technician Contact your service representative Motor Error in Auto Document Feeder Please Contact Ser vice Technician Contact your service representative I F Error in Auto Document Feeder Please Contact Ser vice Technician Contact your service representative Fatal Error Please Contact Service Technician Contact your service representative Main Motor Error Please Contact Service Technician Contact your service representative Fuser Error Please Contact Service Technician Contact your service representative Scanner Error Please Con tact Service Technician Contact your service representative Motor Error Please Contact Service Technician Contact your service representative HDD Error Please Contact Service Technician Contact your service representative The Time for Periodic Mainte nance Please Contact Ser vice Technician Contact your service representative Device Status Indicators The Printer Image area for the TopAccessDocMon Device tab window displays visual Device Status Indicators in the event of a device malfunction Printer Error 1 The above printer error icon indicate that non recommended toner is being used For information on resolving
58. Drawer2 bal Print Style Do not print on page nA Do not print on page Select this to insert a blank back cover Print on 1 side of page Select this to print the first page of document on the front side of the back cover Print on both sides of page Select this to print the last pages of document on both sides of the back cover NOTES When Automatic is selected in the Source drop down box the paper is automati cally selected according to the printed document size e Print on both sides of page is available only when 2 Sided printing is enabled at the Setup tab e Only one page will be printed on the back cover when only one page is remained for the back cover page even if Print on both sides of page is selected 254 Printing Guide Printing from Windows 6 If you want to insert sheets between every page check the Interleave Pages box and select the drawer where the interleaved sheets are loaded at the Source drop down box IV Interleave Pages Source Sheet Feed Bypass I Duplicate e If you want to print every previous page on interleaved sheets that are inserted after the page check on Duplicate box NOTE When Automatic is selected in the Source drop down box the paper is automatically selected according to the printed document size 7 Set other print options you require and click OK 8 Click OK or Print to send a print job e Multiple pa
59. HELP on the Touch Panel Display to replace the Cyan Toner This error message is only displayed for e STUDIO4511 Series and e STUDIO451c Series Magenta Toner Empty Please Refill Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to replace the Magenta Toner This error message is only displayed for e STUDIO4511 Series and e STUDIO451c Series Yellow Toner Empty Please Refill Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to replace the Yellow Toner This error message is only displayed for e STUDIO4511 Series and e STUDIO451c Series Toner Near Empty Black Toner Cartridge Depleted Please Install New Cartridge Before System is Empty Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to replace the Black Toner Cyan Toner Cartridge Depleted Please Install New Cartridge Before System is Empty Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to replace the Cyan Toner This error message is only displayed for e STUDIO4511 Series and e STUDIO451c Series Magenta Toner Cartridge Depleted Please Install New Cartridge Before System is Empty Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to replace the Magenta Toner This error message is only displayed for e STUDIO4511 Series and e STUDIO451c Series Yellow Toner Cartridge Depleted Please Install New Cartridge Before System is Empty Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to replace the Yellow Toner This error message is onl
60. Installshield Wizard E Select Port Select the port for Printer Type the network path or the queue name of your printer If you don t know its name click Browse to view available network printers Network path or queue name LPT1 Discovery Browse e The Select Program Folder screen is displayed 9 Click Next TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client InstallShield Wizard xj Select Program Folder Please select a program folder i Setup will add program icons to the Program Folder listed below You may type a new folder name or select one from the existing folders list Click Next to continue Program Folder Existing Folders Administrative Tools Startup InstallShield lt Back Cancel e Ifyou want to change the program folder rename the folder in the Program Folders field e The Starting Copying Files screen is displayed Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 10 Click Next x Start Copying Files 5 See Review settings before copying files f Setup has enough information to start copying the program files If you want to review or change any settings click Back If you are satisfied with the settings click Next to begin copying files Current Settings TARGET DIRECTORY C Program Files TOSHIBA TOSHIBA e STUDIO Client The following components will be installed to System Folder TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PCLE TOSHIBA e STUDI
61. OS X are supported in Classic mode using the PPD file for Mac OS 8 6 to 9 x This equipment also provides the PPD file for Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 x Installing the Printer on Mac OS 8 6 9 x 150 Installing the Macintosh PPD File The Macintosh PPD file that is provided in the Client Utilities CD ROM can be installed by copying it to the System Folder Extensions Printer Descriptions folder This PPD file supports printing from Mac OS X 8 6 or 9 x and these operating systems running on the Mac OS X 10 1 10 2 Classic Mode Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Macintosh Copying the PPD file to Mac OS 8 6 or 9 x 1 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive and open your language folder in the Client MacPPD OS9 folder 2 Copy the Stuffit file TOSHIBA_e STUDIO451cSeries sit to the desktop and extract the Macintosh PPD file NOTE To extract the file the Stuffit utility must be installed on your computer For instructions on how to extract the file refer to your Stufflt documentation 3 Double click the boot drive icon and open the System Folder Extensions Printer Descriptions folder 4 Select and drag the Macintosh PPD file that you extracted to the Printer Descriptions folder 5 Continue the procedure for configuring the printer 2 P 151 Configuring the Printer on Mac OS 8 6 9 x Configuring the Printer on Mac OS 8 6 9 x After you copy the PPD file to the
62. Platen Cover Front Cover Open Please Close Cover Close the Front Cover Main Feeding Cover Open Please Close Cover Close the Main Part Feeding Cover Transfer Cover Open Please Close Cover Close the Transfer Cover Lower Side Cover Open Please Close Cover Close the Large Capacity Feeder Feeding Cover Drawer Open Please Close Cover Close the Drawer Cover Auto Duplex Unit Cover Open Please Close Cover Close the duplex unit cover Relay Unit Cover Open Please Close Cover Close the Relay Unit Cover Finisher Door Open Please Close Door Close the Finisher Door Lower Tray Transport Cover Open Please Close Cover Close the Lower Tray Transport Cover Lower Tray Delivery Cover Open Please Close Cover Close the Lower Tray Delivery Cover Lower Tray Front Cover Open Please Close Cover Close the Lower Tray Front Cover Hole Punch Unit Front Cover Open Please Close Cover Close the Punch Unit Front Cover Hole Punch Unit Cover Open Please Close Cover Close the Punch Unit Cover Inserter Unit Cover Open Please Close Cover Close the Inserter Unit Cover Exit Cover Open Please Close Cover Close the Exit Cover Job Separator Cover Open Please Close Cover Close the Job Separator Cover This error message is only displayed for e STUDIO450 Series and e STUDIO280 Series Off
63. Please click on the link s below to download the Windows Installer Files File Name Size Install Clientt 45088 KB The software components list is displayed 3 Click the File Name link that you want to download Install Client Software rive Unix Filters Macintosh PPD Files Please click on the link s below to download the Macintosh PPD Files File Name Size TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries sit 19 KB TOSHIBAeSTUDIO451 cSeries dma az 214 KB TOSHIBA_e STUDIO0451cSeries sit Click this link to download the PPD file for Mac OS 8 6 9 x and Mac OS X 10 1 10 2 Classic mode TOSHIBAeSTUDIO451cSeries dmg gz Click this link to download the PPD file for Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 x Printing Guide Other Installation Procedures 189 4 Download the PPD file of your Mac OS version on your desk top by following the prompts 5 After you download the PPD file refer to the installation pro cedure for Macintosh to set up the printer P 150 Installing Client Software for Macintosh Installing client software from TopAccess for UNIX 1 In TopAccess click the Install Software link at the bottom of the screen TopAccess Eiling Device Job Status Logs Registration Counter User Authentication Administration Device REFRESH levice Information Status ready Name MFP 00000184 Location Copier Model TOSHIBA e STUDIO351 Hard Disk Space Available 14992 MB Contact Information Phone Number
64. Printer Descriptions folder in the System Folder you can configure the printer This equipment supports two types of Macintosh Printing Service LPR Printing or AppleTalk Printing e LPR Printing When this equipment and your computer are connected over TCP IP network you can enable LPR printing from Macintosh computer e AppleTalk Printing When this equipment and your computer are connected over AppleTalk network you can enable AppleTalk printing from Macintosh computer Configuring Macintosh LPR printing NOTE Before installing the printer driver for LPR printing on Macintosh check with your sys tem administrator to make sure of the following This equipment is connected to the network and turned on The TCP IP setting is correct LPD Printing Service is enabled on this equipment Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Macintosh 151 152 Start the Desktop Printer Utility m Utilities B 6 items 15 30 GB available Disc Burner Disk Copy say Disk First Aid Assistants Drive Setup f gt e The folder containing the Desktop Printer Utility differs depending on the Mac OS version If you cannot locate the Desktop Printer Utility search it in the boot disk The New Desktop Printer dialog box appears Make sure LaserWriter 8 is selected in the With drop down menu select Printer LPR and click OK New Desktop Printer
65. Printing Protocol http By Device Name e STUDIO451c Device URI http 10 10 70 120 631 Prnt Printer Model TOSHIBA iE Name E TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PS TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series UK PS Device Internet Printing Protocol http Device Name lt Any Name gt Device URI http lt IP address gt 631 Print Printer Model TOSHIBA PPD TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PS or UK PS NOTE When IPP SSL is enabled specify as followings Device Internet Printing Protocol https Device URL https lt IP address gt 433 Print 4 Click Add e The printer is added to the Printer List 164 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Macintosh Configuring the Installable Options Users must configure the installable options before printing Configuring the installable options 1 In the Printer List dialog box select the printer and then select Show Info in the Printers menu E Print Center Edit View MAUGO Jobs Window Help 00o Make Default 3D Add Printer Delete Printer Make Default Configure Printe Name Show Info MFP_00C67861 Show Jobs Stop Jobs e The Printer Info dialog box appears 2 Select Installable Options in the drop down menu Printer Info MFP_00C67861 Z Name amp Location Printer Model Printer Ni Installable Options a MFP_00C67861 Location Local zone Queue Name MFP_00C678
66. ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL6 lt language gt To install the PS3 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PS lt language gt 129 NOTE SUPPLEMENTS 130 8 Click OK Install From Disk E xj a Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive t selected and then click OK Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from E CLIENT W2k_XP_2003 PCL6 USA hd Browse 9 Select the printer driver and click Next x Select the manufacturer and model of your printer IF your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Printers TOSHIBA e STUDIO451 cSeries PCL6 Have Disk Cancel 10 The installation is completed Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Installation for Novell Printing by Add Printer Wizard The procedure to install the printer driver for Novell printing by Add Printer Wizard dif fers depending on the version of the Windows being used P 130 Windows 98 Me P 132 Windows NT 4 0 P 137 Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 TopAccessDocMon is also available for Novell printing To install TopAccessDoc Mon you must install it from the Client Utilities CD ROM separately The Agfa Font Mana
67. Rotate printing Mirror printing and Negative printing Also it lets you enable Toner Save and Smoothing functions Effect Tab for PCL6 and PCL5c 21x Setup PrintJob Layout Effect Image Quality About Overlay Image Letter r Rotate 180 degrees Eo E I Toner Save Graphi ra ij eta IT Do not Print Blank Pages Profile None R Save As Delete Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Help Printing Guide Printing from Windows 227 228 NOTES Effect Tab for PS3 21x Setup Print Job Layout Effect Image Quality About Overlay Image Pleter As I Rotate 180 degrees EO ios I Minor Profile None z I Toner Save T Do not Print Blank Pages Save As Delete Restore Defaults 1 Watermark This selects the watermark to be used or edited The following values except None are the default watermarks that have been registered in the printer driver New watermarks you create are added to the drop down box list None Select this if no watermark is desired The following default watermarks are also displayed in the drop down box TOP SECRET CONFIDENTIAL DRAFT ORIGINAL COPY Add Click this to create new watermark The Watermark dialog box appears by clicking on this P 230 Add Edit Watermark Edit Select a watermark from the Watermark drop down box and click it to edit the water mark The Watermark dialog box appears by clicking o
68. STUDIO4 10 10 70 105 Discovered Device Name Mss MFP oocese75 IPAIPX Address Location Model 10 10 70 106 TOSHIBA e STU Select printer s to monitor from Discovered Device Start Discovery Select printer s to remove from Monitoring Device Advanced Manual Selection OK Cancel Help e The selected printer is added to the Monitoring Device list SUPPLEMENT You can remove the printers from the Monitoring Device list To do this select the printer that you want to remove and click Remove However you cannot remove the printers which are related to the installed printer drivers 5 Click OK Adding new device by entering the printer address manually 1 Click Add Device in the Device Status tab TopaccessDocMon TOSHIBA e STUDIOSSIcSeries PCLG lox Printer Document View Help Device Status Jerine Queue Private Print Proof Print Scheduled Prit Fax e Fiing Invalid Printer Information BH Drawer Status Counter MFP 000001 84 Upper Drawer 44 Plain Paper Available Lower Drawer 43 Plain Paper Available TOSHIBA e STUDIOS51c Pedestal Upper Drawer 44 R Plain Empty Pedestal Lower Drawer Not Available Stack Feed Bypass Unknown Thick 1 Empty Large Capacity Feeder Not Available Idle 2 Holes hai Add Device j10 10 70 120 p g The TopAccessDocMon Network Discovery dialog box appears Printing Guide
69. Style Do not print on page 7 Pages 5 13 25 35 89 Specify the page number to insert Use commas to specify more than one page e How to set the Source and Print Style options are same as Use Front Cover option e Ifyou want to enter more than one page in the Pages field separate the page numbers with commas e When you select Print on 1 side of page specified page will be printed on the inserted sheet When you select Print on both sides of page specified page and the next page will be printed on the both sides of the inserted sheet 5 Set other print options you require and click OK Printing Guide Printing from Windows 249 250 SUPPLEMENT NOTE 6 Click OK or Print to send a print job A front cover and back cover are printed or inserted for output Interleaving Pages This feature is useful when you want to insert paper of a different type or from another source between every page of your print job For example you could use this option to insert blank colored sheets between overhead transparencies Interleaving pages can also be enabled for N up printing by setting it in the Multiple Pages per Sheet window P 252 Printing Several Reduced Pages per Sheet Inserting sheets every page of a print job 1 Display the Standard window of Layout tab 2 To insert sheets between every page check the Interleave Pages box and select the drawer where the p
70. This menu is only displayed for Mac OS X 10 2 4 to 10 2 8 When you want to set the department code in Mac OS X 10 3 x set in the Print Mode menu P 288 Print Mode Feature Sets Department Code DC Digit 1 Department Code DC Digit 2 Department Code DC Digit 3 Department Code DC Digit 4 OOONO Department Code DC Digit 5 How the equipment performs printing for an invalid department code print job which no department code or invalid department code is specified varies depending on the Department Code Enforcement setting that can be set from TopAccess Administrator mode When the Department Code Enforcement is set to ON the invalid department code print job will be stored in the invalid department code print job list without printing When the Department Code Enforcement is set to Print the invalid department code print job will be printed When the Department Code Enforcement is set to Delete the invalid department code print job will be deleted without printing 1 Department Code DC Digit 1 Select the first digit of the department code Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 2 Department Code DC Digit 2 Select the second digit of the department code 3 Department Code DC Digit 3 Select the third digit of the department code 4 Department Code DC Digit 4 Select the forth digit of the department code 5 Department Code DC Digit 1 Select the fifth digit of the d
71. W Fax driver e e Filing tab Displays details of documents that are being stored in Box about one minute e TopAccessComposer tab Displays details of documents that are being stored in TopAccessComposer about one minute e Invalid tab Lists jobs with invalid department codes and jobs exceed the limita tion for number of copies Status Bar The status bar extends along the lower border of the TopAccessDocMon window The information it contains depends upon the tab you ve chosen SUPPLEMENT You can choose whether or not to display the status bar by checking unchecking the Status Bar option using the View menu 1 Status Located on the left side of the bar is a phrase that describes the status of the device or job Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon 329 330 2 3 4 Device Status tab shows the condition of the printer Print Queue tab shows the number of documents in the print queue Private Print tab shows the number of private print jobs Proof Print tab shows the number of proof print jobs Scheduled Print tab shows the order of scheduled print jobs for the selected device Fax tab shows the number of fax jobs e Filing tab shows the number of print jobs to be sent to Box TopAccessComposer tab shows the number of print jobs to be sent to TopAc cessComposer Invalid shows the number of print jobs in the Invalid print que
72. When this selected select the paper source or paper type to be used for a first page at the drop down menu 3 Remaining from Select the paper source or paper type to be used for remaining pages in the drop down menu This can be selected only when you select the option button of the First page from option Print Mode In the Print Mode menu you can set the way this equipment handles the print job This menu allows you to enable various job types such as Private Print and Proof Print This menu is only displayed for Mac OS X 10 3 x When you want to set the printing mode in Mac OS X 10 2 4 to 10 2 8 set in the Printing Modes submenu in the Printer Features menu P 289 Printing Modes O Print Printer _MFP_00000184 Presets Standard e Print Mode Normal 1 00000 Department Code Disabled 1 00000 Do not Print Blank Pages Disabled H Distinguish Thin Lines Disabled B Preview Save As PDF ae Cancel Print 5 1 Print Mode This sets the type of print job Normal Select this to print a normal job Proof Select this to print the first copy of a multicopy job and then wait for approval before printing the remaining copies The print job sent as a proof job is saved in the proof job queue on this equipment and the remaining copies are not printed until you activate printing from the Touch Panel Display This option al
73. Windows based programs will use this printer as the default printer lt Back Cancel 5 Select Yes to print a test page and click Finish Add Printer Wizard After your printer is installed Windows can print a test page so you can confirm that the printer is set up properly i Would you like to print a test page lt Back Cancel 6 Make sure a test page is printed successfully and click Yes to close the dialog box TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 Printer test page completed A test page is now being sent to the printer Depending on the speed of your printer it may take a minute or two before the page is printed The test page briefly demonstrates the printer s ability to print graphics and text as well as providing technical information about the printer driver Did the test page print correctly No Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 97 98 7 The printer driver is installed and the print queue window appears TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 Jolx Printer Document View Help Document Name Status Owner Progress_ Started At lo jobs in queue NOTE Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP Server 2003 Installing the printer drivers for SMB printing
74. With LaserWriter 8 Create Desktop Printer AppleTalk Printer LPR Printer no printer connection Printer USB Translator PostScript l gt Create desktop printer for printer using LPR Cg e The Macintosh LPR Printer Selection dialog box opens Click Change in the PostScript Printer Description PPD File area D Untitled 1 B PostScript Printer Description PPD File LPR Printer Selection lt lt unspecified gt gt Desktop Printer Usage Print to LPR lt lt unspecified gt gt With Printer Driver LaserWriter 8 The Select a PostScript Printer Description File dialog box appears 4 Select the PPD file TOSHIBA_e STUDI0451cSeries for the equipment and click Select Select a PostScript Printer Description File Printer Descriptions lt MacOS English LaserWriter Pro405v2011 110 Eject LaserWriter Pro 600v2010 130 LaserWriter Pro 630v2010 130 Laserwriter Pro 810 LaserWriter Pro 810f _ LaserWriter Select 360 Dj LaserWriter Select 360f Laserwriter Select 610 TOSHIBA _e STUDIO4SIcSeries Printer Model TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PS Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Macintosh Click Change in the LPR Printer Selection area Oo Untitled 1 B r PostScript Printer Description PPD F
75. a double hairline for the border Double thin line Select this to draw a double thin line for the border Print on Both Sides Check this to print on both sides of the paper When checked select the binding direction at the Binding option Binding This sets the type of binding for 2 sided printed pages Long Edge Binding Select this to bind along the long edge side of paper The direction to be printed on the back side of the paper differs depending on the orientation Portrait 1 44 N Landscape il Short Edge Binding Select this to bind along the short edge side of paper The direction to be printed on the back side of the paper differs depending on the orientation Portrait TEE 2 Landscape 1 3 Finishing Options In the Finishing Options menu you can set the destination hole punching and stapling features Printer MFP_00C67861 gt Finishing Options Destination 22 8 7 Destination HolePunch Off gt J OQO Save Settings Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh Stapling Off J 269 1 Destination This selects the output destination tray Inner Tray Select this when no finisher is installed Tray 1 Select this to route the output to the upper tray of the Finisher Tray 2 Select this to route the output to the lower tray of t
76. a susauessteeasbcdndecdecvbearsdats 15 Features and Functions c ccccecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenceaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneaaeess 16 About the Client CD ROM cccccccceceeeeeeeeeceeececaeeeeeeeeeeeseeseseecniesaeeeeeeeees 17 For WNdOWS 522200026 3500 lead Aaa a a aa ae E AOE ne ste avec AREE aa aa 17 ForMacint Sh i e a a a ees 18 FOr UNIX A ee ear oe Nissi tah Soe eat ir a a 18 2 Installing Client Software wccisissisincesececniicsasecbensstodseueasessantecnwstesssisasananweniiendns 19 Installing Client Software for WiNdOWS sesessssessersseeerreseserressreernssrrrereerees 20 About Client Software for WINdOWS cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeees 20 Planning for Installation iee a e E E E 20 Before Installing Client Software eeccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeetaeeeeeeeaas 20 When Same Printer Drivers Have Been Installed 065 20 When GL DocMon Has Been Installed 0 cccceceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeee 20 When TopAccessDocMon Has Been Installed 00 20 Type of Printer Drivers erior ENE NE ATO RE 21 System RequireMentt erratia E E E AES 21 About Installation Procedure ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeecencecaeeeeeeeeeeneess 22 Parallel Port COMNMe ction ccecccecceeeceeeeeeeeeceeennncaeceeeeeeeeneess 22 USB Connection cccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseensaeeaeeaeeneees 22 Local Area Network over TCPIIP
77. aaa aaiae asai 193 Printing from WiINGOWS 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeseeaaeeeeeeeiaeeeeeeeaes 194 Before Using the Printer Driver ceeeceeceeeesneeeeeeeetnneeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaas 194 Configuring the Options ccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 194 Configuring the Options Manually c cceeseeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeenaaes 195 Configuring the Options Automatically 0 ceeceeeeeeteeeeeeeetaees 196 Setting the Department Code eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteenaees 198 Copying the PPD File for WiINdOWS 0 eccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeteeeaeees 200 Printing from Application ccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeceecaeceeeeeeeeeeeetetennennaees 201 Considerations and Limitations 0 ce ceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 201 Howto PIM edenn erai EA cas Sagelartetvi el ar aaa 201 Setting Up Print Options ccccccccececce eee ee tee eeeeeceeecaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 203 HOW 10 Set pi teens ee Seca area Meee needs dena din 203 Setting Initial Values of Print Options ceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeenees 203 Setting Print Options for Each Print Job 204 Setting Print Options Using Profiles ee eeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeenaes 204 Pritt OPtlOms in eve sae ised ase aate eae edie tates a ae eee 207 Setup Tab etna Weed hire ae ee ae ee a 209 Print JOD Tab ieieccccctecsciriaett aer a a 215 Layout Tab Standard WindOW eccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeees 2
78. and then create the IPP port correctly again SUPPLEMENTS If an administrator has enabled the IPP Port80 Enabled option on this equipment you can exclude the port number from the URL i e http 192 168 255 48 Print e Ifan administrator has enabled the Enable SSL option for IPP Print you must enter https IP address SSL port number Print in the URL field i e https 192 168 255 48 443 Print 114 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows NOTE 6 Click Next e The Connect to Printer dialog box appears When the Authentication setting for IPP Print is enabled the dialog box to enter a user name and password appears If this dialog box appears enter the user name and password and click OK For user name and password please ask your administrator aixi lt 2 To use this printer you must enter a user name and 4 passwort Printer Name http 10 10 70 105 631 Print User Name user Password eee 7 Click OK x a The server on which the unknown printer resides does not have the correct printer driver installed IF you want to is install the driver on your local computer click OK Cancel 8 Click Have Disk E aZ Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with Q an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printer
79. as Outline Select this to print outline type of watermark 13 Transparency Select this to transparent watermark When you select this set the brightness from O darker to 100 lighter in units of 1 You can also set the brightness using the scroll bar PostScript Settings xi Output Format IV Print Error Information IV Compress Bitmap IV Use PostScript Passthrough Cancel Help 1 Output Format This selects the output format for printing ASCII The job is sent in the ASCII data format Encapsulated PostScript EPS The job is sent in the EPS format Tagged BCP Select this to send a job in Tagged Binary format over parallel ports Using Adobe DSC Select this to send a job with the DSC comments NOTE The EPS format is usually used for creating an image to import into another document Therefore only the first page of the document will be printed when Encapsulated Post Script EPS is selected 2 Print Error Information Check on this to print a PS error information page when any errors occur for print ing 3 Compress Bitmap Check on this to send compress bitmaps to this equipment 4 Use PostScript Passthrough Check this for PostScript data created by the application to be passed through to this equipment Printing Guide Printing from Windows 231 232 NOTE If this option is enabled the following print options may not work correctly when printing from the ap
80. box appears 5 Enter the name and password and click OK Authenticate Installer requires that you type your passphrase Password or phrase ceescese Name Tomoyuki Take F Details D gt Cancel ar The welcome message is displayed 6 Click Continue e Install TOSHIBA e STUDIO 45 1c Series TOSHIBA Welcome to the TOSHIBA e STUDIO 451c Series Introduction Welcome to the Mac OS X Installation Program You will be icense guided through the steps necessary to install this software f Continue e The Software License Agreement window is displayed Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Macintosh 157 158 7 Click Continue e Install TOSHIBA e STUDIO 451c Series F stupio TOSHIBA Welcome to the TOSHIBA e STUDIO 451c Series Introduction Welcome to the Mac OS X Installation Program You will be guided through the steps necessary to install this software Piistallatior installing Finish Up Continue 8 Click Agree To continue installing the software you must agree to the terms of the software license agreement d Click Agree to continue or click Disagree to cancel the installation areren Se meee Disagree Agree H The Select a Destination window is displayed 9 Select the boot hard disk of your Mac OS X and click Con tinue 8 Install TOSHIBA e STUDIO 451c Series TOSHIBA Select a Destination
81. by Add Printer Wizard Before operating the following setup check with your system administrator to make sure of the following This equipment is connected to the network and turned on The TCP IP setting is correct on this equipment and your computer e Raw TCP Printing is only available for Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 LPR Printing is only available for Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Installation for Raw TCP LPR Printing Using the Installer Install the client software using the installer in the Client Utilities CD ROM first then configure the Raw TCP or LPR port in each printer driver The procedure to configure the Raw TCP or LPR port differs depending on the version of Windows used P 64 Windows NT 4 0 P 67 Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 Windows NT 4 0 Configuring the LPR port for Windows NT 4 0 You must log into Windows as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege when using Windows NT 4 0 1 Install the client software using the installer in the Client Util ities CD ROM e Please install the client software following the instruction of the installation for parallel printing P 27 Installation for Parallel Printing Using the Installer Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 2 After installing the client software click Start select Set tings and click Printers to open the Printers f
82. by Point and Print NOTE You must log into Windows as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege when using Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 1 Open this equipment in the network with Windows Explorer and double click a queue in which the printer driver should be installed see below zox Fie Edt View Favorites Tools Help Back gt amp Qsearch Gyrolders A GE xX A E Eo Address mfp 00c67861 l go oO FILE_SHARE pelSe Mfp 00c67861 s EA T Mfp 00c67861 pcl6 g C Gg Comment PCLSC Driver print ps3 Printers 1 object s selected pcl6 Double click this queue to install the PCL6 printer driver ps3 Double click this queue to install the PS3 printer driver e The Printers dialog box appears 2 Click Yes Printers xi 4 Before you can use the printer Mfp 00c67861 pcl6 it must be set up on your computer Do you want Windows to set up the printer and continue this operation Yes No 3 The printer driver is installed NOTE Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows Installation for SMB Printing by Add Printer Wizard The procedure to install the printer driver for SMB printing by Add Pr
83. client software this method is convenient P 119 Installation for Novell Printing Using the Installer e Using Point and Print You can install the printer driver by double clicking network queues on the NetWare If the NetWare has been set up for NDPS printer drivers can be downloaded from the system so that the Client Utilities CD ROM is not required However other client software cannot be installed using this method Q P 123 Installation for Novell Printing by Point and Print Using Add Printer Wizard When you want to install the printer drivers without connecting to the equipment using Point and Print install the printer drivers using the Add Printer Wizard P 130 Installation for Novell Printing by Add Printer Wizard Before installing the printer driver for Novell printing check with your system adminis trator to make sure of the following This equipment is connected to the network and turned on The NetWare server is configured correctly and running on your network The IPX SPX or TCP IP and NetWare settings are correct on this equipment Before installing the client software for Novell printing please make sure following net work services and protocols are installed on your computer Windows 98 ME e TCP IP protocol Required only when using the NetWare in the TCP IP network IPX SPX compatible protocol Required only when using the NetWare in the IPX SPX network Client for NetWare Network e Servi
84. deselect the components you do not want to install r Description M Top ccessDocMon TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PCLG Setup will install Agfa Fonts on TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PCL5c your computer TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PSL3 TOSHIBA e STUDIO NAW Fax TOSHIBA e STUDIO AddressBookViewer TOSHIBA e STUDIO TWAIN Driver o TOSHIBA e STUDIO File Downloader Magia TrueType Font 88 48 MB of space required on the C drive 12588 20 MB of space available on the C drive InstallShield lt Back Cancel TopAccessDocMon Check this to install the Document Monitor TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PCL6 Check this to install the PCL6 printer driver TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PCL5c Check this to install the PCL5c printer driver TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PSL3 Check this to install the PS3 printer driver Agfa TrueType Fonts Check this to install Agfa Font Manager and fonts The Select Port dialog box appears NOTE There are also Network Fax software and e Filing software in the list For more infor mation about these software please see the Network Fax Guide and e Filing Guide 8 Enter lt NetWare file server name gt lt queue name gt in the Network path or queue name field and click Next Example NetWare file server name Nwsrv queue name mfp_queue Nwsrv mfp queue TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client InstallShield Wizard xj Select Port _ Select the port for
85. device models to be searched This sets to search the e STUDIO451c Series e STUDIO850 Series e STUDIO4511 Series e STUDIO450 Series or e STUDIO280 Series so you do not have to change this options Network Enable IPX SPX Search Check on this to search printers which con nect to the IPX SPX network This is available only when the IPX SPX protocol and Novell Client are installed in your computer and the computer is connected to the NetWare server Network Enable TCP IP Search Check on this to search printers which con nect to the TCP IP network This is available only when the TCP IP protocol is installed in your computer When this is enabled select how it searches printers in the TCP IP network Search local subnet Select this to search printers in local subnet Specify a range Select this to search printers in specific range of IP addresses When this is selected enter the IP addresses in From field and To field to specify the range 3 Select the equipment that you want to connect and click OK x Name IPAIPX Address Location Model 10 10 70 105 TOSHIBA e STU Select a printer for your printer Consult a with your administrator for more Start Discovery information Advanced S Manual Selection Device Information JK Cancel Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 4 It automatically obtains the network queue in the Network path or queue name
86. digit department code and click OK xi Enter the Department Code 00001 Cancel e The selected invalid print job is printed Event Notification When an event occurs that has been assigned alert status selected for notification a popup notification dialog box appears This popup message contains the following infor mation about the event NOTE If you did not select Popup Message as the notification method you will not see a popup notification dialog box TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries POLG O x Date Time 5 2 2005 1 34 22 AM Document Untitled Notepad Message Your proof set has been printed Notification Number T77 ia a gt or e Date Time displays the date and time of the document e Document displays the name of the document e Message displays the event notification message e Notification Number displays the sequential order of the current message in the notification queue For example 3 8 indicates that it is the third message in a queue of eight notifications I4 Click this to display the first notification dialog box in the queue 4 Click this to display the previous notification dialog box in the queue Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon 339 gt Click this to display the next notification dialog box in the queue p Click this to display the last notification dialog box in the queue e Close closes the w
87. e STUDIO451c Series Client you must accept this agreement The Choose Destination Location screen is displayed 5 Click Next x Choose Destination Location Select folder where setup will install files Setup will install TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client in the following folder To install to this folder click Next To install to a different folder click Browse and select another folder Destination Folder ca roseuosa e STUDIO Client Browse e Ifyou want to change the location where the programs are installed click Browse In the dialog box that appears select the folder and click OK e The Setup Type screen is displayed 6 Select Custom and click Next x Setup Type Select the Setup Type to Install Click the type of Setup you prefer then click Next C Typical Program will be installed with the most common options Recommended for most users Complete Program will be installed with all options Custom You may choose the options you want to install Recommended for advanced users lt Back Cancel e The Select Components screen is displayed 120 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 7 Check the software that you want to install and click Next TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client InstallShield Wiz xj Select Components Select the components setup will install i a Select the components you want to install and
88. long edge feed paper This command has no affect when the paper is fed from the short edge side staple 6 Staple in the bottom right corner of a portrait page and the lower left corner of a landscape page staple 7 Put 2 staples on the top side of a portrait page or the right side of a landscape page printed on short edge feed large format A3 Ledger paper This command has no affect when the paper is fed from the long edge side or small paper size staple 8 Put 2 staples on the bottom side of a portrait page or the left side of a landscape page printed on short edge feed large format A3 Ledger paper This command has no affect when the paper is fed from the long edge side or small paper size staple 9 Put 2 staples in the middle of a landscape page and fold the paper in half vertically along the staple line saddle stitching This command works in conjunction with booklet printing This command has no affect when the paper is fed from the long edge side If this option is not specified the printer s default value will be used Example The command to staple in the upper left corner of a long edge feed portrait page is Ip o staple 1 filename The value for the stapling position depends on the paper size the paper feed direction and the print direction This function is not available for all paper sizes and the users should refer to the copier manual for a list of compatible paper
89. ma T A 310 Other Printing Methods eeccecceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeccaeeeeeeeneeeeeeesnateeeeeenaaes 313 FTP aana LS A fete EA oat ae ea ae ee Re oe Oe ds 313 Email Printing secese a cee a a a aaa 314 4 Monitoring Print JObS asaeeessssssnnnnnrennennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnn 315 Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon sseeeeeeeeereseeerrssreeee 316 Features and Functions c ccccceccecceeeeeeceeeeeeeeecneeeeeeesceeeeeeeeneeeeseeeaes 316 How to Use TopAccessDOCMoon 2 e eeeecceeceeeeeeeeeeeteeteeesennneaeeees 316 Running TopAccessDOCMO0n cccccteeceeeeetieeeeeeteneeeeeeetieeeeeeenea 316 Starting TopAccessDOCMON ccccceeeeeeeeeeetieeeeeeeeneeeeeeeenaees 317 Document Monitor Taskbar MeNnu c cceseeeeeeeereeeeeeseeneeeeees 317 Configuring TOopACCeSSDOCMON cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeteeeaeees 318 Configuring the Start Up Options 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeettteeeeeeenaaes 318 Configuring the Notifications 200 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeenaaes 319 Configuring the Refresh Rate ccecessseceeeessieeeeeesteeeeeeenaes 320 Finding the Printer ACCreSS ccccceccseeeeseecneeeeeseeeneeeeeseeenaeeees 321 Monitoring the Printer 00 0 2 cccceeeeeceeeeeeeeecneeeeeeenaeeeeeeetaeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeaaes 322 How to Access the TopAccessDocMon Window ceeeee 322 Printing Guide Table of Contents 11 Accessin
90. name gt print Where lt device name gt is the same as the device name set from the Touch Panel Display 6 Click the General Tab and click Print Test Page to confirm that the settings are cor rect 344 Printing Guide Printer Driver Errors Command Line Options Not Processed Problem Description All print options are sent to this equipment at the start of the print job If the print file already contains print commands they override the command line options you set For example if the print file specifies the Letter media and you specify the A4 media option with the Ip command the document is output on letter size paper provided of course that all copier related restrictions have been met Corrective Action Change the properties in the document you want to print and recreate the print file Submit the print job using the LP command without setting additional parameters Cannot Remember Document Password Problem Description There is no way to obtain the password for a Private Print job after it has been sent A private print job remains in the queue until the correct Document Password is entered Corrective Action The end user must delete the job from the Touch Panel Display or through TopAccess DocMon and resubmit the Private Print job using a new password Encourage the user to write down the password so they can enter it to retrieve their jobs from the Touch Panel Display Retrieval of Printer Configuration Failed
91. or printed only one page if there are no remained pages or only a last page for the cover 8 Set other print options you require and click OK 9 Click OK or Print to send a print job e The print job is printed as a booklet NOTE If a Saddle stitch Finisher is not installed the output will not be folded But you can cre ate a booklet by folding along the center by yourself Printing Several Reduced Pages per Sheet The N up feature allows you to condense and print several pages of a document on one sheet of paper This feature is very useful for browsing a large number of pages for appearance or page order 252 Printing Guide Printing from Windows For example to check the navigation path of a number of web pages or review the nar rative of a slide presentation using N up is not only convenient but conserves paper as well SUPPLEMENT If you are using the Image Overlay feature in combination with N up printing the over lay prints once per sheet rather than once per page Printing multiple pages per sheet 1 Display the Multiple Pages per Sheet window on the Layout tab 2 Select how many multiple pages you want to print on a single sheet at the Number of pages per Sheet drop down box Number of pages per sheet 2 Pages Left to Right v 2 Pages Left to Right 2 Pages Right to Left 4 Pages Left to Right 4 Pages Right to Left 2 pages Left to Right Select this to print images f
92. paper size you specify here When booklet is used with cover page it is recommended to use AppleTalk printing rather than LPR printing 2 3 4 Booklet Page Layout Select the direction to be printed Right to Left Select this to create a booklet can be read from right to left Left to Right Select this to create a booklet can be read from left to right Booklet Center Margin Select the width of space added to the center If there is not a preferred width in the list enter the width by points You can enter from 0 point to 300 points in units of 1 point Booklet Outer Margin Select the width of space added in the short edge side on a sheet If there is nota preferred width in the list enter the width by points You can enter from 0 point to 18 points in units of 1 point Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh Watermark Options In the Watermark Options A and Watermark Options B menu you can enable water mark printing 22 8 7 Printer Destination Watermarking on Watermark Text DRAFT Watermark Text Size 72points 72 Watermark Text Angle fo Watermark Gray Level 20 black o OOOO 22 8 7 Printer MFP_00C67861_ Destination Watermark Options B gt Watermark Font Helvetica Bold Watermark Position Center 1 Watermark Outline Filed QO TE 1 Watermarking This sets the print
93. process In order to print properly from the application that you are using please see the section about printing in the application s manual When printing with the PS3 printer driver from Adobe Acrobat the Fit to Paper enlargement feature does not work if the Use PostScript Passthrough option is enabled in the PostScript settings of the PS3 printer driver To use the Fit to Paper enlargement feature please disable the Use PostScript Passthrough option in the PostScript settings of the PS3 printer driver When printing with the PS3 printer driver from the application that creates the Post Script code for printing such as Adobe Acrobat the following print options may not work correctly In that case please disable the Use PostScript Passthrough option in the PostScript settings of the PS3 printer driver Manual Scale Print Paper Size Paper Type User Front Cover User Back Cover Interleave Pages Insert Pages Booklet Multiple Pages per Sheet All options in the Effect tab All options in the Image Quality tab How to Print Once you have installed the printer driver and configured it properly you can print directly from most Windows applications Simply choose the Print command from within your application You can print using the various functions by setting print options on the printer driver Printing Guide Printing from Windows 201 Printing from Windows applications 1
94. rate Changing the refresh rate The Document Notification Printer Status and Print Queue dialog box appears when clicking Change Rate in the Refresh Rate tab of the configuration dialog box When the dialog box appears select the desired refresh rate using the slide bar The available range of the refresh rate varies for each item Document Notification You can set the refresh rate from 0 second to 1 minute in units of 10 seconds The default refresh rate for the document notification is 30 seconds xi Select the Desired Refresh Rate 0 1 minute Seconds No Refresh 30 seconds Cancel Help Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon Printer Status You can set the refresh rate from 0 second to 5 minute in units of 30 seconds The default refresh rate for the document notification is 1 minute Printer Status x Select the Desired Refresh Rate 5 minutes Seconds No Refresh 1 minute Cancel Help Print Queue You can set the refresh rate from 0 second to 1 minute in units of 10 seconds The default refresh rate for the document notification is 10 seconds x Select the Desired Refresh Rate 0 1 minute Seconds No Refresh l 10 seconds Cancel Help Finding the Printer Address The Installed tab displays the network IP address of each device on your computer that has a printer driver installed TopAccessDocMon i 1 49 2 Startup Notifica
95. restart my computer later Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to complete setup e Ifyou selected to install TopAccessDocMon during the installation the sys tem may ask whether you want to view the Readme file and launch TopAc cessDocMon NOTE The Installer may ask you to restart your computer If it does select Yes want to restart my computer now and click Finish to restart your computer 13 The installation is completed NOTE Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Installation for Novell Printing by Point and Print The procedure to install the printer driver for Novell printing by Point and Print differs depending on the version of Windows used P 124 Windows 98 Me P 127 Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP Server 2003 SUPPLEMENTS TopAccessDocMon is also available for Novell printing To install TopAccessDoc Mon you must install it from the Client Utilities CD ROM separately The Agfa Font Manager is also available to install and manage the TrueType fonts on your computer To install the Agfa Font Manager you must install it from the Cli ent Utilities CD ROM separately Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 123 124 Windows 98 Me Installing the printer drivers for Novell printing by Point an
96. root account Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX 171 10 Open your Linux UNIX editor Create the following file etc lp interfaces lt queue name gt conf Add a line as below in the lt queue name gt conf dest lt IP address gt Save the file Enter the following command mkque q lt queue name gt a s_statfilter usr lib lpd bsdshort a up TRUE a host lt IP address gt a rq dssc Enter the following command mkquedev q lt queue name gt d dev_ lt queue name gt a backend opt toshiba tap bin est45lcBackend Enter the following command cp usr lib lpd pio predef net_est45lc opt toshiba tap filter lt queue name gt Creating a print queue manually on Linux 1 10 172 Enter the following command ls opt toshiba tap interface If the above directory does not exist enter the following command mkdir opt toshiba tap interface As root open your Linux UNIX editor Open your Linux UNIX editor Create the following file opt toshiba tap interface lt queue name gt conf Add a line as below in the lt queue name gt conf dest lt IP address gt Save the file Enter the following command cp opt toshiba tap model net_est45l1c opt toshiba tap interface lt queue name gt Enter the following command opt toshiba tap bin modPrintcap a lt queue name gt lt IP address gt Enter the following command ls opt tosh
97. select in the drop down box Print over the document Check this to print overlay image over the document 3 Rotate 180 degrees Check on this to perform rotation printing of an image 4 Mirror Check on this to perform mirror printing of an image This print option is available only for the PS3 printer driver NOTES The mirror printing may not be applied when the application gives priority to the application s PostScript settings over the printer driver settings When printing from Adobe Acrobat or such applications the mirror printing does not work if the Use PostScript Passthrough option is enabled in the PostScript set tings To use the mirror printing please disable the Use PostScript Passthrough option in the PostScript settings 5 Negative Positive Check on this to perform negative printing of an image This print option is available only for the PS3 printer driver NOTES The Negative Positive option is available only when Mono is selected at the Color drop down box on the Setup tab The negative printing may not be applied when the application gives priority to the application s PostScript settings over the printer driver settings When printing from Adobe Acrobat or such applications the Negative Positive print ing does not work if the Use PostScript Passthrough option is enabled in the Post Script settings To use the Negative Positive printing please disable the Use P
98. settings This button is only displayed when the printer properties are accessed from the Printers folder for Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 This button remains grayed out until a setting is changed 9 Help Click this to browse the HELP for the printer driver 208 Printing Guide Printing from Windows Setup Tab The Setup tab contains basic print operation settings such as original paper size print paper size paper source paper type orientation number of copies and so on Also this tab allows you to enable enlarge reduce printing sort printing stapling and punch ing and 2 sided printing TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 Printing Preferences a 2x Setup Print Job Layout Effect Image Quality About Original Paper Size Letter 8 1 2 x 11 Print Paper Size Paper Source Paper Type Orientation Letter Number of Copies Eo Eo Copy Handling Graphics Text Color Profile None z Staple Save s Delete Hole Punch 2 Sided Printing Restore Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help 1 Original Paper Size This selects the size of a document to be printed Available original paper sizes are listed below e Letter A4 e Ledger e A5 e Legal A3 e Statement B4 e Computer e Bd 13 LG e A3 Wide 8 5 SQ e Folio e 12 x 18 A6 e 8K e 16K SUPPLEMENTS The default paper size will be Letter
99. tab allows you to select how the TrueType fonts are printed The following figure is the Font Tab for the PS3 printer driver The Fonts tab can be displayed only from the Printers folder and not displayed when displaying the properties from the application s Print dialog box TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PSL3 Properties 21x General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Security Fonts Configuration About TrueType Options Use Font Substitution Table Substitution Table Edit TrueType Font Use Printer Font Arial Unicode MS Download as Soft Font Batang Download as Soft Font BatangChe Download as Soft Font Dotum Download as Soft Font ae DotumChe Download as Soft Font Gulim Download as Soft Font i oe lj oe GulimChe Download as Soft Font z y Gungsuh Download as Soft Font GungsuhChe Download as Soft Font zi Graphics Text Profile None Y Substitute Printer Font For Download as Soft Font hd Save As Delete Restore Defaults Run Font Manager 1 TrueType Options This sets how to print TrueType fonts Always Use TrueType Fonts Select this to print the document the same as the print image shown on the screen All TrueType fonts are extracted on the system for printing Always Use Printer Fonts Select this to substitute the TrueType fonts with the internal fonts for printing The print result may differ from the print image on the screen Use Font
100. the Cli ent Utilities CD ROM separately Windows 98 Me Installing the printer drivers for SMB printing by Point and Print 1 Open this equipment in the network with Windows Explorer and double click a queue in which the printer driver should be installed see below File Edit View Go Favorites Help e 84 H B Back Forman Up Map Drive Disconnect Cut Copy file_share pol5c print ps3 Mfp 00c6786 MFP 00C67861 pcl6 4 Z pcl5c Double click this queue to install the PCL5c printer driver pcl6 Double click this queue to install the PCL6 printer driver ps3 Double click this queue to install the PS3 printer driver The Printers dialog box appears 2 Click Yes Printers i Before you can use the printer AMFP 00C67861 pel6 it must be set up on your computer Do you want Windows to set up the printer and continue this operation e The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 3 Select whether printing MS DOS based programs and click Next Add Printer Wizard Do you print from MS DOS based programs Be Cancel 4 Change the name if desired select whether you are using this printer as a default printer and click Next Add Printer Wizard You can type a name for this printer or you can use the name supplied below When you have finished Ni Your
101. the error condition refer to REPLACE TONER CAR TRIDGE SYMBOL in Operator s Manual for Basic Function e Printer Error 2 The above printer error icon indicates You need to remove paper from standard output tray You need to remove paper from Job Separator You need to remove paper from Finisher tray Printing Guide TopAccessDocMon Errors 356 You need to remove staples jammed in the Finisher For information on resolving the error condition refer to CLEAR PAPER SYMBOL in Operator s Manual for Basic Function You need to clear hole punches from Finisher For information on resolving the error condition refer to DISPOSING OF THE PUNCHED PAPER BITS OPTIONAL in Operator s Manual for Basic Function Non recommended toner is being used For information on resolving the error condition refer to REPLACE TONER CARTRIDGE SYMBOL in Operator s Manual for Basic Function You need to remove excess staples from the Saddle stitch Finisher You performed saddle stitch printing using mixed paper sizes Cannot load paper from the LCF Cannot output to inner tray Only for e STUDIO451c Series e STUDIO4511 Series e STUDIO450 Series and e STUDIO280 Series Cover Open The Cover Open error icon indicates that you need to close the cover Drawer Open EN The Drawer Open error icon shows that drawer is open You must close the speci fied drawer to resume printing and copyin
102. the first copy of a multicopy job and then wait for approval before printing the remaining copies The print job sent as a proof job is saved in the proof job queue on this equipment and the remaining copies are not printed until you activate printing from the Touch Panel Display This option allows you to check a job s output before printing the remaining copies and thereby reduce paper waste NOTE When printing from an application that sends separately for each number of copies this equipment will print all numbers of copies even if you set the Proof Print In that case set one copy for the number of copies for a proof print job in the printer driver and then change the number of copies from the Control Panel to print required copies of the print job Printing Guide Printing from Windows 215 NOTES NOTE SUPPLEMENT 216 NOTE NOTES 5 Print to Overlay File When this is selected the print job is saved as an overlay file that is imposed on other documents For example if you want to print a master page image on the background of a document you can create overlay file of master merge image using this option Then you can print a document using this overlay by specifying this file as an overlay image in the Overlay Image option at the Effect tab If the print job has several pages in the document only the first page of the docu ment will be saved as an overlay file Both the overlay file and the docume
103. time you start Windows 318 Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon Configuring the Notifications In the Notification tab you can enable or disable the events notified by TopAccessDoc Mon TopAccessDocMon 2 1 49 2 xj Startup Notification Refresh Rates Installed Events MDocument has been printed successfully X Method IV Popup Dialog T Audio Beep Canc Hep 1 Events This sets the events which are notified To enable or disable the notification of each event click the arrow button in the right The events list is displayed and you can check on off events that enable or disable notification Document has been printed successfully Check this to notify you when the printer is finished printing the document Private print document is being held Check this to notify you when a pri vate print job that you have sent is ready for you to walk over to the printer and release Proof set has been printed Check this to notify you when the printer has printed the first copy of your multi copy job which is ready for your review before releasing and printing the remaining copies Fax has been transmitted successfully Check this to notify you when the printer has sent a fax when you have sent using the N W Fax driver This is only available when the Fax option is installed to the devices Document has been cancelled by the printer Check this to notify you when
104. to send a print job e The print job is stored in the Private Job list in the Touch Panel Display 4 Press the JOB STATUS button on the control panel ENERGY IERRUPT JOB STATUS ACCESS SAVER lt FUNCTION CLEAR ABC DEF e The print job list is displayed 5 Press the PRIVATE button PRINT JOB User Name Date Time Paper Pages Sets Status 6 Select the appropriate user name PRIVATE PRINT JOB User Name The letter entry menu is displayed Key in the password which has previ ously been set from the client PC and then press the ENTER button e You can key in the Admin Password by pressing the ADMIN PASSWORD button instead of keying in the password previously set from the client PC In this case jobs can be deleted but not printed e The private print job list is displayed NOTE If private print jobs are submitted using different password from the same user the user names will be displayed for each password Printing Guide Printing from Windows 241 7 Select the job you want to print on the private print job list PRIVATE PRINT JOB Document Name me sh INVALID CR ETURN SELECT ALL If the corresponding job is not displayed on the page press the Prev or Next button to swi
105. when a PostScript error occurs Print detailed report Select this to print a detailed report when a PostScript error occurs 2 Job Documentation This sets whether job logs or job copies are generated or not Generate Job Copy Check this to generate a job copy If enabled a job copy is generated in the folder which is specified at the Job Documentation Folder Generate Job Log Check this to generate a job log If enabled a job log is generated in the folder which is specified at the Job Documentation Folder 3 Job Documentation Folder The folder where job copies and job logs are stored is displayed To change the folder click Change and select a different folder Layout In the Layout menu you can set N up printing and 2 Sided printing 22 8 Printer MFP_00C67861 Destination Layout gt Layout direction j i Hiji 12 2 1 Print on Both Sides 00 Binding EF 1 Page per sheet This sets the printing of multiple pages on one sheet The pages are reduced to fit the selected paper size automatically 1 Select this if do not wish to enable N up printing 2 Select this to print images from 2 pages arranged on one sheet 4 Select this to print images from 4 pages arranged horizontally and printed top to bottom on one sheet 6 Select this to print images from 6 pages arranged horizontally and printed t
106. when using Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 1 Connect the printer cable to this equipment and your com puter and then power on the equipment and your computer The Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box appears 2 Select Install from a list or specific location Advanced and click Next Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard This wizard helps you install software for TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c If your hardware came with an installation CD or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do O Install the software automatically Recommended Install from a list or specific location Advanced Click Next to continue Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 3 Select Search for the best driver in these locations and check only the Include this location in the search check box Then click Browse Found New Hardware Wizard Please choose your search and installation options oe S Search for the best driver in these locations Use the check boxes below to limit or expand the default search which includes local paths and removable media The best driver found will be installed Search removable media floppy CD ROM v Include this location in the search Dont search will choose the driver to install Choose this option to select the device driver from a list Windows does not guarantee th
107. you want this printer to be available to other users If you share this printer you must provide a share name Do not share this printer Share as lt Back Cancel 15 Select Yes to print a test page and click Next Print Test Page To confirm that the printer is installed properly you can print a test page Do you want to print a test page Yes C No lt Back Cancel 142 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 16 Click Finish Add Printer Wizard Completing the Add Printer Wizard You have successfully completed the Add Printer wizard You specified the following printer settings Name TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PELE Shared as lt Not Shared gt Port Nuvsrvmfp_queue Model TOSHIBA e STUDIO451 cSeries PCLE Default Yes Test page Yes To close this wizard click Finish lt Back ZE e Start copying files 17 The installation is completed NOTE Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Installing Client Software for Novell iPrint This section describes how to install the printer drivers for Novell iPrint NOTES To setup the iPrint in the client computers the NetWare server must be configured for iPrint first For more information about setting up the NetWare server fo
108. 0 Support pa JD S K a AL Dp gt Game Internet Keyboard Mouse Network ar Controllers Options Dial up Co A gt EW ee Se 4 gt Installs and removes programs and Windows components Qi My Computer The Add Remove Programs dialog box appears Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 2 Select TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client and click Change Remove Ey Add Remove Programs iojxi Currently installed programs Sort by Name x gf windows 2000 Service Pack 3 Programs Add Remove Windows Components ka Set Program Access and Defaults The InstallShield Wizard dialog box appears 3 Select Remove and click Next TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client InstallShield Wizard 3 x Welcome Maintenance Program This program lets you modify the current installation Click one of the options below C Modify B Select new program components to add or select currently installed components to remove C Repair iF Reinstall all program components installed by the previous setup Remove E Remove all installed components InstallShield m The Confirm Uninstall dialog box appears 4 Click OK Confirm Uninstall xi You are going to completely uninstall all of the TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client Software Components Do you want to continue Ca Click Yes to delete the setting files TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client
109. 11 Series e STUDIO450 Series or e STUDIO280 Series Device Status Print Queue Private Print Proof Print Scheduled Print Fax e Filing and Invalid GL 1020 Device Status Print Queue Private Print Proof Print Scheduled Print Fax TopAccessComposer and Invalid GL 1010 Device Status Print Queue Private Print Proof Print Scheduled Print Fax TopAccessComposer and Invalid SC 2 Device Status Print Queue Private Print and Proof Print Other devices that supports MIB II Host Resource MIB and Printer MIB Device Status e Device Status tab Displays the printer information e Print Queue tab Displays a list of all current jobs Using this tab you can display all the jobs in the print queue pause and resume printing and cancel a print job e Private Print tab Lists the confidential print jobs Using this tab you can display all your private print jobs and cancel jobs as needed e Proof Print tab Displays details of proof print jobs Proof print jobs are those for which a proof copy has already been printed but the balance remaining is being held in this queue You can display all proof print jobs that have not been printed release the rest of the document for printing and cancel a print job as needed Scheduled Print tab Displays details of jobs that are being held for printing at a specified date and time e Fax tab Displays details of fax jobs that are being sent using the N
110. 18 Layout Tab Booklet WiINGOW 0 0 eceeceeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeneeeeeeteeeaeeees 223 Layout Tab Multiple Pages per Sheet Window 225 Effect TaD ehe A aeinke tive c tees ie ahaa 227 Image Quality Tab nassir daai eaae 232 EON TaD nii 00 ewes OA TAA ROTO A E 236 Configuration Tab ororceneeruneiai a a 237 Abou Tabien a er aA E r deci 239 Printing with Extended Print Functionality 0 0 cc eeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaees 239 Printing Various Print Job Types sseseseeeseeeireseeeresseeerrsssrerrsssns 239 Printing Scheduled Print JODS seeeeeeseeeeeeeressesrrressrrrrssrrenes 239 Printing Private Print JODS eeeseeeeeseeeereesseerressrrerrsssrrrrrssreeens 240 Printing Proof Print Jobs earoniaeie eenia 242 Creating An Overlay File 0 0 ececeeececeeeeeeeeeeesneeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaaes 243 Storing to e Fillng 2iccc0 ci ciiee eee nei i 243 Printing with Various Layout and Finishing Options ee 244 SOrt Printing sis irnia i a ie le 244 Enlarge Reduce Printing eccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeenaeees 246 Printing Color Document in Gray scale cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeenteeeees 246 Stapling and Hole PUNCHING cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeaees 247 Printing on Both Sides of a Sheet 0 ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 248 Printing or Inserting Sheets from Different Paper Sources 248 InterleaVing Pages cc cccccccdeeecseeedenccceteedeneceeeeesdaccceeeedenceneenesete 2
111. 281 Layout Print Printer MFP_00C67861 Presets Standard HJ Print on Both Sides O Preview Save As PDF 1 Print on Both Sides Check this to print on both sides of the paper When this is checked select the binding direction at the Binding option 2 Binding This sets the type of binding for 2 sided printed pages Off Select this when you do not want to print on both sides of the paper Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 283 284 Long Edge Binding Select this to bind along the long edge side of paper The direction to be printed on the back side of the paper differs depending on the orientation Portrait Landscape Nf LL ill 1 Short Edge Binding Select this to bind along the short edge side of paper The direction to be printed on the back side of the paper differs depending on the orientation N Portrait Landscape 1 OTA y T Output Options In the Output Options menu you can save a print job as a file Print Printer MFP_00C67861 Presets Standard Output Options B Save as File Format D Preview Save As PDF 1 Save as File Check this to save a print job as a file When this is checked select the file type at the Format drop down box 2 Format This sets the format of a fil
112. 3 ii or c i ii of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software Clause set forth in 252 227 7013 or 52 227 19 c 2 of the DOD FAR as appropriate Contractor Manufacturer is TOSHIBA TEC Corporation 6 78 Minami cho Mishima shi Shizuoka ken 411 8520 Japan General You may not sublicense lease rent assign or transfer this license or the Software Any attempt to sublicense lease rent assign or transfer any of the rights duties or obligations hereunder is void You agree that you do not intend to and will not ship transmit directly or indirectly the Software including any copies of the Software or any technical data contained in the Software or its media or any direct product thereof to any country or destination prohibited by the United States Govern ment This license shall be governed by the laws of Japan or at the election of a Supplier of TTEC concerned with a dispute arising from or relating to this Agreement the laws of the Country desig nated from time to time by the relevant Supplier of TTEC If any provision or portion of this Agree ment shall be found to be illegal invalid or unenforceable the remaining provisions or portions shall remain in full force and effect YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE READ THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT AND THAT YOU UNDERSTAND ITS PROVISIONS YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDI TIONS YOU FURTHER AGREE THAT THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT CONTAINS THE COM PLETE AND EXCLUSIVE AGREEME
113. 4 0 as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 1 Click Start select Settings and click Printers to open the Printers folder ee F g Bun 2 Double click the Add Printer icon Printers of x File Edit View Help aT S sele xcs ea GENRE TOSHIBA e STUDIO4 1 object s selected A e The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears 3 Select My Computer and click Next Add Printer Wizard x This wizard helps you install your printer or make printer connections This printer will be managed by All settings will Ss managed and configured on this computer C Network printer server Connect to a printer on another machine All settings for this printer are managed by a print server that has been set up by an administrator lt Back Cancel 4 Click Add Port Add Printer Wizard x Click the check box next to the port s you want to use Documents will print to the first available checked port Available ports PE Description Printer mAT Local Port TOSHIBA e OLPT2 Local Port OLPT3 Local Port O comt Local Port ECOM Local Port ECOM Local Port m Add Port Configure Port T Enable printer pooling cees e The Printer Ports dialog box appears Printing Guide Insta
114. 50 Printing BoOklets eener eroen EEE EEE E eLA A EERE 250 Printing Several Reduced Pages per Sheet ceeceeeeeeeeeeeees 252 Printing Guide Table of Contents Using Watermarks ea a T 255 Printing with an Overlay File aeeeeeeneeeserrreessrrrensrrrrnnsrrenness 257 Printing ON A Tab Papel eeno n EE AE 258 Printing from Macintoshisseccc hatses cesta sicceud ities tiga sat E EEEE 261 Printing from Application on Mac OS 8 6 to 9 X cceeeeeeeeeeetteeteeeteees 261 How to Print from Mac OS 8 6 Of 9 X eceeceeececeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 261 Selecting the Printer in the ChOOSEM ceeseeeeeeesteeeeeeeeenaees 261 Setting Options and Printing from Macintosh Computer 262 Print Options for Page Setup Dialog on Mac OS 8 6 9 X e 263 Page AtinbUtesiicts ites tevientrisen a E A a eee tee 263 Print Options for Print Dialog on Mac OS 8 6 9 X neeese 264 General eirean aie aa E tetas bldiieleesdneceedd lasting 264 Background PYinting isro T EA 265 Color Matching a aa E cn adn keel diets 266 COVer FOGE raa o engi nos aah ea cd eee 266 FONUSOUINGS renee viet wcaeacieetetacotencs sabes cetieaal bbeots vedas cubed 267 JOD Loggins is a kine hie itis 267 LAYOUT Ai errr tien a teen icsedtieuta cetaheies od stated tent teuin bal een an aiareeuad tes 268 Finishing Options 23 4 sseaan Asics inate 269 Printing Modes yenes eian EE REE NRA 273 Booklet Mode Options ceececce
115. 6 Palatino Bold 7 CG Omega Italic 47 Palatino lItalic 8 CG Omega Bold Italic 48 Palatino Boldltalic 9 Coronet 49 ITC AvantGarde Book 10 Clarendon Condensed 50 ITC AvantGarde BookOblique 11 Univers Medium 51 ITC AvantGarde Demi 12 Univers Bold 52 ITC AvantGarde DemiOblique 13 Univers Italic 53 ITC Bookman Light 14 Univers Bold Italic 54 ITC Bookman Lightltalic 15 Univers Medium Condensed 55 ITC Bookman Demi 16 Univers Condensed Bold 56 ITC Bookman Demiltalic 17 Univers Medium Condensed Italic 57 NewCenturySchlbk Roman 18 Univers Condensed Bold Italic 58 NewCenturySchlbk Bold 19 Antique Olive 59 NewCenturySchlbk lItalic 20 Antique Olive Bold 60 NewCenturySchlbk Boldltalic 21 Antique Olive Italic 61 Times Roman 22 Garamond Antiqua 62 Times Bold 23 Garamond Halbfett 63 Times ltalic 24 Garamond Kursiv 64 Times Boldltalic 25 Garamond Kursiv Halbfett 65 ITCZapfChancery Mediumltalic 26 Mrigold 66 Symbol 27 Albertus Medium 67 Symbol PS 28 Albertus Extra Bold 68 Wingdings 29 Arial 69 ITCZapfDingbats 30 Arial Bold 70 Courier Bold 31 Arial Italic 71 Courier Italic 32 Arial Bold Italic 72 Courier Bold Italic 33 Times New Roman 73 Letter Gothic Regular 34 Times New Roman Bold 74 Letter Gothic Bold 35 Times New Roman Italic 75 Letter Gothic Italic 36 Times New Roman Bold Italic 76 CourierPS 37 Helvetica 77 CourierPS Oblique 38 Helvetica Bold 78 CourierPS Bold 39 Helvetica Oblique 79 CourierPS BoldOblique 364 Printing Guide Internal Fonts List Interna
116. 61 Host Name Local Apply Changes The Installable Options window is displayed Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Macintosh 165 166 NOTE NOTE 3 Set the following options ral Printer Info MFP_00C67861 Installable Options B Finisher Multi Position si Drawer Drawer 3 amp 4 a Apply Changes Finisher Not Installed Select this if a finisher is not installed Single Position Stapler Select this when the Hanging Finisher is installed Multi Position Stapler Select this when the Multi staple Finisher or Saddle stitch Finisher is installed Multi Position Stapler and Hole Punch Select this when the Multi staple Finisher or Saddle stitch Finisher and Hole Punch unit are installed Drawer Not Installed Select this when no optional drawer is installed Drawer 3 Select this when the drawer 3 is installed Drawer 3 amp 4 Select this when the drawer 3 and 4 are installed LCF Select this when the Large Capacity Feeder is installed LCF is not available for some countries or regions If you are using the Mac OS X 10 3 0 or earlier finisher options such as stapling and hole punching can be selected even if you select Not Installed for the Finisher option If you select the finisher options for printing but the finisher is not installed finisher set tings will be ignored and perform printing correctly 4 Click Apply Changes an
117. 8 0 CUPS 1 1 18 e Turbo Linux 8 0 CUPS 1 1 14 e Suse 8 1 CUPS 1 1 15 All of the options worked correctly on Redhat 8 0 but the UI Constraints did not work correctly on Suse 8 1 or Turbo Linux 8 0 this is because they ship with older versions of CUPS Implementation Method This driver consists of a PPD file that works in conjunction with an interface like XPP KPrinter etc It can also be used on OSX in the same way that it is used on Linux but this is not recommended Supplied Components There is one supplied component a PPD file called TOSHIBA_EST451c_CUPS gz It has been compressed using gzip It does not need to be uncompressed for Linux to use the PPD file and so it should be left compressed The user needs root privileges to place the PPD file in the default location The default location for the standard CUPS PPD files is usr share cups model Toshiba Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX About CUPS This section describes the behavior options and installation method of the CUPS printer driver for the equipment The behavior of the printer driver presented in this specification is consistent with CUPS v1 1 15 The driver may appear and or operate slightly differently in the different versions In reality the file supplied in this package is not really a printer driver it is actually a PostScript Printer Description PPD file Development Environment The provided CUPS printer driver is supp
118. A 299 General Options eei iea e et a aae a a ae eia 299 Prot Language oas i oar E O 299 Printing Guide Table of Contents LAPIN ai ashe sehen ade leas ting E E ta aa teeta 299 Output Binsgetccecd tees acta e elt Be Ne ae Stet alee 300 Hole PUNCHING era a ads 300 Media TYPE racerne aa EEA AEE 301 Paper SOUC e i a a tek a dante i e a 301 DUPIOXIN Gece see A T E E E E ET 302 Paper EAE AEE EEE E E E eee ore 302 Printing MOdeS sai ae EE TANE 303 Department Code ccc ccceeceeeceeeececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeceaeaaecaeeeeeeeneess 303 SMOOMING 2 iseette hee a aaa iat 304 Distinguish Thin Lines ser ernai REE EE A EARR ETEA 304 Do not Print Blank Pages eese aeina aa EEE RAE 304 TONG Oee E A A 304 Booklet Modes ire ar T EE AE 304 Fage Lybeer a A TA A TTA 305 Cemer Margin airera ei E 306 Outer MAr a a aa eee ties 306 Collate wiv a E A S 306 BEEE E E AE T ee eee 307 Font PICen EE E 307 Page Lengthis 2 2 5 iea T A 307 Galor MOGE r e EEE E E N 307 Pure Black and Purg Gray eceecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeseeeeeeeeesenaaeees 308 Image Quallity Type sonrai a EAEE LATA 308 ANTONE sererai eaa a a a A 308 Black Over Print rie n E A EE 308 PCL5e Specific Options 200 0000 cece eeeeececeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneaees 309 Text Wrapping aea aaea clade saltcads a Ra Aa eaaa 309 ben Marda o TE a 309 RONMENT 309 TOD MAIE a E E AE 309 TEX LONGIN st iciatzelecetiisdctecactiteeecideatnngtede san EEEE ANST 310 Banner Pada
119. AccessDocMon window Disable Configure T TopAccess 3 55 PM The TopAccessDocMon window appears TopAccessDocMon displays the TopAccessDocMon window for the printer set as a default printer in the Printers folder If the default printer is set to other than the TOSHIBA printer driver it displays the error message and the TopAccessDocMon window cannot be displayed e Ifthe connection to the printer is properly set in the selected printer driver a mes sage dialog box appears In this case click Yes to search for a printer and main tain the connection P 323 Searching for a Printer Accessing from the Printers File Menu You can access the TopAccessDocMon window from the File menu of the Printers folder When you access TopAccessDocMon from the Printers File menu the TopAc cessDocMon window for the selected printer Accessing TopAccessDocMon from the Printers File menu 1 Open the Printers folder and select the printer driver Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon NOTE Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon 2 Click the File menu and select TopAccessDocMon File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Open bearen C Folders 4 MS E X Al Ea Set as Default Printer 2c Printing Preferences Add Printer Pause Printing Cancel All Documents TOSHIBA TOSHIBA e STUDIO4 e STUDIO4 Sharing e Use Printer Offline Server
120. Black Over Print Smoothing on Toner Save or 8 7 1 Printer MFP_00C67861 Destination 1 Color Resolution Type Select the combinations of color resolution and type Mono Low res Auto Select this to print in black and white with low resolution and automatic image quality type Mono Low res Detail Select this to print in black and white with low resolu tion and detailed image quality type Mono Low res Smooth Select this to print in black and white with low resolu tion and smoothing image quality type Color Low res General Select this to print in color with low resolution and general image quality type Color Low res Photo Select this to print in color with low resolution and photo image quality type Color Low res Presentation Select this to print in color with low resolution and presentation image quality type Color Low res LineArt Select this to print in color with low resolution and line art image quality type Color High res General Select this to print in color with high resolution and general image quality type Color High res Photo Select this to print in color with high resolution and photo image quality type Color High res Presentation Select this to print in color with high resolution and presentation image quality type Color High res LineArt Select this to print in color with high resolution and line art image quality type Color
121. CP IP Module Python must be installed The Python module must be installed on your UNIX workstation to enable printing The Python module is usually installed in the usr bin directory Check this directory whether the Python module is installed Configuring UNIX Printing Using UNIX Filters When you want to configure the UNIX printing using the UNIX filters install the UNIX fil ters and configure the LPR queue Installing the UNIX Filters UNIX Filters are provided as TAR files for each Operating System You can install them by copying the TAR file into the root directory and extract the file Copying the UNIX filters 1 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive 2 Log on to the root account and copy the TAR file onto the root e A TAR file for each operating system is included in following folders For Solaris CD ROM Admin solarisfilter usa For HP UX CD ROM Admin hp uxfilter usa For AIX CD ROM Admin aixfilter usa For Linux CD ROM Admin linuxfilter usa For OpenUNIX CD ROM Admin openunixfilter usa 3 Enter the following command and check the output For Solaris uname a Output on screen should be SunOS For HP UX uname a Output on screen should be HP UX Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX For IBM AIX uname a Output on screen should be AIX For Linux uname a Output on screen should be Linux For OpenUNIX u
122. Configuration About TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCLE Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked port Printer LPT2 Printer Port OOLPT3 Printer Port COMI Serial Port COM2 Serial Port Description FILE Print to File gt 10 Standard TCP IP Port IP_10 Standard TCP IP Port zl Add Port Delete Port Configure Port I Enable JT Enable printer pooling Cancel Apply Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Installation for Raw TCP LPR Printing by Add Printer Wizard The procedure to install the printer driver for Raw TCP LPR printing by Add Printer Wiz ard differs depending on the version of the Windows being used P 72 Windows NT 4 0 P 77 Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 TopAccessDocMon is also available for Raw TCP LPR printing To install TopAc cessDocMon you must install it from the Client Utilities CD ROM separately The Agfa Font Manager is also available to install and manage the TrueType fonts on your computer To install the Agfa Font Manager you must install it from the Cli ent Utilities CD ROM separately Windows NT 4 0 Installing the printer driver for LPR printing by Add Printer Wizard You must log into Windows NT
123. Discovery to begin the process xi Monitoring Device IP IPX Address Location DSS TOSHIBA e STUDIO4 10 10 70 105 CIS TOSHIBA e STUDIO4 10 10 70 105 Discovered Device Name IPAIPX Address Location Model amp Select Start Discovery to begin the discovery process Start Discovery Advanced Manual Selection TopAccessDocMon locates the compatible printers in your network SUPPLEMENTS You can quit the process by clicking Stop Discovery e It may not find the device that is located in the different segment If a device cannot be found find a device manually from the Manual Selection button P 333 Adding new device by entering the printer address manually 3 When the process is complete the printers that have been found are listed in the Discovered Device list SUPPLEMENT If the process continues for a long time it is because too many network clients are on the network Also you must change the discover settings if you want to search for a printer in the IPX SPX network In this case you can configure the discovery settings using the Advanced button P 335 Configuring Network Discovery Settings 332 Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon 4 Select the printers that you want to monitor from the Dis covered Device list and click Add x Monitoring Device IPAIPX Address 6 TOSHIBA e STUDIOS 10 10 70 105 CSS TOSHIBA e
124. E Profile z Staple None hai Save As Delete Hole Punch None hed 2 Sided Printing Book fd Restore Defaults Graphics Cancel Apply Help e The Confirm Profile Delete dialog box appears 2 Click Yes to delete the selected profile x Are you sure you want to delete the profile Le 206 Printing Guide Printing from Windows Print Options This section describes print options in each tab of the printer driver This section will help you to find the description of specific print options or understand the functions for each print option tosia e stuD10451cSeries PCLS Printing Preferences E O Setup Print Job Layout Effect Image Quality About Original Paper Size Letter 8 172 x 11 h IT Manual Scale w Print Paper Size Same as Original Size hd Paper Source Automatic ba Paper Type Plain h Orientation Portrait Bd Number of Copies Copy Handling Sort Copies Graphics Color Mono fad Profile None z Staple None fad AN Delete Hole Punch None x 2 Sided Printing None Restore Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help 1 Printer Name Displays the name given to the printer driver when it was installed or the name it displays on the icon in the Printer folder 2 Menu Tabs The menu items of the printer driver are displayed as tabs Clicking on a tab will dis play the contents of the selected tab The tabs displayed vary depending on th
125. E EO C Store to eFiling P Graphics Text i i r Profile None Destination Tray 2 X Save As ete Department 222 P Restore Defaults OK Cancel Apply Help aes In the Department field only numeric characters can be entered The Department Code must be 5 digit number 3 Click Apply and OK to save settings Copying the PPD File for Windows The Client Utilities CD ROM contains a printer description file for popular Windows applications PageMaker 6 0 6 5 and 7 0 do not support automatic installation of printer description files To make printing available in the Print and Page Setup dialog boxes of this application copy the printer description file to the appropriate location Copying the printer description file 1 On the Client Utilities CD ROM open the folder that contains the PS3 printer driver For Windows 98 Me Client Utilities CD ROM Client 9X_ME PS lt language gt For Windows NT 4 0 Client Utilities CD ROM Client NT PS lt language gt For Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 Client Utilities CD ROM Client W2K_XP_2003 PS lt language gt 2 Copy the printer description file ppd to the appropriate location e For PageMaker 6 0 PM6 RSRC lt language gt PPD4 e For PageMaker 6 5 PM65 RSRC lt language gt PPD4 e For PageMaker 7 0 Program Files Adobe PageMaker 7 0 Rsrc lt language gt PPD4 Printing Guide Printing from Windows NOTE You can select the high res
126. ENTS 6 Click Print to print a document Print Options for Page Setup Dialog on Mac OS 8 6 9 x The Page Setup dialog boxes can be displayed by selecting the Page Setup com mand from the File menu of the application In the Page Setup dialog boxes you can specify the Page Attribute settings The Page Setup dialog boxes vary across applications The PostScript Options window contains the setting items that are generally pro vided by the LaserWriter 8 printer driver For details of the PostScript Options please refer to the Balloon Help on the Mac OS Page Attributes In the Page Attributes menu you can specify the paper size orientation and scale LaserWriter 8 Page Setup Page Attributes 2 Format for MFP_00C67861 Paper Other T Orientation i Scale 100 O 1 Format for This selects the printer to be used for printing 2 Paper This selects the size of a document to be printed Available original paper sizes are listed below e Letter A4 e Ledger A5 e Legal e A3 e Statement B4 e Computer e Bd 13 LG e A3 Wide 8 5 SQ e Folio e 12 x 18 e A6 8K e 16K e The default paper size will be Letter or A4 according to the regional setting in the Windows e A3 Wide is displayed only for the european version and 12 x 18 is displayed only for the US version 12 x 18 and A3 Wid
127. Example The command to specify landscape orientation is lp o landscape filename Font Pitch If the pitch is specified the net_est451c program will always select the Courier font oth erwise the default font is used The following options are used to select the font pitch Option Value Alternate Value Description c pitch 16 67 Set the character pitch to 16 67 characters per inch 10 pitch 10 Set the character pitch to 10 characters per inch 12 pitch 12 Set the character pitch to 12 characters per inch pitch value Set the character pitch to value characters per inch In all the cases shown above the Courier font will also be selected When the pitch is changed the font size will automatically be scaled to the appropriate size If this option is not specified the default pitch and font will be used Example The command to specify 8 characters per inch is Ip o pitch 8 filename Page Length The number of lines to print on a page can be specified with the following option Option Value Alternate Value Description pl value Set the lines per page to value As this equipment is a page printer we cannot change the physical length of a piece of paper so the actual effect of this command is to change the value for lines per inch so that the requested number of lines is printed on the page The actual page length may differ from this value if the top margin or the
128. Files TOSHIBA TOSHIBA e STUDIO Client The following components will be installed to Target Directory of System Top ccessDocMon The following components will be installed to System Folder TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PCL6 TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PSL3 of lt Back Cance e If any printer drivers have been installed on your computer the confirmation message appears Continue to next step e If no printer driver has been installed on your computer it starts copying files and the InstallShield Wizard Complete screen is displayed when copying is completed Skip to Step 12 NOTE When you select to install the N W Fax driver the Digital Signature Not Found dialog box appears while copying files Click Yes to continue the installation 11 If the following message appears click Yes to set the indi cated printer driver to be the default printer driver or click No to not change the default printer driver z ET Do you want to set the following Printer as the Default Printer TOSHIBA e 5TUDIO451c Series PSL3 ma 122 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 12 Click Finish TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client InstallShield Wizard g InstallShield Wizard Complete The InstallShield Wizard has successfully installed TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client Before you can use the program you must restart your computer Yes want to restart my computer now C No will
129. Folder you can configure the printer This equipment supports the following Macintosh Printing Services IP Printing Apple Talk Printing and IPP printing e IP Printing When this equipment and your computer are connected over TCP IP network you can enable IP printing from Macintosh computer e AppleTalk Printing When this equipment and your computer are connected over AppleTalk network you can enable AppleTalk printing from Macintosh computer Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Macintosh 159 160 e IPP Printing When this equipment and your computer are connected over TCP IP network you can enable IPP printing from Macintosh computer Configuring Macintosh IP printing 1 Start the Print Center for Mac OS X 10 2 4 to 10 2 8 or Printer Setup Utility for Mac OS X 10 3 x located in the Applications Utility folder in the Boot Disk e008 Utilities e a eo SFY A Back View Computer Home Favorites Applications 1 of 26 items selected 21 96 GB available cy Cup TE erraNT ry es Network Utility ODBC Administrator Print Center 2 Click Add Status 3 Select IP Printing in the drop down box E one Printer List Prin Printer s Address Internet address or DNS name Vv Use default queue on server ie Name Printer Model Generic B e Cancel Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Macintosh Enter the IP address
130. HIBA e STUDIO451c Series PCL5c your computer TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PSL3 TOSHIBA e STUDIO NAW Fax TOSHIBA e STUDIO AddressBookViewer TOSHIBA e STUDIO TWAIN Driver o TOSHIBA e STUDIO File Downloader Magia TrueType Font 88 48 MB of space required on the C drive 12588 20 MB of space available on the C drive InstallShield lt Back Cancel TopAccessDocMon Check this to install the Document Monitor TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PCL6 Check this to install the PCL6 printer driver TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PCL5c Check this to install the PCL5c printer driver TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PSL3 Check this to install the PS3 printer driver Agfa TrueType Fonts Check this to install Agfa Font Manager and fonts The Select Port dialog box appears NOTE There are also Network Fax software and e Filing software in the list For more infor mation about these software please see the Network Fax Guide and e Filing Guide 8 Click Browse x Select Port Select the port for Printer pf Type the network path or the queue name of your printer If you don t know its name click Browse to view available network printers Network path or queue name LPT1 Discovery Browse lt Back Cancel The Browse for Folder dialog box appears SUPPLEMENT You can also automatically specify the network queue by searching the equipment in the network P 91 Using the Discovery Fu
131. Hardware Wizard dialog box appears 3 Click Next Found New Hardware iced Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard This wizard helps you install a device driver for a hardware device To continue click Next cea 4 Select Search for a suitable driver for my device recom mended and click Next Install Hardware Device Drivers ee A device driver is a software program that enables a hardware device to work with Sy an operating system This wizard will complete the installation for this device oy Unknown A device driver is a software program that makes a hardware device work Windows needs driver files for your new device To locate driver files and complete the installation click Next What do you want the wizard to do Search for a suitable driver for my device recommended Display a list of the known drivers for this device so that can choose a specific driver lt Back Cancel 5 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive When inserting the Client Utilities CD ROM the installer may automatically start Click Cancel to exit the installer and continue the operation Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 59 60 6 Select only Specify a location and click Next Locate Driver Files NN Where do you want Windows to search for driver files Sy Search for driver files for the following hardware device oy Unknown T
132. Introduction Select a destination disk to install the TOSHIBA e STUDIO License 451c Series software Select Destination installat installing 3s Finish Up Macintosh HD CD R Mac OS X Panther 38 2GB 11 8GB Free 3 2GB 3 2GB Free 17 4GB 14 5GB Free KIG Installing this software requires 423KB of disk space You have selected to install this software on the disk Macintosh HD supi D Go Back Continue gt The Easy Install window is displayed Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Macintosh 10 Click Install or Upgrade Install TOSHIBA e STUDIO 451c Series TOSHIBA Easy Install Introduction License Select Destination Click Install to perform a basic installation of this installation Type software package GoBack Install e It start copying the PPD files for each language 11 Click Close to close the installer window 3 Install TOSHIBA e STUDIO 45 1c Series TOSHIBA Install Software Introduction License Select Destination installation Type Installing Finish Up The software was successfully installed Close 12 Delete the GZIP files and Installer files created from the desk top 13 Continue the procedure for configuring the printer P 159 Configuring the Printer on Mac OS X Configuring the Printer on Mac OS X After you copy the PPD file to the library folder in the System
133. Low res Transparency Select this to print in color with low resolution on the transparency sheet Color High res Transparency Select this to print in color with high resolution on the transparency sheet NOTE When the optional expansion memory is not installed the job will not be printed if you select Color High res General Color High res Photo Color High res Presentation Color High res LineArt or Color High res Transparency 276 Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 2 Pure Black and Gray Select whether printing the document in gray scale Off Select this to print the document in color mode Pure Black only Select this to print the contents in black where the percent age of all colors cyan magenta and yellow is 100 Pure Black and Pure Gray Select this to print the contents in black where the percentage of all color cyan magenta and yellow is 100 C 100 gt K 100 M 100 gt K 100 Y 100 gt K 100 and print the contents in gray scale where the percentage of each color cyan magenta and yellow is the same percentage C M Y n gt K n 3 Black Over Print Select this when printing background content that has black text overlayed on it If this is not enabled the background of the black content will not print When you print a document that has any of its content on background with black text overlayed enable this option 4 Smooth
134. NF Cancel e It starts copying files 10 Click Finish Add New Hardware Wizard ra TOSHIBA e STUDIO USB Printing Support Windows has finished installing the software that your new hardware device requires Cancel e The USB printer port driver is installed and the Add New Hardware Wizard dialog box appears again 11 Click Next Add New Hardware Wizard This wizard searches for new drivers for TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c A device driver is a software program that makes a hardware device work Cancel 12 Select Search for the best driver for your device Recom mended and click Next Add New Hardware Wizard What do you want Windows to do Display a list of all the drivers in a specific location so you can select the driver you want lt Back Cancel 56 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 13 14 15 Check only the Specify a location check box and click Browse Add New Hardware Wizard Windows will search for new drivers in its driver database on your hard drive and in any of the following selected locations Click Next to start the search r T CD ROM drive I Microsoft Windows Update I Specify a location E USB bd Browse Sem The Browse for Folder dialog box appears Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows 98 Me is loc
135. NOTE Tray 1 and Tray 2 are only available when the Hanging Finisher Multi staple Fin isher or Saddle stitch Finisher are installed 2 Hole Punch This sets whether or not a print job is hole punched Off Select this to print without hole punches Long Edge Punch without rotation Select this to create holes on the left side for the portrait document or on the top for the landscape document gt gt a TTI Short Edge Punch without rotation Select this to create holes on the top for the portrait document or on the right for the landscape document 3 N o o I 3 o a TT o TT Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 293 Long Edge Punch with 180 degree rotation Select this to create holes on the right side for the portrait document or on the bottom for the landscape docu ment ow ITI 3 N o o ITT Short Edge Punch with 180 degree ro
136. NT BETWEEN YOU AND TTEC AND ITS SUPPLIERS AND SUPERSEDES ANY PROPOSAL OR PRIOR AGREEMENT ORAL OR WRITTEN OR ANY OTHER COMMUNICATION RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT TOSHIBA TEC Corporation 6 78 Minami cho Mishima shi Shizuoka ken 411 8520 Japan Printing Guide SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT 3 TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHT Trademarks The official name of Windows 98 is Microsoft Windows 98 Operating System The official name of Windows Me is Microsoft Windows Me Operating System The official name of Windows 2000 is Microsoft Windows 2000 Operating System The official name of Windows XP is Microsoft Windows XP Operating System The official name of Windows Server 2003 is Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Operating Sys tem e Microsoft Windows Windows NT and the brand names and product names of other Microsoft products are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the US and other countries Apple AppleTalk Macintosh Mac TrueType and LaserWriter are trademarks of Apple Com puter Inc in the US and other countries e Postscript is a trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated Netscape is a trademark of Netscape Communications Corporation IBM AT and AIX are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation NOVELL NetWare and NDS are trademarks of Novell Inc Other company names and product names in this manual are the trademarks of their respec tive companies Copyright
137. O451c Series PSL TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PCL5c fa TrueType Fonts z InstallShield lt Back Cancel e If any printer drivers have been installed on your computer the confirmation message appears Continue to next step e If no printer driver has been installed on your computer it starts copying files and the InstallShield Wizard Complete screen is displayed when copying is completed Skip to Step 12 NOTE When you select to install the N W Fax driver the Digital Signature Not Found dialog box appears while copying files Click Yes to continue the installation 11 If the following message appears click Yes to set the indi cated printer driver to be the default printer driver or click No to not change the default printer driver El Do you want to set the following Printer as the Default Printer TOSHIBA e 5TUDIO451c Series PSL3 ma 12 Click Finish TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client InstallShield Wizard g InstallShield Wizard Complete The InstallShield Wizard has successfully installed TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client Before you can use the program you must restart your computer Yes want to restart my computer now C No will restart my computer later Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to complete setup e Ifyou selected to install TopAccessDocMon during the installation the sys tem may ask whether you want to view the Readme
138. OK to save settings Configuring the Options Automatically The following describes an instruction on Windows 2000 The procedure is the same when other versions of Windows are used 196 Printing Guide Printing from Windows NOTE NOTE Setting the configuration tab using SNMP communication You must log into Windows as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege when using Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 1 Select the printer driver in the Printers folder Then click File and select Properties CE Eee l0 x File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Opon arch C Folders 3 WG GE X A E v Set as Default Printer zl P60 Printing Preferences N 1J Add Printer TOSHIBA TOSHIBA e STUDIO4 e STUDIO4 Pause Printing Cancel All Documents Sharing Use Printer Offline T TopAccessDocMon Server Properties Create Shortcut Delete Rename 7 Displays the properties of the selected items e When you are operating under Windows XP Server 2003 open the Printers and Faxes folder to access the printer driver The printer driver properties dialog box appears 2 Display the Configuration tab check on Enable SNMP Communication and click Update Now Ux General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Security Fonts Configuration About Pedestal None z
139. PCL6 Properties 21x Image Quality Fonts Configuration About General Details Color Management Sharing Setup Printucb Layout Effect EY TOSHIBA eSTUDIO45SIcSeries PELE Print to the following port Add Port Delete Pott Print using the following driver TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCLE M New Driver Capture Printer Port End Capture Timeout settings Not selected 15 seconds Transmission retry 145 seconds Spool Settings Port Settings e The Add Port dialog box appears Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 131 5 Select Other and Local Port and click OK Add Port x Select the type of port you want to add Network Specify the network path to the printer Other Click the type of port you want to add Cancel The Port Name dialog box appears 6 Enter lt NetWare file server name gt lt queue name gt in the Enter a port name field and click OK Example NetWare file server name Nwsrv queue name mfp_queue Nwsrv mfp_ queue Port Name x Enter a port name ASNwsrv mfp_queue Cancel SUPPLEMENT The queue for this equipment should be set up by an administrator If you do not know the queue for this equipment ask your administrator 7 Click OK to save settings TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 Properties BE Layout Effect Image Quality Fonts Configuratio
140. PCLEWSANES NOK INF Cancel 9 Change the name if desired and click Next Add Printer Wizard You can type a name for this printer or you can use the name supplied below When you have finished click Next Printer name Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer C Yes C No Back Next gt Cancel SUPPLEMENT If any printer drivers have installed on the computer select whether using this printer as a default printer 10 Select Yes to print a test page and click Finish Add Printer Wizard After your printer is installed Windows can print a test page so you can confirm that the printer is set up properly Would you like to print a test page lt Back Cancel e Start copying files 34 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 11 Click Finish Add New Hardware Wizard a TOSHIBA e STUDIO451 cSeries PCLE q Windows has finished installing the software that your new hardware device requires Ds o gt F Cancel e The installation is completed NOTE Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Windows 2000 Installing the printer driver for parallel printing by Plug and Play NOTE You must log
141. PPD file TOSHIBA_e STUDI0451cSeries for the equipment and click Select Select a PostScript Printer Description File Q Printer Descriptions amp MacOS English LaserWriter Pro 405v2011 110 Eject LaserWriter Pro 600V2010 130 _ LaserWriter Pro 630v2010 130 LaserWriter Pro 810 LaserWriter Pro 810f _ LaserWriter Select 360 LaserWriter Select 360f LaserWriter Select 610 TOSHIBA _e STUDIO4SIcSeries v Hel Printer Model TOSHIBA e STUDI0451c Series PS Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Macintosh 155 NOTE NOTE 4 Select each option according to the configuration of this equipment and click OK Current Printer Description File PPD Selected TOSHIBA_e STUDIO45IcSeries Installable Options Finisher Multi Position Stapler and Hole Punch 3 Drawer Drawer 3 amp 4 Finisher Not Installed Select this when no finisher is installed Single Position Stapler Select this when the Hanging Finisher is installed Multi Position Stapler Select this when the Multi staple Finisher or Saddle stitch Finisher is installed Multi Position Stapler and Hole Punch Select this when the Multi staple Finisher or Saddle stitch Finisher and Hole Punch unit are installed When you select Multi Position Stapler or Multi Position Stapler and Hole Punch the saddle stitching function will be selecta
142. PPLEMENT If any printer drivers have installed on the computer select whether using this printer as a default printer 13 Select Yes to print a test page and click Finish Add Printer Wizard After your printer is installed Windows can print a test Page so you can confirm that the printer is set up properly Would you like to print a test page lt Back Cancel e Start copying files 14 The installation is completed NOTE Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Windows NT 4 0 Installing the printer driver for parallel printing by Add Printer Wizard NOTE You must log into Windows NT 4 0 as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege 44 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 1 Click Start select Settings and click Printers to open the Printers folder ee F g Bun 2 Double click the Add Printer icon Printers ol x File Edit View Help Printers gt amp EESE j XIE rat PERI TOSHIBA eSTUDIO4 1 object s selected A The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears 3 Select My Computer and click Next Add Printer Wizard x This wizard helps you install your printer or make printer connections This printer w
143. Pri LPTI Local Port TOSHIBA e STUDI LPT2 Local Port LPT3 Local Port coM1 Local Port com2 Local Port faves PARTON f Delete Port Configure Port mE T Enable printer pooling OK Cancel B NOTE Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 Configuring the Raw TCP LPR port for Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 The following describes an installation on Windows 2000 The procedure is the same when Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 is used NOTE You must log into Windows as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege when using Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 1 Install the client software using the installer in the Client Util ities CD ROM e Please install the client software following the instruction of the installation for parallel printing Q P 27 Installation for Parallel Printing Using the Installer Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 67 2 After installing the client software click Start select Set tings and click Printers to open the Printers folder ke Windows Update Gj Set Program Access and Defaults Control Panel A Network and Dial up Connections gt Printers Fe Taskbar amp Start Menu e If
144. Printer i Type the network path or the queue name of your printer If you don t know its name click Browse to view available network printers Network path or queue name Nwsry mfp_queue Discovery Browse lt Back Cancel SUPPLEMENT The queue for this equipment should be set up by an administrator If you do not know the queue for this equipment ask your administrator Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 121 9 Click Next TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client InstallShield Wiza do xj Select Program Folder A Please select a program folder x Setup will add program icons to the Program Folder listed below You may type a new folder name or select one from the existing folders list Click Next to continue Program Folder TOSHI Existing Folders Administrative Tools Startup InstallShield lt Back Cancel e Ifyou want to change the program folder rename the folder in the Program Folders field The Starting Copying Files screen is displayed 10 Click Next TOSHIBA e STUDIO45 1c Series Client InstallShield Wizard x Start Copying Files Review settings before copying files a Setup has enough information to start copying the program files If you want to review or change any settings click Back If you are satisfied with the settings click Next to begin copying files Current Settings TARGET DIRECTORY C Program
145. Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 105 17 Select whether this printer is shared or not and click Next Add Printer Wizard x Indicate whether this printer will be shared with other network users If you choose sharing give this printer a share name C Shared lo Share Name Select the operating systems of all computers that will be printing to this printer lt Back Cancel SUPPLEMENT When you select Shared you can also select the operating systems of printer drivers that you want to install for clients If you select any operating systems repeat the proce dure from Step 9 to 15 to install the printer drivers for selected operating systems 18 Select Yes to print a test page and click Finish Add Printer Wizard x After your printer is installed you can print a test page so you can confirm that the printer is set up properly Would you like to print a test page cees 19 The installation is completed NOTE Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 Installing the printer driver for SMB printing by Add Printer Wizard The following describes an installation on Windows 2000 The procedure is the same when Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 is used
146. Properties Create Shortcut Delete Rename 1 Properties Close E Select to view TOSAIBA device status information The TopAccessDocMon window for the selected printer appears If the connection to the printer is properly set in the selected printer driver a message dialog box appears In this case click Yes to search for a printer and maintain the connection P 323 Searching for a Printer Searching for a Printer When you activate TopAccessDocMon if the printer driver you select is not connected correctly to the printer a message dialog box appears In this case you can use the printer discovery functions to search the printer automati cally in the network or enter the printer address manually P 323 Finding a printer by searching automatically P 325 Finding a printer by entering printer address manually Finding a printer by searching automatically 1 Click Yes in the message dialog box to find a printer x The address of your printer could not be located Would you like to find it De The TopAccessDocMon Local Discovery dialog box appears 323 SUPPLEMENTS 324 NOTE 2 Click Start Discovery to begin the process x Name IPAIPX Address Location Model Select Start Discovery to begin the i discovery process Start Discovery Advanced Device Information Menuai Selection Cancel Help e TopAccessDocMon locates the compatible printers in your n
147. ROM drive e When inserting the Client Utilities CD ROM the installer may automatically start Click Cancel to exit the installer and continue the operation Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 6 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows XP Server 2003 is located and click OK Browse For Folder Select the Folder that contains drivers for your hardware wek_xP_2003 Pase a pcs O FRE ER ma spa Omg To view any subfolders click a plus sign above To install the PCL6 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL6 lt language gt To install the PS3 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PS lt language gt 7 Click Next Found New Hardware Wizard Please choose your search and installation options om S Search for the best driver in these locations Use the check boxes below to limit or expand the default search which includes local paths and removable media The best driver found will be installe Search removable media floppy CD ROM Include this location in the search D CLIENT W2K_XP_2003 PCLE USA v O Dont search will choose the driver to install Choose this option to select the device driver from a list Windows does not guarantee that the driver you choose will be the best match for your hardware lt Back _ Next gt Canca e It start
148. Select this to print in color with low resolution and general image quality type Color Low res Photo Select this to print in color with low resolution and photo image quality type Color Low res Presentation Select this to print in color with low resolution and presentation image quality type Color Low res LineArt Select this to print in color with low resolution and line art image quality type Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh Color High res General Select this to print in color with high resolution and general image quality type Color High res Photo Select this to print in color with high resolution and photo image quality type Color High res Presentation Select this to print in color with high resolution and presentation image quality type Color High res LineArt Select this to print in color with high resolution and line art image quality type Color Low res Transparency Select this to print in color with low resolution on the transparency sheet Color High res Transparency Select this to print in color with high resolution on the transparency sheet NOTE When the optional expansion memory is not installed the job will not be printed if you select Color High res General Color High res Photo Color High res Presentation Color High res LineArt or Color High res Transparency 2 Pure Black and Gray Select whether printing the document
149. Smooth Select this to print halftone smoothly NOTES Auto is not available when Mono is selected at the Color drop down box on the Setup tab The default value will be Detail when Mono is selected at the Color drop down box on the Setup tab 3 Resolution This sets the resolution for printing 600 x 600 dpi Select this to print in 600 x 600 dpi 1200 x 600 dpi Select this to print in 1200 x 600 dpi Printing Guide Printing from Windows 233 234 NOTES NOTE NOTE NOTE e 4200 x 600 dpi is available only when the optional expansion memory is installed and configured on the Configuration tab e 4200 x 600 dpi cannot be selected when Save to e Filing is selected on the Print Job tab The Resolution option is not available when Mono is selected at the Color drop down box on the Setup tab 4 Brightness Enter the percentage of brightness for printing You can set from 100 darkest to 100 lightest in units of 1 You can also set the percentage of brightness by mov ing the scroll bar 5 Saturation Enter the percentage of saturation for printing You can set from 100 low clear to 100 high clear in units of 1 You can also set the percentage of saturation by moving the scroll bar The Saturation option is not available when Mono is selected at the Color drop down box on the Setup tab 6 Smoothing Check th
150. Store Took Mac 05 Mirozott MaoTopia Offoe for Maontosh MSN 3c Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Do Administration Tasks Manage Printer Classes On Line Help Manage Jobs Manage Printers Download the Current CUPS Software The Common UNIX Printing System CUPS and the CUPS logo are the trademark property of Easy Software Products CUPS is copyright 1997 2002 by Easy Software Products All Rights Reserved e The Printer page is displayed 178 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX 12 Click Add Printer ESP Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Printer Add Printer by Easy Software Prodata fh Jusis All other trade e The Admin page is displayed 13 Enter the printer name location and description of the printer in each field and click Continue ESP EEE OLL O f ES OMY OSI od A LL 0 LAT LC Admin Add New Printer shiba TOSHIBA Copyright 1993 2003 by Easy Softw cts All Right pon UNIX Printing System CUPS and the CUPS loge are the trademark property of Busy Soltwaze Products All other trademarks ave active owners e If anew printer name is a duplicate of a name already in the printer list the new printer will replace the original printer 14 Select LPD LPR Host or Printer at the Device drop down box and click Continue ESP Beles eola O Eee m C OY 0 e ad 60 eS O LAAN E Admin Device
151. Style This selects how you want to print a cover Do not print on page Select this to insert a blank cover Print on 1 side of page Select this to print the first page image on the front side of a cover Print on both sides of page Select this to print the first two page images on both sides of a cover This is available only when the 2 Sided Printing option is enabled on the Setup tab NOTE _ If Print on 1 side of page is selected while 2 Sided Printing is performed the first page is printed on the front side of the cover sheet and back side of the cover will be blank 4 Use Back Cover This sets back cover printing which allows you to insert or print a back cover ona sheet fed from a different tray than the Paper Source option selected on the Setup tab To enable back cover printing check on the box and select the location from where a back cover sheet is to be fed and the print style to be used Source Select the location from where a back cover sheet is to be fed When Automatic is selected the paper is automatically selected according to the printed document size NOTE The selectable values in the Source drop down box vary depending on the optional devices installed on this equipment and their configuration on the Configuration tab Print Style This selects how you want to print a back cover Do not print on page Select this to insert a blank cover Print on 1 side of page Select th
152. Substitution Table Select this to substitute the TrueType fonts using the internal fonts according to the settings of the font substitution table You can edit the font substitution table that is displayed at the Substitution Table Edit table Download as Bitmap Select this to print the document as same as the image shown on the screen The default value will be Always Use TrueType Fonts for the PCL6 or PCL5c printer driver The default value will be Use Font Substitution Table for the PS3 printer driver Printing Guide Printing from Windows 2 Substitution Table Edit This table shows how each TrueType font is substituted You can edit the substitu tion setting for each TrueType font In this table the TrueType font names are dis played in the TrueType Font column and how the TrueType font is printed is shown in the Use Printer Font column To edit the substitution table select the TrueType font that you want to edit from the table and select how the TrueType font is printed at the Printer Font For drop down box At the Printer Font For drop down box you can select Download as Soft Font to send the TrueType fonts in Type 42 format or other available printer fonts to be sub stituted The printer fonts displayed in the drop down box differ depending on the TrueType fonts 3 Run Font Manager Click this to run the Agfa Font Manager This is not available if the Agfa Font Man ager is not installed
153. TNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGE MENT TTEC AND ITS SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTY RELATING TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE IF THE SOFTWARE PROVES DEFECTIVE YOU AND NOT TTEC OR ITS SUPPLIERS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ENTIRE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION TTEC AND ITS SUPPLIERS DO NOT WARRANT THAT THE FUNCTIONS CONTAINED IN THE SOFTWARE WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS OR THAT THE OPERATION OF THE SOFTWARE WILL BE UNINTER RUPTED OR ERROR FREE ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN THAT IS PROVIDED BY TTEC AND ITS AFFILIATES PURSUANT TO A EULA IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 2 Printing Guide SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT Limitation of Liability IN NO EVENT WILL TTEC OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY DAMAGES WHETHER IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE EXCEPT PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH RESULTING FROM NEGLIGENCE ON THE PART OF TTEC OR ITS SUPPLIERS INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY LOST PROFITS LOST DATA LOST SAVINGS OR OTHER INCI DENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABIL ITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE EVEN IF TTEC OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES NOR FOR THIRD PARTY CLAIMS U S Government Restricted Rights The Software is provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS Use duplication or disclosure by the U S Government is subject to restrictions set forth in subdivision b
154. TOSHIBA MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS Printing Guide f svupio281c 351c 45lc SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT INSTALLING OR OTHERWISE USING THIS SOFTWARE PRODUCT CONSTITUTES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS UNLESS A SEPARATE LICENSE IS PROVIDED BY THE SUPPLIER OF APPLICABLE SOFTWARE IN WHICH CASE SUCH SEPARATE LICENSE SHALL APPLY IF YOU DO NOT ACCEPT THESE TERMS YOU MAY NOT INSTALL OR USE THIS SOFTWARE AND YOU MUST PROMPTLY RETURN THE SOFTWARE TO THE LOCATION WHERE YOU OBTAINED IT THE SOFTWARE INSTALLED ON THIS PRODUCT INCLUDES NUMEROUS INDIVIDUAL SOFTWARE COMPONENTS EACH HAVING ITS OWN APPLICABLE END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT EULA INFORMATION RELATING TO THE EULAS MAY BE FOUND IN AN ELECTRONIC FILE INCLUDED ON THE USER DOCUMENTATION CD ROM INCLUDED HERE WITH HOWEVER ALL SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION DEVELOPED OR CREATED BY OR FOR TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION TTEC ARE PROPRIETARY PRODUCTS OF TTEC AND ARE PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT LAWS INTERNATIONAL TREATY PROVISIONS AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS Grant of License This is a legal agreement between you the end user You and TTEC and its suppliers This software fonts including their typefaces and related documentation Software is licensed for use with the system CPU on which it was installed System in accordance with the terms con tained in this Agreement This Software is proprietary to TTEC and or its suppliers TTEC and i
155. The following characters are invalid but no type checking is carried out Bi i lt gt Department Code The department access code can be set using the following option Option Value Alternate Value Description dept code Set the department access code The code is a 5 digit numeric value How the equipment performs printing for an invalid department code print job which no department code or invalid department code is specified varies depending on the Department Code Enforcement setting that can be set from TopAccess Administrator mode When the Department Code Enforcement is set to ON the invalid department code print job will be stored in the invalid department code print job list without printing When the Department Code Enforcement is set to Print the invalid department code print job will be printed When the Department Code Enforcement is set to Delete the invalid department code print job will be deleted without printing Printing Guide Printing from UNIX 303 304 Smoothing The smoothing mode can be set using the following option Option Value Alternate Value Description smoothing on ON Set the smoothing mode smoothing off OFF Cancel the smoothing mode Example The command to set the smoothing mode is Ip o smoothing on filename Distinguish Thin Lines The thin line limit mode can be set using the following option
156. This Port is Currently in Use Problem Description The driver was either open printing a job or is in use by another printer or application when you attempted to delete it Corrective Action Make sure all print jobs have completed before deleting a port If there are still prob lems exit all applications and try again Check each driver to see if another driver is using the same port If so first change the driver s port setting and delete the port Problem with the Current Printer Setup Problem Description The driver was not set up properly possibly because the installation procedure did not complete Corrective Action Delete the driver and either reinstall it from the distribution CD ROM or download it from this equipment Printer Driver General Errors Driver Mapped to Wrong Port Problem Description If the printer driver on a client workstation points to the wrong network port jobs do not appear in the current jobs queue or print out Corrective Action 1 Open the Printers folder from the Control Panel 2 Right click the printer driver icon 3 Select Properties from the shortcut menu 4 Depending on the operating system select the following tab In Windows 98 Me Select Details Browse to select the printer or Novell queue In Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP Server 2003 Select Ports Add a new port and map it to the printer 5 Make sure that the path to the printer and the device name are correct lt device
157. Utilities m BSB A y A View i Computer Home Favorites Applications 1 of 26 items selected 21 96 GB available ey Caps eye Network Utility ODBC Administrator Print Center The Printer List dialog box appears 2 Click Add Printer List Status 3 Select AppleTalk in the drop down box and select the zone name that this equipment is located oka Printer List AppleTalk Network Local AppleTalk Zone L Character Set Western v Printer Model Auto Select Cancel e Ifthe AppleTalk network is not configured with a zone select Local Apple Talk zone 4 Select this equipment displayed in the list Printer List AppleTalk H Local AppleTalk Zone 3 Name a Type MFP_00C67861 PostScript printer Character Set Western Printer Model _ Auto Select 162 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Macintosh Select TOSHIBA at the Printer Model drop down box and select the PPD file Fi 00 Printer List D AppleTalk i Name MFP_00C67861 E Type PostScript printer Character Set Western Printer Model TOSHIBA iz Model Name sas TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PS TOSHIBA e STUDIO4S 1c Series UK PS Cn The printer is added to the Printer List Continue the procedure to configure the installable options P 165 Configuring the Installable Options Configuring Macintosh IPP Printin
158. When you have finished click Next Printer name e STUDIO451 cSeries PELE Your Windows based programs will use this printer as the default printer lt Back Cancel SUPPLEMENT _ If any printer drivers have installed on the computer select whether using this printer as a default printer 18 Select Yes to print a test page and click Finish Add Printer Wizard After your printer is installed Windows can print a test page so you can confirm that the printer is set up properly Would you like to print a test page pea e Start copying files 19 Click Finish Add New Hardware Wizard ag TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 fe Windows has finished installing the software that your new hardware device requires Cancel 58 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 20 The installation is completed NOTE Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Windows 2000 Installing the printer driver for USB printing by Plug and Play NOTE You must log into Windows as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege when using Windows 2000 1 Power on this equipment and your computer 2 Connect the USB cable to this equipment and your com puter e The Found New
159. Windows you have to search the avail able fonts that can be installed by Font Manager 2000 360 Searching fonts 1 2 Click the Fonts menu and select Search for Fonts The Find Fonts dialog box appears Select which drive you want to search for fonts Selected Drives Select this to choose one of the drives when searching for fonts All Drives Select this to search on all drives when searching for fonts Selected Paths Select this to enter the path to the drive when searching for fonts Enter the path to the drive you want to search when you select this Click OK e When you select Selected Drives Continue to the next step e When you select All Drives skip to Step 6 e When you select Selected Paths skip to Step 6 The Select Drives dialog box appears Select a drive to search for fonts from the list and click OK Searching for fonts begins The Search for fonts dialog box is displayed while searching for fonts e Ifyou cancel to search for fonts click Stop The searched fonts are displayed at the Available Font list Printing Guide Managing Fonts with Font Manager Installing Fonts in Windows After searching the fonts you can install them in Windows Once the fonts are installed in Windows the fonts can be displayed on the dialog box in applications and printed by the machine Installing the TrueType fonts 1 2 3 Highlight the fonts you
160. Windows Server 2003 Setting up the USB Printer Connection This equipment supports the USB 2 0 Full Speed connection When this equipment is connected to your computer with the USB cable you must install the printer drivers using the Windows Plug and Play functions P 53 Installing Client Software for USB Printing This equipment cannot connect to the same computer with both Parallel and USB ata same time Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows Local Area Network over TCP IP When this equipment is connected to your computer in the local area network over TCP IP various printing methods are available such as e Raw TCP LPR Printing only available for Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP Server 2003 e SMB Printing Some of them are applicable to your environments the printing methods generally rec ommended are decided by the Windows version e Windows 98 Windows Me SMB Printing Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Raw TCP LPR Printing If you have no advance for an installation from your administrator check these printing methods whether they are suited to your network environments NOTE It assumes using SMB printing in a small network If you can use the Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 as a print server it is recom mended to set up for printing via Windows print server For further information about setting up printing via a Windows prin
161. X 10 1 10 2 Classic Mode e Client Utilities CD ROM Client MacPPD OSX This includes the PPD file for Apple LaserWriter8 to enable printing from Macintosh on the Mac OS 8 6 Mac OS 9 x and Mac OS X 10 1 10 2 Classic Mode the PPD file to enable printing from Macintosh on the Mac OS X 10 2 4 or Mac OS X 10 3 x Further information about user software for Macintosh is described in next chapter P 150 About Client Software for Macintosh The contents of the Client Utilities CD ROM Solaris Filter e Client Utilities CD ROM Admin SolarisFilter lt language gt This includes the Tar file for Solaris v2 6 2 7 7 8 8 9 HP UX Filter Client Utilities CD ROM Admin HP UXFilter lt language gt This includes the Tar file for HP UX ver 10 20 11 x AIX Filter Client Utilities CD ROM Admin AIXFilter lt language gt This includes the Tar file for AIX 4 1 5 4 3 3 5L Linux Filter Client Utilities CD ROM Admin LinuxFilter lt language gt This includes the Tar file for Red Hat 6 2 7 1 7 2 7 3 8 0 SUSE Linux 7 0 8 1 Man drake Linux 7 1 9 and Turbo Linux 8 SCO UNIX Filter Client Utilities CD ROM Admin OpenUnixFilter lt language gt This includes the Tar file for SCO UnixWare 7 and SCO OpenUNIX 8 Further information about user software for Windows is described in next chapter P 167 About UNIX Filters Printing Guide About the Client CD ROM This section describes the instructions on how to install the client soft
162. Zi P Do you want to delete the settings for the following components TopAccessDocMon Le e Deleting files starts NOTE If you want to re install the client software later click No to remain the setting files You can restore the data and settings when you re install the client software Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 145 146 NOTE 6 Select Yes want to restart my computer now and click Finish to restart your computer complete setup TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client InstallShield Wizard InstallShield Wizard Complete InstallShield Wizard has successfully uninstalled TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client from your computer Yes want to restart my computer now No will restart my computer later Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to e Some files may be deleted after restarting the computer Uninstalling only the components that you want to remove The following describes an installation on Windows 2000 The procedure is the same when other versions of Windows are used Before uninstalling the software please make sure you exit TopAccessDocMon 1 Open Control Panel and double click the Add Remove Programs icon Control Panel File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Bock r gt r H Qsearch Pyrolders G Me E X A Ea 0 x Address Control Panel z Me H E Con
163. _XP_2003 PS lt language gt Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 14 Click OK x j Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive aa selected and then click OK Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from E CLIENT W2k_XP_2003 PCL6 USA he Browse 15 Select the printer driver and click Next Add Printer Wizard The manufacturer and model determine which printer to use Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer e STUDIO451 cSeries PELE Windows Update Have Disk NOTE Ifthe same printer driver has been installed the following dialog box appears If it appears select Replace existing driver and click Next Use Existing Driver A driver is already installed for this printer You can use or replace the existing driver TOSHIBA e STUDIO451 cSeries PCLE Do you want to keep the existing driver or use the new one C Keep existing driver recommended Replace existing driver lt Back Cancel Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 83 84 16 Change the name if desired and click Next Name Your Printer You must assign a name for this printer Supply a name for this printer Some programs do not support server and printer name combinations of mor
164. a document to be printed Available original paper sizes are listed below e US Letter A4 e Tabloid Ledger A5 e US Legal gt A3 e Statement JB4 e Computer e JB5 e 13 LG e A3 Wide 8 5 SQ e Folio e 12x 18 e A6 e 8K 16K SUPPLEMENTS The default paper size will be Letter or A4 according to the regional setting in the Windows e A3 Wide is displayed only for the european version and 12 x 18 is displayed only for the US version e 12 x 18 and A3 Wide are not available when the Hanging Finisher is installed 3 Orientation This sets the paper printing direction Portrait The document is printed in the portrait direction Landscape 90 degree The document is printed in the landscape direction from left Landscape 270 degree The document is printed in the landscape direction from right 4 Scale This changes the size of the printed image on the page Enter the zoom ratio to enlarge or reduce an image You can set any integer from 25 to 400 for the zoom ratio Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 279 Print Options for Print Dialog on Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 x The Print dialog boxes can be displayed by selecting the Print command from the File menu of the application In the Print dialog boxes you can specify the Copies amp Pages settings Layout settings Duplex settings only for Mac OS X 10 2 4 to 10 2 8 Output Opti
165. a user s department code when this equipment is managed with department codes Please ask your administrator for your department code SUPPLEMENT How the equipment performs printing for an invalid department code print job which no department code or invalid department code is specified varies depending on the Department Code Enforcement setting that can be set from TopAccess Administrator mode When the Department Code Enforcement is set to ON the invalid department code print job will be stored in the invalid department code print job list without printing When the Department Code Enforcement is set to Print the invalid department code print job will be printed When the Department Code Enforcement is set to Delete the invalid department code print job will be deleted without printing 3 Distinguish Thin Lines Select whether you require thin line printing 4 Do not Print Blank Pages Select whether you require printing blank pages Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 273 274 NOTE Booklet Mode Options In the Booklet Mode Options menu you can set booklet printing OOO 1 22 8 7 Printer Destination Booklet Paper Size Booklet Page Layout Booklet Center Margin Booklet Outer Margin o Booklet Page Size Select a paper size to print a booklet Each two pages are printed on both side of a sheet before folding The booklet size will be the half size of the
166. able Configure Exit T TopAccessDocMon T Top ccess The following menus appears in the Document Monitor taskbar menu e Disable Enable This allows you to enable or disable document monitoring To turn on document monitoring click Enable from the Document Monitor menu The option changes to Disable and displays the TopAccessDocMon icon on the taskbar Click Disable to terminate document monitoring e Configure This allows you to configure how TopAccessDocMon monitors the devices When this is selected the configuration dialog box appears P 318 Configuring TopAccessDocMon e Exit This allows you to exit TopAccessDocMon TopAccessDocMon This allows you to display the TopAccessDocMon window for the default printer P 328 TopAccessDocMon Window e TopAccess This allows you to access TopAccess on the default printer This is available only when the default printer is set to either the e STUDIO451c Series e STUDIO850 Series e STUDIO4511 Series e STUDIO450 Series e STUDIO280 Series GL 1020 or GL 1010 Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon 317 Configuring TopAccessDocMon The configuration dialog box allows you to set startup options select notification events and methods display or modify refresh rates and manually update device discovery settings In the configuration dialog box the following tabs are displayed Startup This controls whether TopAccessDocMon is
167. able checked port Available ports Port Description Printer a M 10 10 70 14 OLPTI Local Port TOSHIBA e OLPT2 Local Port O LPT3 Local Port O com1 Local Port O come Local Port i Add Port Configure Port T Enable printer pooling J Cancel Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 9 Click Have Disk 10 11 12 13 Add Printer Wizard x Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an Cy installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printers AGFAAccuSet v52 3 a AGFAAccuSetSF v52 3 AGFAAccuSet 800 AGFAAccuSet 800SF v52 3 AGFAAccuSet B00SF v2013 108 AGFAAccuSet 1000 AGFA AccuSet 1NNNSF v52 3 Have Disk lt Back Cancel e The Install From Disk dialog box appears Click Browse a Imate pasa Aaa on disk into the drive Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from ey z Browse e The A is not accessible message appears Click Cancel Locate File Ea x A is not accessible The device is not ready Coca The Locate File dialog box appears Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive e When inserting the Client Utilities CD ROM the installer may automatically start Click Cancel to exit the installer and continue the operation Locate the directory wh
168. allation from the choices below C Cancel The InstallSheild Wizard dialog box appears 3 Click Next TOSHIBA e STUDIO0451c Series Client InstallShield Wizard x Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client The InstallShield Wizard will install TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client on your computer To continue click Next cont e The License Agreement screen is displayed 86 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 4 Click Yes x License Agreement Please read the following license agreement carefully Press the PAGE DOWN key to see the rest of the agreement ND USER SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT INSTALLING OR OTHERWISE USING THIS SOFTWARE PRODUCT CONSTITUTES UR ACCEPTANCE OF THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS UNLESS A SEPARATE LICENSE IS PROVIDED BY THE SUPPLIER OF APPLICABLE SOFTWARE IN WHICH CASE SUCH SEPARATE LICENSE SHALL APPLY IF YOU DO NOT CEPT THESE TERMS YOU MAY NOT INSTALL OR USE THIS SOFTWARE AND U MUST PROMPTLY RETURN THE SOFTWARE TO THE LOCATION WHERE U OBTAINED IT GRANT OF LICENSE xl Do you accept all the terms of the preceding License Agreement If you select No the setup will close To install TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client you must accept this agreement InstallShield _ tok WET __t The Choose Destination Location screen is displayed 5 Click Next x Choose Dest
169. ally from the top and printed right to left on one sheet 6 pages Left to Right Select this to print images from 6 pages arranged hor izontally from the left and printed top to bottom on one sheet 8 pages Left to Right Select this to print images from 8 pages arranged hor izontally from the left and printed top to bottom on one sheet 9 pages Left to Right Select this to print images from 9 pages arranged hor izontally from the left and printed top to bottom on one sheet 16 pages Left to Right Select this to print images from 16 pages arranged horizontally from the left and printed top to bottom on one sheet 2 Draw Border Around Pages Check this to print borders each page Printing Guide Printing from Windows 225 3 Use Front Cover This sets front cover printing for N up printing which allows you to insert or print a cover on a sheet fed from a different tray than the Paper Source option selected on the Setup tab To enable cover printing check on the box and select the location from where a cover sheet is to be fed and the print style to be used Source Select the location from where a cover sheet is to be fed When Automatic is selected the paper is automatically selected according to the printed document size NOTE The selectable values in the Source drop down box vary depending on the optional devices installed on this equipment and their configuration on the Configuration tab Print
170. and nable lt queue name gt 170 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX Creating a print queue manually on HP UX 10 11 12 13 14 Log on to the root account Open your Linux UNIX editor Create the following file etc lp interfaces lt queue name gt conf Add a line as below in the lt queue name gt conf dest lt IP address gt Save the file Enter the following command chmod x lt queue name gt conf Enter the following command chown lp lp lt queue name gt conf Enter the following command ps ef grep lpsched grep iv grep gt dev null 2 gt amp 1 Enter the following command Echo If 0 is outputted on the screen turn the scheduler OFF Enter the following command usr sbin lpshut gt dev null 2 gt amp 1 Enter the following command usr sbin lpadmin p lt queue name gt v dev null m net_est451lc o rm lt queue name gt orpdssc ob3 Enter the following command accept lt queue name gt Enter the following command nable lt queue name gt If you turn OFF the scheduler in step 10 turn the scheduler ON Enter the following command usr lpsched gt dev null 2 gt amp 1 Creating a print queue manually on IBX AIX 1 2 3 Enter the following command ls opt toshiba tap filter If the above directory does not exist enter the following command mkdir opt toshiba tap filter Log on to the
171. andling B Presets Standard R Hy Reverse page order Print All pages Odd numbered pages O Even numbered pages Q Preview Save As PDF Fax Cancel Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 285 1 Reverse page order Check this when you want to print a document from the end of page 2 Print Select whether all pages will be printed or only odd or even pages will be printed Cover Page In the Cover Page menu you can set whether a print job is sent with a banner page The banner page includes information about owner of the job job name application name date and time printer name and number of copies NOTE This menu is only displayed for Mac OS X 10 3 x Print Printer MFP_00C67861 9 Presets Standard 9 Cover Page B Print Cover Page None O Before Document O After Document Page Tyr Standarc Bil J Preview Save As PDF Fax _ Cancel 1 Print Cover Page This sets how a banner page is inserted None Select this not to print a banner page Before Document Select this to print a banner page before the document After Document Select this to print a banner page after the document 2 Cover Page Type Select the type of a banner page 3 Billing Info Enter the billing information to have it appear on the banner page You can enter up to 24 characters 286 Printing Guide Printing f
172. aper Type Plain L L L Profile None p Memory 256MB X Save As Delete Esar J Enable SNMP Communication Restore Defaults Update Nov TT Update Automatically OK Cancel Apply Help L Pedestal This sets whether the drawer 3 drawers 3 amp 4 or large capacity feeder not available for some countries or regions are installed Finisher This sets whether or not optional finisher is installed Hole Punch Unit This sets whether or not optional hole punch unit is installed Drawer 1 Paper Type Select the paper size and paper type of paper that is loaded in the 1st Drawer Drawer 2 Paper Type Select the paper size and paper type of paper that is loaded in the 2nd Drawer Drawer 3 Paper Type Select the paper size and paper type of paper that is loaded in the 3rd Drawer when it is installed Drawer 4 Paper Type Select the paper size and paper type of paper that is loaded in the 4th Drawer when it is installed Large Capacity Paper Type Select the paper size and paper type of paper that is loaded in the Large Capacity Feeder when it is installed Bypass Feeder Select the paper type of paper that is loaded in the Stack Feed Bypass Memory Select the size of memory NOTE LCF is not available for some countries or regions SUPPLEMENT For more information about each item see descriptions about the Configuration Tab P 237 Configuration Tab 3 Click Apply and
173. aper for a cover is loaded at the Source drop down box IV Interleave Pages Source I Duplicate When Automatic is selected in the Source drop down box the paper is automatically selected according to the printed document size 3 To print the previous page on interleaved sheets check on Duplicate box e This equipment prints every previous page on interleaved sheets which are inserted after the page so that you can duplicate a document Set other print options you require and click OK 5 Click OK or Print to send a print job e Sheets are interleaved between every page Printing Booklets Printing in normal booklet mode produces a document that when folded becomes a properly paginated booklet or magazine style publication You can even create bound booklets that are folded and stapled in the center For example if you create a document on letter size paper 872 x 11 inches and then print in booklet mode the yield is a 5 x 8 inch booklet Each page has been scaled to fit on half a sheet and reordered so that the booklet is properly paginated when folded To retain your original document size when printing booklets select the booklet size same as your original document size Then your 8 2 inch document is printed on led ger size paper 11 x 17 inches and reordered so that when folded the yield is an 8 x 11 inch booklet You can select from the following page size options whe
174. at the driver you choose will be the best match for your hardware lt Back __Net gt _ Cancel The Browse For Folder dialog box appears 4 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive When inserting the Client Utilities CD ROM the installer may automatically start Click Cancel to exit the installer and continue the operation 5 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows XP Server 2003 is located and click OK Browse For Folder Select the Folder that contains drivers for your hardware wek_xP_2003 a O Pase a Prce O FRE ER ma D SPA cw To view any subfolders click a plus sign above To install the PCL5c printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL5c lt language gt e To install the PCL6 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL6 lt language gt e To install the PS3 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PS lt language gt Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 39 NOTE SUPPLEMENTS 40 6 Click Next Found New Hardware Wizard Please choose your search and installation options oe S Search for the best driver in these locations Use the check boxes below to limit or expand the default search which includes local paths and removable media The best driver found will be installe Search removable media floppy CD ROM
175. ated and click OK HE Select the folder that contains driver information INF file for Browse for Folder Eig e STUDIO Client E H E Admin B Client 9x_me fH PelSe BA Pel O Fre O Ger To install the PCL5c printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client 9X_ME PCL5c lt language gt e To install the PCL6 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client 9X_ME PCL6 lt language gt e To install the PS3 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client 9X_ME PS lt language gt Click Next Add New Hardware Wizard Windows will search for new drivers in its driver database on your hard drive and in any of the following selected locations Click Next to start the search T Floppy disk drives T CD ROM drive I Microsoft Windows Update I Specify a location E CLIENT S_ME PCLE USA Aa lt Back Next gt Cancel Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 57 16 Click Next Add New Hardware Wizard Windows driver file search for the device TOSHIBA e STUDIO451 cSeries PCL6 Windows is now ready to install the best driver for this device Click Back to select a different driver or click Next to continue Location of driver A 3 EACLIENT SX_MESPCLE USANES 4DXL amp X INF Cancel 17 Change the name if desired and click Next Add Printer Wizard You can type a name for this printer or you can use the name supplied below
176. ator s Manual for Basic Function to manage files in a box e You can also manage the files within a box using the e Filing web utility Please refer to the e Filing Guide Printing Guide Printing from Windows 243 Saving a print job to a public box 1 Display the Print Job tab and select Store to e Filing Then select Public Box to save a print job to a public box Store to eFiling Public Box ha If you print a job as well as saving to the public box check the Print box Set other print options you require and click OK Click OK or Print to send a print job The print job is saved to a public box Saving a print job to a user box 1 Display the Print Job tab and select Store to e Filing Then select user box number to be save Store to e Filing Public Box hd Public Box a 001 l 002 003 pe Enter the password for the user box in the Password field Store to e Filing 001 z Password k I Print If you print a job as well as saving to a box check the Print box Set other print options you require and click OK Click OK or Print to send a print job e The print job is saved to a specified user box Printing with Various Layout and Finishing Options Printer drivers allows you to create a print job with layout options to make your docu ment more essential Also you can enable finishing options that determine how the jobs are output s
177. ayed for Mac OS X 10 2 4 to 10 2 8 When you want to set the printing mode in Mac OS X 10 3 x set in the Print Mode menu P 288 Print Mode r F Print Printer MFP_00C67861 E Presets Standard iE Printer Features H Feature Sets Printing Modes Print Mode Normal Department Code Distinguish Thin Lines OOO Do not Print Blank Pages SF ee gt Geancei v Preview Save As PDF Cancel Print 1 Print Mode This sets the type of print job Normal Select this to print a normal job Proof Select this to print the first copy of a multicopy job and then wait for approval before printing the remaining copies The print job sent as a proof job is saved in the proof job queue on this equipment and the remaining copies are not printed until you activate printing from the Touch Panel Display This option allows you to check a job s output before printing the remaining copies and thereby reduce paper waste Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 289 290 Private Password Select this to print a private job When this is selected specify the 5 digit password in the Private Document Password menu The print job is saved in the private job queue on this equipment and not printed until you activate printing from the Touch Panel Display of this equipment This option is useful when you want to print a confidential document secured using a pass
178. b 8 Department Enter the user s department code if the system is managed with department codes Please ask your administrator for your department code e When the User Authentication is enabled on the equipment the User Authentication is used to manage the print jobs instead of the department code In that case the user name that is entered to login to your computer is used for the authentication of the print job Therefore you do not need to enter the department code in the printer driver but your user name must be registered in the equipment If the user name is not registered your print job is proceeded as the invalid job according to the Depart ment Code Enforcement settings Ifthe No Limit Black function is enabled you do not have to specify the department code when you print a document with selecting Mono in the Color option in the Setup tab of printer driver If the number of the printed sheets for a print job exceeds the output limitation for the entered department code the print job is stored in the invalid department code print job list without printing When you want to print the print job perform printing from the JOB STATUS button in the Control Panel by entering another department code of which the output limitation is more than the number of printed sheets Printing Guide Printing from Windows SUPPLEMENT How the equipment performs printing for an invalid department code print job which no depar
179. b Layout Effect Image Quality About Image Quality Type a g l ane E General C Photograph Presentation C Line Art Halftone Letter lias has Brightness ox q E 10 0 Graphics Text Saale 0x amp 10 0 Profile None x M Smoothing Ae ET T Distinguish Thin Lines I Pure Gray Restore Default Restore Detauts I Use Black for All Texts 1 Image Quality Type This sets how colors are printed by selecting the job type The printer driver auto matically applies proper color quality for selected job type General Select this to apply proper color quality for printing a general color document Photograph Select this to apply proper color quality for printing photos Presentation Select this to apply proper image quality for printing a vivid doc ument Line Art Select this to apply proper image quality for printing a document contains a lot of characters or line arts NOTE The Image Quality type option is not available when Mono is selected at the Color drop down box on the Setup tab 2 Halftone This sets how halftone are printed Auto Select this to print using proper halftone depending on the contents in the document automatically When this is selected the halftone is printed in detail for the texts and smoothly for the graphics Detail Select this to print halftone in detail
180. be selected if the Large Capacity Feeder is not installed Sheet Feed Bypass Paper is fed from the Bypass Tray NOTES LCF isnot available for some countries or regions e The selectable values vary depending on the optional devices installed on this equipment and their configuration on the Configuration tab 5 Paper Type This sets the media type of the paper Plain Select this when printing on 20 Ibs plain paper 64 80 g m2 plain paper Thick1 Select this when printing on 24 28 Ibs thick paper 81 105 g m2 thick paper Thick2 Select this when printing on 32 90 Ibs thick paper 106 163 g m2 thick paper Thick3 Select this when printing on 110 Ibs thick paper 164 209 g m2 thick paper Transparency Select this when printing on transparent sheets Printing Guide Printing from Windows 211 6 Orientation This sets the paper printing direction Portrait The document is printed in the portrait direction Landscape The document is printed in the landscape direction 7 Number of Copies This sets the number of printed copies You can set any integer from 1 to 999 8 Copy Handling This sets how to sort the printed sheet when numerous copies are made for printing Sort Copies Select this for sort printing 1 2 3 1 2 3 3 3 N N
181. ble for printing However saddle stitching is available only when the Saddle stitch Finisher is installed Drawer Not Installed Select this when no optional drawer is installed Drawer 3 Select this when the drawer 3 is installed Drawer 3 amp 4 Select this when the drawer 3 and 4 are installed LCF Select this when the Large Capacity Feeder is installed LCF is not available for some countries or regions 5 Close the Chooser Dialog box The Printer icon is created on the desktop Installing the Printer on Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 x 156 Install and configure the printer by the following steps P 156 Installing the Macintosh PPD File P 159 Configuring the Printer on Mac OS X P 165 Configuring the Installable Options Installing the Macintosh PPD File This equipment supports printing from Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 x Copying the PPD file to Mac OS X 1 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive and open your language folder in the Client MacPPD OSX folder 2 Copy the GZ file TOSHIBAeSTUDIO451cSeries dmg gz to the desktop Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Macintosh 3 Double click the GZ file on the desktop e The installer window appears 4 Double click the icon in the installer window Toshiba e Studio 451c Ser XR 1 item 8 7 MB available Ld Toshiba e Studio 451c Series e The Authenticate dialog
182. by Kasy Software Products All Rights Reserved The Common UNIX Printing System CUPS and the CUPS logo are the trademark property of asy Software Products All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners The printer is deleted 3 Then delete the PPD file TOSHIBA_EST451c_CUPS gz from the usr share cups model Toshiba directory Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX 187 Other Installation Procedures Installing Client Software from TopAccess If the system administrator has uploaded the driver software to this equipment you can use TopAccess to install the software on your workstation Installing client software from TopAccess for Windows 1 In TopAccess click the Install Software link at the bottom of the screen TopAccess eFiling Device Job Status Logs Registration Counter User Authentication Administration Device Ry REFRESH Device Information Status ready a Name MFP 000001 84 Location Copier Model TOSHIBA e STUDIO351c Hard Disk Space Available 14992 MB Contact Information sen Message es Options Finisher Finisher Hole Punch Unit 2 Holes Drawer 1 Near Empty Fax Installed Drawer 2 500 Near Empty Drawer 3 500 Empty 2003 2005 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION Al Rights Reserved The Install Client Software page opens 2 Click the Install Client1 link to download the installer fil
183. cation The operation varies depending on the operating system For Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 1 N After you change the option settings in the Configuration tab display the Advanced tab and click Printing Default Change one of the settings For example change Number of Copies Click OK to save changes Now the changes that you made in the Configuration tab apply correctly in the printer driver If required click Printing Default in the Advanced tab and restore the setting that you changed in Step 2 to the original value and click OK Printing Guide Printing from Windows NOTE For Windows NT 4 0 1 After you change the option settings in the Configuration tab click OK to close the Properties dialog box 2 Select the printer driver and select Document Defaults in the File menu 3 Change one of the settings For example change Number of Copies 4 Click OK to save changes Now the changes that you made in the Configuration tab apply correctly in the printer driver 5 If required select Document Defaults in the File menu and restore the setting that you changed in Step 3 to the original value and click OK Configuring the Options Manually The following describes an instruction on Windows 2000 The procedure is the same when other versions of Windows are used Setting the configuration tab manually You must log into Windows as a user who has the Ad
184. ccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeenecaeeeeeeeeees 23 Internet CONNECTION cecceeeeceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeetececeaeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeteees 24 Novell Printinge eeta a E Stevie ed eden Sindee cacocteets 25 Novell e eect cetnaaee aoa eat ee ee 26 Installing Client Software for Parallel Printing c cceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 27 Installation for Parallel Printing Using the Installer 27 Installation for Parallel Printing by Plug and Play n s 32 Windows 98 Me cceceeeeeececnecceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeecaeeaesaeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 32 WINDOWS 2000 oni eenaa aaiae aaa Mati Mba ele 35 Windows XP Server 2003 c ccccccceceeeeeeeseeeeencaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 38 Installation for Parallel Printing by Add Printer Wizard 00 40 Windows 98 M6 ceceseeeceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeecaesaesaeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 41 Windows NT 4 0 scctiipiesc i etis ibciabiastiieliaddcaatt eal dees hia 44 Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 c ceeecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeneees 48 Installing Client Software for USB Printing eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 53 Installation for USB Printing by Plug and Play n a 53 Windows 98 M Ersin eonna aa ai aaaea a naia a aa ae eaa 54 Windows 20 OO een 59 Windows XP Server 2003 ccccccccceceeeeeeeseeeeecneeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 61 Installing Client Software for Raw TCP LPR Printing eeeeeeees 64 Installation for Raw TCP LPR Printing Using the Installer
185. ccount and create Toshiba directory in the usr share cups model directory 3 Copy the GZIP file into the usr share cups model Toshiba directory or enter the following command cp TOSHIBA EST451c_ CUPS gz usr share cups model Toshiba e A GZIP file is included in the Admin CUPS USA folder in the CD ROM 4 Enter the following command service lpd stop NOTE If Ipd is already stopped Failed will be displayed e When using the Red Hat Linux continue to the next step e When using other than the Red Hat Linux skip to step 10 5 When using the Red Hat Linux enter the following com mand usr bin redhat switch printer The redhat switch printer dialog box appears 6 Select CUPS and click OK e The information dialog box appears 7 Click OK 182 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX 8 Enter the following command service cups start 9 Enter the following command usr bin cupsconfig The Common UNIX Printing System page appears Skip to step 11 10 Open the browser and locate CUPS by typing http local host 631 in the address field The Common UNIX Printing System page appears NOTE When IPP SSL is enabled specify http local host 433 in the address field to access the Common UNIX Printing System 11 Add anew https printer by clicking Add Printer Configure the parameters as Name lt Any Name gt Location l
186. ce for NetWare Directory Service Required only when using the NetWare server in NDS mode Windows NT 4 0 e TCP IP protocol Required only when using the NetWare in the TCP IP network e NWLink IPX SPX Compatible Transport protocol Required only when using the NetWare in the IPX SPX network e NWLink NetBIOS protocol Required only when using the NetWare in the IPX SPX network e Gateway and Client Services for NetWare Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 e NWLink IPX SPX NetBIOS Compatible Transport Protocol Required only when using the NetWare in the IPX SPX network e Gateway and Client Services for NetWare Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows Installation for Novell Printing Using the Installer You can install the client software and set up the Novell printing using the installer in the Client Utilities CD ROM Installing the client software for Novell printing using the installer The following describes an installation on Windows 2000 The procedure is the same when other versions of Windows are used NOTES You must log into Windows as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege when using Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 e You have an appropriate privilege to access the NetWare server 1 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive The installer automatically starts and the Choose Setup Language dialog box appears
187. ceeded as the invalid job according to the Depart ment Code Enforcement settings e Ifthe No Limit Black function is enabled you do not have to specify the department code when you print a document with selecting Mono in the Color option in the Setup tab of printer driver 198 Printing Guide Printing from Windows SUPPLEMENTS How the equipment performs printing for an invalid department code print job which no department code or invalid department code is specified varies depending on the Department Code Enforcement setting that can be set from TopAccess Adminis trator mode and whether the SNMP Communication is enabled or not When the SNMP Communication is enabled and Department Code Enforcement is set to ON an error message will be displayed when entering the invalid department code When the SNMP Communication is disabled and Department Code Enforce ment is set to ON the invalid department code print job will be stored in the invalid department code print job list without printing When the Department Code Enforce ment is set to Print the invalid department code print job will be printed When the Department Code Enforcement is set to Delete the invalid department code print job will be deleted without printing However when using Windows NT 4 0 and configure the connection through a Net Ware print server an error message for entering the invalid department code will not be displayed eve
188. ceeeeeeeeeseeeececenecaeeeeeeeeeess 274 Watermark Options ssie a r e e E Eae 275 QUAI ae ceeds a a ae EA O E TAS 276 Printing from Application on Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 x 277 How to Print from Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 X seee 277 Setting Options and Printing from Macintosh Computers 277 Print Options for Page Setup Dialog on Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X LOE EERE SE EEE EE T E EEE EE E ETA 278 Page ADUS oasi a A TA 279 Print Options for Print Dialog on Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 x 280 Copies amp Pages ree lausatecntiapeticens tadeleccnveddd E EEA 281 FAVOUR A T A 281 D plext inta a ad a E SaaS iN E 283 Output OptionsS aav2e sets Saitek E A 284 Schedule eenia EEA EEE AEEA E ET 285 Paper Handing acari or ATTA 285 Cover Page srs aeicivhei ada eal in iene atl aii de aie 286 Error Hamdi a secs Fee oesecee Sess ao teh vataades A T T enemas 287 Paper Fod drania ete dap hicies a a et anette 287 PHM MOG ei A esate ia 288 Printer Features rancor onina a cece a A eaieetiens 289 Printing Tonn UNA eaea A RE Rte eae 298 Printing from an Application 0 cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeecaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeetsenennaeees 298 Considerations and Limitations eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeeees 298 Printing Using LP Command eie ea ar EE EETA 298 Generic Ip and Iptap Options ecseccecceceeeeeeeeeteeeseesnaeeees 298 COPIES iaaa aeae aaa ada aa e a 298 Title A E EE N N E E AT E O
189. ck the printer name link J Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Admin Printer Toshiba has been added successfully t 1993 2003 by Easy Software Products All Rights Reserved The Common UNIX Printing System CUPS and the CUPS logo are the trademark of Easy Software Products All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners 19 ESP Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Toshiba Default Destinations 7 Prin idle ac abe Devise URI Ipdo 190 148 90 79 Print Print Test Page Reject Jobs Modify Printer J Configure Printer Delete Printer No Active Jobs Show Completed Jobs Copyright 199 200 by Hary Software Products 20 Change the settings in the Options Installed area and click Continue in each area to save settings Options Installed Drawer Not Installed yj Finisher Not Installed NOTE In this page you can configure the print options as well The setting items are same as the Mac OS X Page Setup dialog and Print dialog For the information about each print option please see the following section P 277 Printing from Application on Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 x Installing the CUPS for IPP Printing When you want to setup IPP print queue in the Linux OS follow the procedures here When IPP SSL is enabled on the Equipment When the IPP SSL is enabled on the equipment you requires the following settings on Linux OS e OpenSSL should b
190. con Windows 2000 Support 1 object s selected e When using the Windows XP Server 2003 click Add a printer in the Printer Tasks menu e The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears 3 Click Next Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections To continue click Next Cancel 4 Select Local printer uncheck the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer and click Next Local or Network Printer Is the printer attached to your computer If the printer is directly attached to your computer click Local printer If it is attached to another computer or directly to the network click Network printer Local printer J Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer C Network printer lt Back Cone Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 49 5 Select Use the following port and select LPT1 Then click Next Add Printer Wizard 3 Select the Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port Use the following port Description Printer LPT1 Printer Port LPT2 Printer Port LPT3 Printer Port COM1 Serial Port COM2 Serial Port rom Serial Port f Note Most computers use the LPT1 port to communicate with a local prin
191. con is displayed in the taskbar Technically this icon means that the SNMP manager on the client machine cannot com municate with the SNMP agent on this equipment Several error conditions can cause this status e The network connection between the client and the device has been broken e The device IP Address has changed and the client is still using the old address e The device is currently rebooting The SNMP agent on the device is not functioning properly or has stopped function ing Corrective Action 1 Make sure that the SNMP Network Service is enabled from the Network Setup page in the TopAccess Administrator mode 2 Wait for a couple of minutes Most of the time the connection is reestablished auto matically 3 If the broken connection condition persists exit and restart TopAccessDocMon 4 If upon restarting TopAccessDocMon you receive a message that the address can not be resolved manually discover and select the device P 323 Searching for a Printer Cannot View Job in TopAccessDocMon Print Queue Problem Description After submitting a job to print there are several reasons why you may not see the job in the print queue e The wrong device selected e The job is queued on the Windows operating system print spooler e The job may be held in the Novell print queue e A copier error prevents printing Corrective Action e Check the device location to see if there really should be any jobs listed
192. configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Installing Client Software for SMB Printing NOTE This section describes how to set up the client software for SMB printing which is avail able for the local area network over TCP IP There are three ways to set up the printer drivers for SMB printing e Using the installer in the Client Utilities CD ROM When you insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into your CD ROM drive the installer automatically starts You can install printer drivers and other client software using the installer If you want to install printer drivers as well as other client software this method is convenient P 85 Installation for SMB Printing Using the Installer e Using Point and Print You can install the printer driver by double clicking network queues on the system By this method printer drivers can be downloaded from the system so that the Cli ent Utilities CD ROM is not required However other client software cannot be installed using this method P 96 Installation for SMB Printing by Point and Print e Using Add Printer Wizard When you want to install the printer drivers without connecting to the equipment using Point and Print install the printer drivers using the Add Printer Wizard P 99 Installation for SMB Printing by Add Printer Wizard Before installing the printer driver for SMB printing check wit
193. ction eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 282 Layout direction eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 269 Layout Tab EEEE levvanevcendess cvendena gen 207 Left to Right Page Layout eeen 297 L tter Tab zt aa r aa 210 259 Limitations eiename aaa an 201 Local Area Network ccccseseeeeeeseteseeeeeeeanes 23 Local Discovery seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 323 LOCATION ceea eae 326 331 334 IP COMMANC meiir eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeananees 298 LPR Printing c0ccceeeeeeseeeeeeees 23 64 151 ERT A ters eeue tas ci ial nheese estado Tay 22 pta D i rensie a aiai a a 298 M Macintosh PPD cccccsssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 150 Manual Scale cccccecssseseeeeeeeeaees 209 246 Manual Selection csesseeeeeeeeeees 326 334 M MO aaa a aaa e araia EROTS 238 Menu Bar Options ccseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeees 328 M nu TABS vis secsscessceesdcadedensesddzaceceadaavaneees 207 Method eei riie r via a a 320 MINON aiana a a ateuaceete 229 Mode ae a a a 331 N NAME a isi aiaga nii 326 331 334 Negative Positive ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 229 Network DiSCOVETY eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 332 Never generate Type 42 format 05 267 Normal Print c ccccccccecsseeseeeeesseneeeeeeeees 215 Notification ccecseceeceeseeeeeeeeeeaaees 318 319 INDEX Novell iPrint cccccssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 26 143 Novell Printing cceceeeee
194. cuSet 1000 ih AGFA AccuSet 1NNNSF vi 3 f2 Have Disk lt Back Cancel The Install From Disk dialog box appears Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 103 10 Click Browse Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive soe selected and then click OK Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from Fal The A is not accessible message appears 11 Click Cancel Locate File x x A is not accessible The device is not ready Ea e The Locate File dialog box appears 12 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive e When inserting the Client Utilities CD ROM the installer may automatically start Click Cancel to exit the installer and continue the operation 13 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows NT 4 0 is located and click Open Locate File Lookin Usa lt Sl A e nemeajessaNnT Files of type I etup Information inf i Cancel e To install the PCL5c printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client NT PCL5c lt language gt e To install the PCL6 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client NT PCL6 lt language gt e To install the PS3 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client NT PS lt language gt 14 Click OK Install From Disk x Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive selected and then click OK BEz Cancel Copy ma
195. d The Printer page is displayed 2 Click Configure Printer ESP Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Printer Default Destination Tost Tosbiba Print Test Page Stop Printer Reject Jobs Modify Printer Configure Printer Delete Printer Add Printer Copyright 1993 2003 by Easy Software Products All Rights Reserved The Common UNIX Printing System CUPS and the CUPS logo are the trademark property of Lasy Software Products All other trademarks are the property of their seapective owners Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX 185 3 You can configure the print options in the displayed page The setting items are same as the Mac OS X Page Setup dia log and Print dialog For the information about each print option please see the following section P 277 Printing from Application on Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 x Y Admin on localhost CUPS v1 1 23 Mozilla 0x Eile Edit View Go Bookmarks Tools Window Help pisouulpu Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Admin Choose default options for Denali_103 Booklet Center Margin 0 points zf Booklet Outer Margin 0 points xf Booklet Paper Size None Of gt Left to Right Page Layout ate to Left Left to Right Department Code DC Digit 1 0 Department Code DC Digit 2 0 Department Code DC Department Code DC Department Code DC Digit 5 0 Continue
196. d Print 1 Open the NetWare queue for the equipment in the network with Windows Explorer and double click a queue When the NetWare has been set up for the Bindery mode open the NetWare file server and double click the queue for the equipment O Nwsrv BEES File Edit View Go Favorites Help e gt Gl a Back Fonverd Up Cut Copy Address E5 Network Neighborhood E When the NetWare has been set up for the NDS or NDPS mode browse the NDS tree and context and double click the queue for the equipment Deptt BEE File Edt View Go Favorites Help Ste S a d G i B Back ed Up Map Drive t Cut Copy Address 25 Network Neighborhood z nds cn mfp_quet i 1 object s selected e The Printers dialog box appears 2 Click Yes Printers i Before you can use the printer nds cn mfp_queue ou dept1 o 0rg it must be set up on your computer Do you want Windows to set up the printer and continue this operation e The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 3 Select whether printing MS DOS based programs and click Next Add Printer Wizard Bed Ee When using the NetWare in NDPS mode and the printer drivers for each Operating System are installed to a NDPS broker the printer driver is auto matically installed Skip to Step 10 e Unless using the NetWare in NDPS mode and printer driv
197. d close the window Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Macintosh Installing Client Software for UNIX Please refer to following instructions for configuring printing systems on UNIX worksta tions To setup the printing system on UNIX workstation you can use UNIX filters or CUPS Setting Up the UNIX Filters About UNIX Filters In the Client Utilities CD ROM the following filters for UNIX workstations are included net_est451c This file is a shell script that will be installed in usr lib Ip model It contains all the pars ing for the printer specific commands and it generates all the output code Being a shell script a system administrator can modify it if a site requires any custom options or if other components are installed in non standard locations Ipdsend This is an executable program that is called by net_est451c to send the print file to the system using the LPD protocol This program will be installed in opt toshiba tap bin IpLinux sh Linux filter only This file is a shell script that simulates the command line functions of Ip After process ing the command line options the e STUDIO filter is invoked in the same way as a Sys tem V print filter This file is installed in opt toshiba tap bin A symbolic link to this file will be installed in the usr local bin directory as Iptap est451cBackend AIX filter only This is an executable program that is called by the AIX qdaem
198. displayed on the banner page The default value is determined by the Ip command and it is always 1 The copies are always collated Printing Guide Printing from UNIX Title The title that is printed on the banner page can be specified using the t title parameter with the Ip command The default value is determined by the Ip command and it is often the name of the print file If multiple files are printed using the same Ip command the default title is set to the name of the first file by the Ip command General Options The following options apply to all print files NOTE Option commands are case sensitive and must be entered exactly as shown Print Language The net_est451c program needs to know what printer language is used in each of the files that it is printing so that it can issue the correct commands to select various options The following options are valid for the print languages Option Value Alternate Value Description auto Each file to be printed is examined to see if it starts with the sequence If it does then it is assumed that it is a PostScript file otherwise it assumes that it is a plain text or a PCL6 file pcl The print file is always treated as a plain text or a PCL6 file postscript ps The file is always treated as a PostScript file raw The file is treated as a fully formatted file that already contains all the necessary comma
199. dobe Acrobat the following print options may not work correctly e Manual Scale Print Paper Size e Paper Type e User Front Cover e User Back Cover e Interleave Pages Insert Pages Booklet e Multiple Pages per Sheet All options in the Effect tab e All options in the Image Quality tab Corrective Action Disable Use PostScript Passthrough in the PostScript Settings dialog box and print a document Cannot Change Settings on Font Tab and Configuration Tab Problem Description The Font tab and Configuration tab are grayed out and they cannot be modified Corrective Action Users who do not have the privilege to change the printer driver setting cannot change the options in the Font tab and Configuration tab Please log in with Administrator or Power User Printing Guide Printer Driver Errors TopAccessDocMon Errors This section describes about the error conditions and messages of TopAccessDocMon P 347 TopAccessDocMon Error Conditions P 348 TopAccessDocMon Error Messages P 355 Device Status Indicators TopAccessDocMon Error Conditions Refer to the corrective action for the following error conditions P 347 The Device is Not Responding P 347 Cannot View Job in TopAccessDocMon Print Queue P 348 Cannot Interpret TopAccessDocMon Messages Warning Errors The Device is Not Responding Problem Description The status bar reads The device is not responding and the broken connection i
200. dvanced Device Information Menuai Selection JK Cancel e The Manual Selection dialog box appears 3 Enter each item to specify the printer address and click OK x IP Address 10 10 70 105 F Addre Nene MFP 00C67861 Location Cancel IP Address Enter the IP address of the printer IPX Address Enter the IPX address of the printer This is available only when the IPX SPX protocol and Novell Client are installed in your computer and the computer is connected to the NetWare server Name Enter the printer name Location Enter the location of the printer NOTE You must enter Name and either IP Address or IPX Address Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 4 Select the equipment that you want to connect and click x Name IPAPX Address Location Model 10 10 70 105 TOSHIBA e STU 5 Select a printer for your printer Consult h with your administrator for more Start Discovery information Advanced i a Manual Selection Device Information Ik Cancel 5 It automatically obtain the network queue in the Network path or queue name field xi Select Port Select the port for Printer Pf Type the network path or the queue name of your printer If you don t know its name click Browse to view available network printers Network path or queue name Mfp 00c67861 Sprint Discovery Browse lt Back e NOTE It auto
201. e CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL5c lt language gt To install the PCL6 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL6 lt language gt To install the PS3 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PS lt language gt Click OK x f Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive OK Ga sled and then ciek OK E Files of type Setup Information inf Copy manufacturer s files from ESCLIE NT W2K_XP_2003 PCL6 USA a Browse Select the printer driver and click Next Add Printer Wizard The manufacturer and model determine which printer to use 7 Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Printers TOSHIBA e STUDIO451 cSeries PCLE Windows Update Have Disk xed Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 51 52 12 Change the name if desired and click Next Name Your Printer You must assign a name for this printer Supply a name for this printer Some programs do not support server and printer name combinations of more than 31 characters Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer Yes C No lt Back Cancel SUPPLEMENT _ If any printer drivers have installed on the com
202. e Printing from UNIX 301 302 Option Value Alternate Value Description drawer4 pedlower Select the 4th drawer cas4 LCF Icf Select the LCF LCF is not available for some countries or regions In PostScript Deferred Media Selection is always turned on so the paper size has prior ity over the paper source In PCL5e the paper size always has priority over the paper source If this option is not specified the command will not be sent so the printer s default value will be used Example The command to specify the LCF paper source is Ip o Icf filename Duplexing The current duplex mode can be specified using the following options Option Value Alternate Value Description simplex Turn duplexing off duplex Iduplex Turn duplexing on with long edge binding duplex_long duplex long hduplex sduplex duplex_short Turn duplexing on with short edge binding duplex short vduplex If this option is not specified the default value simplex will be used It is not necessary to specify duplexing for Booklet Mode sduplex Setting duplexing separately can override the booklet mode setting for duplexing Example The command to specify long edge duplexing is Ip o duplex filename Paper Size The current paper size can be specified using the following options Option Value Alternate Value Description letter It Select lette
203. e TopAccess a Install Client Software Drivers Unix Filters Macintosh PPD Files Please click on the link s below to download the Windows Installer Files File Name Size Install Client1 45088 KB 3 Download the installer file on your desktop by following the prompts 4 Double click the InstallClient1 exe file that you down loaded The installer starts and the InstallShield Wizard dialog box appears 5 Follow the installation procedure using the Client Utilities CD ROM described in following section P 20 Installing Client Software for Windows 188 Printing Guide Other Installation Procedures 2 Installing Client Software Installing client software from TopAccess for Macintosh 1 In TopAccess click the Install Software link at the bottom of the screen Device Job Status Logs Registration Counter User Authentication Administration Device REFRESH ice Information Status ready Name MFP 00000184 Location Copier Model TOSHIBA e STUDIO351 Hard Disk Space Available 14992 MB Contact Information Phone Number Message Alerts ptions Finisher Finisher Hole Punch Unit 2 Holes Fax Installed 2003 2005 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All Rights Reserved e The Install Client Software page opens 2 Click the Macintosh PPD Files link Install Client Software Drivers Unix Filters Macintosh PPD Files
204. e are not available when the Hanging Finisher is installed Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 263 264 NOTES 3 Orientation This sets the paper printing direction Portrait The document is printed in the portrait direction Landscape The document is printed in the landscape direction 4 Scale This changes the size of the printed image on the page Enter the zoom ratio to enlarge or reduce an image You can set any integer from 25 to 400 for the zoom ratio Print Options for Print Dialog on Mac OS 8 6 9 x The Print dialog boxes can be displayed by selecting the Print command from the File menu of the application In the Print dialog boxes you can display the General window Background Printing window Color Matching window Cover Page window Font Settings window Job Log ging window Layout window Save as File window Finishing Options window Printing Modes window Booklet Mode Options window Watermark Options window and Qual ity window The Print dialog boxes vary across applications The Save as File window contains the setting items that are generally provided by the LaserWriter 8 printer driver For details of the Save as File window please refer to the Balloon Help on the Mac OS General In the General menu you can set the general print options such as number of copies sort printing 22 8 7 Printer MFP_00C67861_ Destination moO copies 1 M Colla
205. e Example 10 10 70 120 print 108 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 7 Click Have Disk Add Printer Wizard The manufacturer and model determine which printer to use aZ Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation Ce disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printers E AGFA AccuSet v52 3 E Alps AGFA AccuSetSF v52 3 Apollo AGFA AccuSet 800 Apple AGFA AccuSet 800SF v52 3 APS PS AGFA AccuSet 800SF v2013 108 AST AGFA AccuSet 1000 ATLRT AGFA Anana 1NNNCE WR 2 zl Windows Update Have Disk e The Install From Disk dialog box appears 8 Click Browse x Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive Ets f selected and then click OK Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from 4 eoe The Locate File dialog box appears 9 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive When inserting the Client Utilities CD ROM the installer may automatically start Click Cancel to exit the installer and continue the operation 10 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 is located and click Open ax Look in 5 USA J ef Lo Fie name eS 4dsl2K inf X My Network P Files of type Setup Information inf Cancel To install the PCL5c pri
206. e way the print properties are displayed Setup Tab The Setup tab contains basic print operation settings such as original paper size print paper size paper source paper type orientation number of copies and so on Also this tab allows you to enable enlarge reduce printing sort print ing stapling and punching and 2 sided printing P 209 Setup Tab Print Job Tab The Print Job tab contains job type settings that select the way this equipment handles the print job This tab also allows you to enable various job types such as Scheduled Print Private Print and Proof Print And you can print a docu ment as an overlay file or store to e Filing P 215 Print Job Tab Layout Tab The Layout Tab contains finishing options such as Cover page printing Booklet printing and N up printing P 218 Layout Tab Standard Window P 223 Layout Tab Booklet Window P 225 Layout Tab Multiple Pages per Sheet Window Effect Tab The Effect Tab contains print options that add the effects to your print jobs such as Watermarks Overlay Image printing Rotate printing Mirror printing and Negative printing Also it allows to enable Toner Save and Smoothing functions P 227 Effect Tab Printing Guide Printing from Windows 207 Image Quality Tab The Image Quality Tab allows you to select how images are printed You can easily select appropriate image quality depending on the type of job being printed P 232 Image Quality Tab
207. e Windows NT 4 0 Service Pack 6a Windows 2000 Service Pack 4 Windows XP Service Pack 1 Windows Server 2003 e IPP Printing Windows 2000 Service Pack 4 Windows XP Service Pack 1 Windows Server 2003 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 21 22 NOTES NOTE About Installation Procedure Please find the installation procedure suited to your environment from the following P 22 Parallel Port Connection P 22 USB Connection P 23 Local Area Network over TCP IP P 24 Internet Connection P 25 Novell Printing Parallel Port Connection Available for Windows 98 Windows Me Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Connecting with Parallel cable Windows 98 Windows Me Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Setting up the LPT1 Printer S Connection When this equipment is connected to your computer with a printer cable you can install the printer drivers from the Client Utilities CD ROM and set up the printer connection with LPT1 port P 27 Installing Client Software for Parallel Printing e Parallel printing is available only when the Parallel Interface is installed This equipment cannot connect to the same computer with both Parallel and USB at a same time USB Connection Available for Windows 98 Windows Me Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Connecting with USB Windows 98 Windows Me Windows 2000 Windows XP
208. e Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard dialog box appears 6 Click Next Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard xj Welcome to the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You use this wizard to add a port for a network printer Before continuing be sure that 1 The device is tumed on 2 The network is connected and configured To continue click Next 7 Enter the IP address of this equipment in the Printer Name or IP Address field and click Next Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard J xj Add Port For which device do you want to add a port S Da Enter the Printer Name or IP address and a port name for the desired device Pinter Name or IP Address 10 10 70 105 Port Name P_10 10 70 105 lt Back Cancel e If your network uses a DNS or WINS server enter the printer name of this equipment provided from DNS or WINS in the Printer Name or IP Address field Inthe Port Name field the port name is automatically entered according to the IP address or DNS name entered in the Printer Name or IP Address field Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 69 8 Select Standard and click Next Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard x Additional Port Information Required RS The device could not be identified S SS The detected device is of unknown type Be sure that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on th
209. e Print Proof Print Scheduled Print Fax e Fiing vaia Printer Information Drawer Status E Counter MFP 00000184 Upper Drawer A4 Plain Paper Available Lower Drawer A3 Plain Paper Available Model TOSHIBA e STUDIO351c Pedestal Upper Drawer 44 R Plain Empty Pedestal Lower Drawer Not Available Location Stack Feed Bypass Unknown Thick 1 Empty Large Capacity Feeder Not Available Status Idle Hole Punch 2 Holes i Physical Address Add Device 10 10 70 120 p This window consists of Amenu bar containing the options Printer Document View and Help The Device Status tab includes only the Printer View and Help menus e There are nine 9 possible tabbed views Device Status Print Queue Private Print Proof Print Scheduled Print Fax e Filing TopAccessComposer and Invalid The tabs displayed vary depending on the printer being monitored e Astatus bar containing icons and text that allow you to quickly see the status of the printer Menu Bar Options The options are e Printer gt Close Closes the current window e Printer gt Change Printer The device names that have been added to the moni toring list are displayed You can change the monitoring device by selecting the device name P 331 Changing Monitoring Devices e Document gt Cancel This menu is displayed under all queue tab This item allows you to delete the print job f
210. e holes on the bottom for the portrait document or on the left for the landscape document gt a I o 3 N o o o TT NOTE This option cannot be selected if a hole punch unit is not installed 3 Stapling This sets whether a print job is stapled Off Select this to print without stapling 270 Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh Upper Left Portrait Upper Right Landscape Select this to staple in the upper left for the portrait document or in the upper right for the landscape docu ment o TTI Middle Left Portrait Middle Top Landscape Select this to staple double in the left for the portrait document or in the top for the landscape document 3 s gt ow TTT es N I a T Pe o TTT Lower Left Portrait Upper Left Landscape Select this to staple in the lower left for the portrait document or in the upper left for the landscape docu
211. e installed e CUPS should be configured with enable ssl option e HTTPS symbol should be created in the usr lib cups backend directory 1 Open the console and login with root privileges Use su or sudo s to login with root privileges 2 Enter the following command cd usr lib cups backend 3 Enter the following command ln s ipp https Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX 181 4 Restart the CUPS Service in Linux IPP SSL certificates in the etc cups directory should be created 1 Enter the following command mkdir ssl folder in etc cups 2 Enter the following command openssl reg new x509 keyout etc cups ssl server key out etc cups ssl server crt days 365 nodes 3 Enter the following command chmod 600 etc cups ssl server The nodes option prevents the certificate and key from being encrypted The cupsd process runs in the background detached from any input source if you encrypt these files then cupsd will not be able to load them 4 Add the following lines in the cupsd conf file in etc cups path SSLPort 443 ServerCertificate etc cups ssl server crt Serverkey etc cups ssl server key 5 Run the following command on the shell to restart the CUPS Server Service cups restart Add IPP Printer IPP printing from Linux OS is done from the CUPS server as a backend 1 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive 2 Log on to the root a
212. e of the toner cartridges is empty Replace it Toner Empty message for yellow magenta cyan toners are displayed only for e STUDIO4511 Series The used toner container is full The toner bag is full Replace the toner bag Printing Guide TopAccessDocMon Errors 349 350 TopAccessDocMon Printer Status Messages The following table shows the printer status messages displayed in the Device Status tab and helps you to find more information about resolving it Status Details Description Paper Empty Paper Empty in Upper Drawer Please Add Paper Paper Empty in Drawer 1 Please Add Paper Add paper in the Drawer 1 Paper Empty in Lower Drawer Please Add Paper Paper Empty in Drawer 2 Please Add Paper Add paper in the Drawer 2 Paper Empty in Pedestal Upper Drawer Please Add Paper Paper Empty in Drawer 3 Please Add Paper Add paper in the Drawer 3 Paper Empty in Pedestal Lower Drawer Please Add Paper Paper Empty in Drawer 4 Please Add Paper Add paper in the Drawer 4 Paper Empty in Large Capac ity Feeder Please Add Paper Add paper in the Large Capacity Feeder Paper Empty in Stack Feed Bypass Please Add Paper Add paper in the Stack Feed Bypass Printing Guide TopAccessDocMon Errors Status Details Description Cover Open Platen Cover Open Please Close Cover Close the
213. e previous page is correct Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by returning to the previous wizard page or select the device type if you are sure the address is correct r Device Type Standard EEEN Custom Setting lt Back Cancel SUPPLEMENT When the LPD Print setting is enabled you can also configure LPR printing When you want to configure LPR printing follow the procedure below Select Custom and click Settings Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard E xj Additional Port Information Required RS The device could not be identified S has The detected device is of unknown type Be sure that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previous page is corect Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by retuming to the previous wizard page or select the device type if you are sure the address is correct r Device Type C Standard Generic Network Card Custom Settings lt Back Cancel Select LPR at the Protocol option enter Print in the Queue Name field at the LPR Settings option and then click OK Configure Standard TCP IP Port Monitor 2 x Port Settings Port Name IP_10 10 70 105 Printer Name or IP Address 10 10 70 105 r Protocol C Raw LPR r Raw Settings l Port Number 3100 M LPR Settings Queue Name Print T LPR By
214. e printer drivers when this equipment is con nected with USB cable To set up the printer drivers for USB printing you must install the printer drivers by Plug and Play functions instead of installing the client software using the installer in the Client Utilities CD ROM When this equipment is connected to a USB port of Windows 98 Windows Me Win dows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 computers the Plug and Play Wiz ard automatically starts You can install a printer driver using this method but other client software cannot be installed SUPPLEMENTS TopAccessDocMon is not available when this equipment is connected using only the USB cable However when this equipment and your computer are connected to the local area network and this equipment is connected to the USB port of your computer you can use TopAccessDocMon to monitor your print jobs To install TopAccessDocMon you must install it from the Client Utilities CD ROM separately The Agfa Font Manager is also available to install and manage the TrueType fonts on your computer To install the Agfa Font Manager you must install it from the Cli ent Utilities CD ROM separately NOTE USB printing is not supported in the Windows NT 4 0 Installation for USB Printing by Plug and Play The procedure to install the printer driver for USB printing by Plug and Play differs depending on the version of Windows used P 54 Windows 98 Me P 59 Windows 2000 P 61 Windows XP Se
215. e printer port of the printer driver to FILE port and print a document using the printer driver For more information about printing to a file refer to the Windows documentation e In Macintosh you can crate the PS file using the printer driver To create the PS file select File at the Destination drop down box in the Print dialog box to print For more information about printing to a file refer to the Macintosh documentation Printing a file using the FTP command The procedure below describes the example of printing using the FTP command with the MS DOS Prompt 1 Launch the MS DOS Prompt 2 Change the current directory to where the print file is located 3 Type following command and press the Enter key ftp lt IP Address gt e In the lt IP Address gt section enter the IP address of this equipment 4 If it prompts you to enter the user name enter the FTP Print User Name and press the Enter key It prompts you to enter the user name if the FTP Print User Name is assigned by an administrator Ask your administrator for the FTP Print User Name 5 If it prompts you to enter the password enter the FTP Print Password and press the Enter key It prompts you to enter the password if the FTP Print User Name is assigned by an administrator Ask your administrator for the FTP Print Password Ifthe FTP Print User Name has been assigned but the FTP Print Password blank do not enter when it prom
216. e punch unit is installed None Select this when hole punch unit is not installed 2 Holes Select this when the 2 hole punch unit is installed 2 3 Holes Select this when the 2 3 hole punch unit is installed 4Holes F Select this when the 4 hole F punch unit is installed 4Holes S Select this when the 4 hole S punch unit is installed 4 Drawer 1 Paper Type This sets the paper size and paper type set in the 1st drawer 5 Drawer 2 Paper Type This sets the paper size and paper type set in the 2nd drawer 6 Drawer 3 Paper Type This sets the paper size and paper type set in the 3rd drawer This can be set only when the 3rd drawer is installed 7 Drawer 4 Paper Type This sets the paper size and paper type set in the 4th drawer This can be set only when the 4th drawer is installed 8 Large Capacity Paper Type This sets the paper size and paper type set in the Large Capacity Feeder This can be set only when the Large Capacity Feeder is installed NOTE LCF is not available for some countries or regions 9 Bypass Feeder Paper Type This sets the paper type set in the Stack Feed Bypass 10 Memory Select the size of memory installed 11 Enable SNMP Communication Check this to enable obtaining the configuration information from this equipment 12 Update Now Click this to obtain the configuration information from this equipment immediately This is available only when Enable SNMP Communica
217. e than 31 characters Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer Yes C No lt Back Cancel SUPPLEMENT _ If any printer drivers have installed on the computer select whether using this printer as a default printer 17 Select whether this printer is shared or not and click Next Printer Sharing You can share this printer with other network users Indicate whether you want this printer to be available to other users If you share this printer you must provide a share name Do not share this printer Share as lt Back Cancel 18 Select Yes to print a test page and click Next Print Test Page To confirm that the printer is installed properly you can print a test page Do you want to print a test page Yes C No lt Back Cancel Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows NOTE 19 Click Finish Add Printer Wizard Completing the Add Printer Wizard You have successfully completed the Add Printer wizard You specified the following printer settings Name TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PELE Shared as lt Not Shared gt Pott IP_10 10 70 120 Model TOSHIBA e STUDIO451 cSeries PELE Default Yes Test page Yes To close this wizard click Finish lt Back ZE e Start copying files 20 The installation is completed Before using the printer driver for printing please
218. e to be saved PDF Select this to save a print job as a PDF file PostScript Select this to save a print job as a PS file Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh Scheduler In the Scheduler menu you can set when a print job will be sent to the equipment NOTE This menu is displayed only for Mac OS X 10 3 x Print Printer MFP_00C67861 Presets Standard _ Scheduler Print Document A Now O At 10 43 AM O On Hold Priority Medium Preview Save As PDF C n Cancel Print 1 Print Document This sets when a print job will be sent to the equipment Now Select this to send a print job now At Select this to specify the time to send a print job When you select this specify the time to be send The print job will be held in the queue on Mac OS until the specified time has been reached or you resume the print job to be sent from the queue on Mac OS On Hold Select this to hold a print job in the queue on Mac OS When you select this the print job will be held in the queue on Mac OS until you resume the print job to be sent from the queue on Mac OS 2 Priority Select the priority of a print job Paper Handling In the Paper Handling menu you can set Reverse page order printing and Odd or Even numbered page printing NOTE This menu is only displayed for Mac OS X 10 3 x Print Printer MFP_00C67861 Paper H
219. ececeeeeeeeeeeees 275 Watermark Text oie ae inea 275 Watermark Text Angle cccccccceeeeeeeeeeees 275 Watermark Text Size ceeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeees 275 Watermarking s sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 275 X X POSION sa aiarar EA 230 Y N POSIOM e anain iiiu a a a 230 INDEX FC 281C 351C 451C OME05005000 MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS Printing Guide f supio281 351c 45Ic TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION 2 17 2 HIGASHIGOTANDA SHINAGAWA KU TOKYO 141 8664 JAPAN R05022084100 TTEC 2005 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved 2005 06
220. ee ih ae ie ae 124 Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP Server 2003 eececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaees 127 Installation for Novell Printing by Add Printer Wizard 0 2 08 130 Windows 98 ME rairai aaan 130 Windows NTA Uais aaa E E A EEE 132 Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 aaaessssesessrreseserrreserrrnresrnennssnes 137 Installing Client Software for Novell iPrint cece eeseeeeeeeesteeeeeeeeaes 143 Uninstalling Client Utilities Software ec eeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeaas 144 When Installed Using the Installer ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeeaes 144 When Installed Using Add Printer Wizard 0 cccceeeeeseteeeeeeeenaes 148 Installing Client Software for Macintosh 0 eceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeeeeeeenaeeees 150 About Client Software for Macintosh ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeenaaees 150 Planning for Installation siesena ae aE E 150 System Requirements 200 00 eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeenaees 150 Installing the Printer on Mac OS 8 6 9 X 00 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeeaees 150 Installing the Macintosh PPD File ccceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeenaees 150 Configuring the Printer on Mac OS 8 6 9 X eccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 151 Installing the Printer on Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 X 2 21 156 Installing the Macintosh PPD File cccceeeeeesteeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeenaees 156 Configuring the Printer on Mac OS X ccececccceeeeeeeeeeeetee
221. eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 25 118 Number of Copies ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 212 Number of pages per Sheet 0608 253 Number of pages per sheet 0000e0eeee 225 Number Pages from Right to Left 224 252 O Orientation ccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeees 212 264 279 Original Paper Size 0006 209 246 259 Outer Margin cccccseseeeeeeeeeeeeees 224 252 Output Document Layout 0 223 251 Output Format cccceceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 231 Overlay Image csceeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 228 258 P Page per Sheets petingen ties 282 Pag p r sheet inmenin aaia aaia 268 Pages n aaa detiras 264 281 Papet narina aiie hirie iian 263 Paper Size gt sinaoni ae iita 279 Paper SOUrCE secies ia 211 265 Paper Type isszasencxcazseeves e aaraa asters tee needs 211 Parallel Port Connection cccecceeeeeneeeeees 22 Parallel Printing cccccccceseseeseeeeeeeeeeees 22 27 PEL FOMS Tirreni A aa aa 364 Pedestal T E E 196 237 Physical Address 0 ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 331 Point and Print cccceccececseseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 96 Pom aiena aaiae a phcceeweagd ed 321 PostScript asses oie ienei e eieiei ta 17 PostScript Error cccccccececesseeeeeeeeaeseees 287 PostScript Settings c sssseseseeeeeeeees 229 PPD EEE TE A EE 18 200 Preferred Format ccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 267 Preview WINKOW cccccsececece
222. eeeseeeneeeees 159 Configuring the Installable Options 0 ccc ceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeenaeees 165 Installing Client Software for UNIX 0 0 0 ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeseeeeeaeeeseeeaeees 167 Setting Up the UNIX Filters errer eaae R Na 167 About UNIX Filters renei EET A 167 Planning for Installation 2 0 00 en a REAR 168 System Requirements ccccccceeeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeseeeneeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaaes 168 Configuring UNIX Printing Using UNIX Filters 168 Installing the UNIX FiterS ceceni aa 168 Configuring the Print QUCUC eee eeenteeeeeeenteeeeeeeetaaeeeeeeeaaes 169 Changing the Default Values ee ceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeteeeeeeenaaes 173 Deleting the Print QUCUC 0 cee cece etic eeeeeeeteeeseeeeeeedeneneeeees 174 setting Up the CUPS eara fas achertunaiieed tanectatl tie lah emigaih Canta cheltns 176 About CUP Se arae A E aa eed eat 177 Configuring UNIX Printing Using CUPS seese 177 Printing Guide Table of Contents Installing the CUPS for LPR Printing 177 Installing the CUPS for IPP Printing s 181 Modifying or Configuring Printer cc ceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseenneeeees 183 Uninstalling Primt r esiri ear e a E teeta ced heweteueassecees 186 Other Installation Procedures ecccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeesnaeeeeesenaaes 188 Installing Client Software from TOPACCESS ccceceseeeeeeeeeesteeeeeeeaes 188 Sai oP PEG ainaiseen asn aniar aa aa Eata aaaea a aeaa
223. eeseseecteees 344 Printer Driver General Errors cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeecaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeetenneeaeens 344 Driver Mapped to Wrong Pott 2 2 eccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeteteeesnenteaeeees 344 Command Line Options Not Processed ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 345 Cannot Remember Document Password ccceceeeeeeeeseeeeeneees 345 Retrieval of Printer Configuration Failed 0 cc ceeeeereeeeeetteeeeeeeee 345 Cannot Print a Job Using SMB cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaeees 345 Cannot Print a Job as Expected Using PS Printer Driver 346 Cannot Change Settings on Font Tab and Configuration Tab 346 TOPACCESSDOCMON ELlroOls sssesesececcccccccceeceeeesesecesueesseseeseceeeseeeseeeeeees 347 TopAccessDocMon Error Conditions ccccccccceececeeeceeesaeaeaeaeeeenes 347 The Device is Not Responding cee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeentneeeseeettaeeeeeeenaaes 347 Cannot View Job in TopAccessDocMon Print Queue 606 347 Cannot Interpret TopAccessDocMon Messages Warning Errors 348 TopAccessDocMon Error MeSSaQe S eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeneaeeees 348 TopAccessDocMon Notification Messages ccceeeeseteeeeeenees 348 TopAccessDocMon Printer Status Messages eeeeeeeeeeetees 350 Device Status INdiCators 0 00 00 ccccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseteeesennisaeeees 355 Ge A PPO Gx siiceissccceteesc
224. eesneeeseseeeesnsneeesseaeseseeeesaeneesaseenenseeemenneeees 16 About the Client CD ROM cis sdiiesciciceietieia heed ier e a E oa E E Adeeeetedy 17 Printing Guide 15 Features and Functions Extensive Client Platform Support This equipment supports printing from IBM compatible PC Macintosh and UNIX work stations Not all features are supported on all platforms however Various Port Options You can map this equipment to print to a SMB IPP Raw TCP or LPR port Multiple Job Types Job Types refer to the way this equipment handles a print job e Normal mode requires no special handling and is the most frequently used printing mode Scheduled Print lets you specify the time and date at which to print a job e Private Print mode allows you to hold a job in the print queue until you enter a Doc ument Identification Number DIN at the copier touch panel to print the job Proof Print mode prints the first copy of a multi copy job then awaits your approval before printing the remaining copies e Overlay Image File prints a document element such as text or graphics to a file for superimposing on other documents Professional Finishing Options Depending on the type of finishing units you have installed on this equipment you can choose to sort group fold and staple your documents including saddle stitching and punch binding holes along the top or side edge Sophisticated Document Layout and Assembly Options You can ch
225. eground no spool file Background Print Time Urgent Normal Q Print at 3 35PM 8 14 2003 Put Document on Hold 1 Print in This sets how the print job is spooled Foreground no spool file Select this to disable any operation on the com puter until printing is completed Background Select this to enable any operation on the computer during printing 2 Print Time This sets the schedule for printing Urgent Select this to print a job immediately Normal Select this to print a job normally Print at Select this to specify the time that the print job is sent to this equip ment Specify the time and date when this is selected Put Document on Hold Select this to hold the print job in the desktop print queue To send the print job held in the desktop print queue double click the printer icon on the desktop and activate the print job Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 265 266 Color Matching This sets the color matching for printing 22 8 7 Printer MFP_00C67861 Destination Color Matching Print Color Color Grayscale gt Intent Auto selection Printer Profile Use ColorSync Output Profile Generic CMYK Profile Printer s Default 1 Print Color Select Color Grayscale to print to this equipment Other selections are not sup ported by this equipment 2 Intent Do
226. elect the letter size paper for booklet printing mode is Ip o booklet letter filename Page Layout The booklet mode page layout can be selected using the following options Option Value Alternate Value Description left2right off OFF Select right to left page layout for booklet printing mode This value decides the layout of the pages in the book let If this value is OFF then the layout of pages is Right to Left as shown in the figure below Printing Guide Printing from UNIX 305 Option Value Alternate Value Description left2right on ON Select left to right page layout for booklet printing mode This is the default setting If the value is ON then the layout of the pages is from Left to Right as shown in the figure below If left2right off then long edge binding is selected otherwise if left2right on then short edge binding is used Example The command to select left to right page layout for booklet printing mode is Ip o left2right on filename Center Margin The booklet mode center margin can be selected using the following options Option Value Alternate Value Description centermargin value Select the center margin value for booklet printing mode This value specifies in pixels the Center Margin or the Gutter This is in addition to the center margin already specified by the applica
227. elect the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer e STUDIO451 cSeries PELE Windows Update Have Disk NOTE Ifthe same printer driver has been installed the following dialog box appears If it appears select Replace existing driver and click Next Use Existing Driver A driver is already installed for this printer You can use or replace the existing driver TOSHIBA e STUDIO451 cSeries PCLE Do you want to keep the existing driver or use the new one C Keep existing driver recommended Replace existing driver lt Back Cancel Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 141 13 Change the name if desired and click Next Name Your Printer You must assign a name for this printer Supply a name for this printer Some programs do not support server and printer name combinations of more than 31 characters Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer Yes C No lt Back Cancel SUPPLEMENT If any printer drivers have installed on the computer select whether using this printer as a default printer 14 Select whether this printer is shared or not and click Next Printer Sharing You can share this printer with other network users Indicate whether
228. ent Software for Windows 4 5 6 7 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows Click Have Disk x ae Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with Q an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printers AGFAAccuSet v52 3 AGFAAccuSetSF v52 3 AGFA AccuSet 800 AGFA AccuSet 800SF v52 3 AGFAAccuSet 800SF v2013 108 AGFA AccuSet 1000 AT amp T AGFA AccuSet 1000SF v2 3 zi Have Disk Cancel The Install From Disk dialog box appears Click Browse x Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive es selected and then click OK Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from m Z Browse e The Locate File dialog box appears Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive e When inserting the Client Utilities CD ROM the installer may automatically start Click Cancel to exit the installer and continue the operation Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 is located and click Open aixi Lookin usA z acm File name eS AdHI2K int X Open Files of type Setup Information inf Cancel e To install the PCL5c printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL5c lt language gt To install the PCL6 printer driver locate CD
229. epartment code Booklet In the Booklet menu you can set booklet printing Print Printer MFP_00C67861 Presets Standard Printer Features ps Feature Sets Booklet Booklet Paper Size None Off v Left to Right Page Layout Booklet Center Margin 0 points OOO Booklet Outer Margin 0 points Preview Save As PDF 1 Booklet Page Size Select a paper size for the booklet Each two pages are printed on both side of a sheet which is then folded The booklet size will be the half size of the paper size that you specify 2 Left to Right Page Layout Check this to create a booklet can be read from left to right 3 Booklet Center Margin Select the width of space added to the center 4 Booklet Outer Margin Select the width of space added short edge side of a sheet Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 297 Printing from UNIX Printing from an Application 298 NOTES This section describes how to print from a UNIX workstation e When the User Authentication is enabled on the equipment the print jobs that are sent from UNIX workstations are proceed as invalid jobs according to the Depart ment Code Enforcement setting e Before attempting to print from a UNIX workstation make sure all the UNIX Filters are installed in your workstation P 167 Installing Client Software for UNIX Considerations and Limitations e This equipment acts only as a filter and no
230. er Profile None bd Memory Save As jelete emeas I Enable SNMP Restore Defaults J7 Update Automatically Drawer 3 Finisher 2 Holes Ash X Paper Type Paper Type Paper Type Automatic gt Paper Type 256MB bd Communication La Le La Plain iki Plain l4 Plain L HAE Plain OK Cancel Apply Help 4 Click Apply and OK to save settings SUPPLEMENT For more information about each item see descriptions about the Configuration Tab Setting the Department Code When this equipment is managed by department codes you have to enter your depart ment code on the printer driver This allows a network administrator to check the number of copies printed from specific department members Also users can check to see who submitted the print jobs by using the Touch Panel Display and monitoring tools Please ask your administrator whether or not you should enter the Department Code NOTES When the User Authentication is enabled on the equipment the User Authentication is used to manage the print jobs instead of the department code In that case the user name that is entered to login to your computer is used for the authentication of the print job Therefore you do not need to enter the department code in the printer driver but your user name must be registered in the equipment If the user name is not registered your print job is pro
231. er and Use Back Cover options enabled no page is inserted after the front cover and back cover Printing Guide Printing from Windows 221 Source Select the location from where the interleaving sheet is to be fed When Automatic is selected the paper is automatically selected according to the printed document size NOTE The selectable values in the Source drop down box vary depending on the optional devices installed on this equipment and their configuration on the Configuration tab Duplicate When you check on this you can print previous page images on the inserted sheet 222 Printing Guide Printing from Windows Layout Tab Booklet Window In the Booklet window you can print a properly paginated booklet or magazine style publication You can even create bound booklets that are folded and stapled in the cen ter NOTE Booklet printing cannot be set when Tab printing is enabled TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 Printing Preferences 2 x Setup PrintJob Layout Effect Image Quality About O Letter Profile Save As Delete Restore Defaults E i Graphics Text J Number Pages from Right to Left Standard Booklet Multiple Pages per Sheet V2 Output Document Layout Letter Half on Letter Center Margin 0 00 Outer Margin Units I Staple 1 the Center O O68 OC None bd I Use Front Cover Cancel Apply Help 1 Output D
232. er status provides device summary information and access to the print queues Print queue Private Print queue Proof Print queue Scheduled Print queue Fax queue e Filing queue and Invalid queue How to Use TopAccessDocMon 316 To monitor the print job using TopAccessDocMon you must first activate it Also you can configured the settings how TopAccessDocMon works P 316 Running TopAccessDocMon P 318 Configuring TopAccessDocMon Running TopAccessDocMon To access the TopAccessDocMon window you must first activate it P 317 Starting TopAccessDocMon Once you activate TopAccessDocMon you can access the general functions from the Document Monitor menu P 317 Document Monitor Taskbar Menu Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon Starting TopAccessDocMon First load TopAccessDocMon so its icon appears on the Windows operating system taskbar You only need to do this once Starting TopAccessDocMon 1 Click the Start menu 2 Select TOSHIBA e STUDIO Client in the Programs menu and click TopAccessDocMon ke Windows Update Gi Set Program Access and Defaults ROS Accessories startup gt Internet Explorer e The TopAccessDocMon icon appears in the taskbar Document Monitor Taskbar Menu After TopAccessDocMon is activated you can access its functions from the Document Monitor menu display from the TopAccessDocMon icon in the taskbar Dis
233. ere the printer driver for Windows NT 4 0 is located and click Open Locate File x Look in 3 Usa z Sl fa a j Feral eS4cxNT Files of type Setup infomation in A Tarcal e To install the PCL5c printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client NT PCL5c lt language gt e To install the PCL6 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client NT PCL6 lt language gt e To install the PS3 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client NT PS lt language gt Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 75 14 Click OK Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive lt 2 selected and then cick OK EE Copy manufacturer s files from D CLIENTANTSPCLESUSA X 15 Select the printer driver and click Next a Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an Q installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer e STUDIO451 cSeries PELE Have Disk ea NOTE Ifthe same printer driver has been installed the following dialog box appears If it appears select Replace existing driver and click Next Add Printer Wizard x TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 A driver is already installed for this printer Would you like to keep the existing driver or use the new one Your programs may print differently if you use the new d
234. erminates 2 Double click Add Printer from the Printers folder but when prompted to select a port choose Local Port Client Software CD Now Required Problem Description When adding a new printer driver the end user did not choose the Have Disk option instead he selected the printer name from the Add Printer list Corrective Action 1 Cancel the Add Printer Wizard 2 Double click Add Printer from the Printers folder but when prompted to locate the driver click Have Disk 3 Select Use Existing Driver to add another copy of an existing driver or browse to the subdirectory that contains the appropriate inf file File DRV on Client CD Count Not Be Found Problem Description When adding a new printer driver the user did not choose the Have Disk option but selected the printer name from the Add Printer list Corrective Action 1 Cancel the Add Printer Wizard 2 Double click Add Printer from the Printers folder but when prompted to locate the driver click Have Disk 3 Browse to the subdirectory that contains the appropriate inf file Location Does Not Contain Information About Your Hardware Problem Description The path to the inf file selected during driver installation is too far away In other words there are too many characters in the directory path Corrective Action Copy the directory containing the inf file to the local drive and resume installation Printing Guide Printer Driver Errors 343
235. ers for each Oper ating System are installed to a NDPS broker the Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears Continue to the next step 4 Click Have Disk sf Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an Co installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers uSet 1000 Set 1000SF v2013 108 AGFAAccuSet 1000SF v52 3 AGFA AccuSet 1500 AGFA AccuSet 1500SF v2013 108 Bull AGFA AccuSet 800 Ftnah f AGFA AccuSet RNNSF v2M3 1NA H Have Disk lt Back Cancel e The Install From Disk dialog box appears 5 Click Browse Install From Disk x Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive selected and then click OK Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from a Bs The Open dialog box appears 6 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive e When inserting the Client Utilities CD ROM the installer may automatically start Click Cancel to exit the installer and continue the operation Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 125 7 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows 98 Me is located and click OK Open BE File name Folders Co eS 4dei9x ink d olient 9x_me pel6 usa Cancel ays amp client E me 4 pcl6 e To install the PCL5c printer driver locate CD ROM drive Clien
236. erties F 21x General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Security Fonts Configuration About TOSHIBA r supi0o451c Series Printer Driver Version 2 2 14 0 Localize Version 014 000 Copyright c 2003 2005 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All Rights Reserved Copyright c 1998 2005 Monotype Imaging Inc All Rights Reserved Copyright c Hewlett Packard Company All Rights Reserved Printing with Extended Print Functionality In this section procedures are given to print various types of print job using the layout and finishing options This section can help you to find a print method that you desired Printing Various Print Job Types The printer drivers provide various ways to handle such jobs as Scheduled Print Pri vate Print Proof Print Overlay Image file and Store to e Filing Printing Scheduled Print Jobs The Print Scheduling feature allows you to specify the date and time to print your job This can be especially useful for delaying printing until off peak hours Printing on a specified data and time 1 Display the Print Job tab and select Scheduled Print Scheduled Print Time 6 10 2003 10 02PM Edit 2 Click Edit The Scheduled Time dialog box appears Printing Guide Printing from Windows 239 240 NOTE 3 Click the arrow button at the Date drop down box to dis play the Calendar window and select the date that you want to print ME Scheduled T
237. es CD ROM the installer may automatically start Click Cancel to exit the installer and continue the operation 6 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows 98 Me is located and click OK Browse for Folder BE Select the folder that contains driver information INF file for ice Eig e STUDIO Client E H O Admin EME Client B A w me 2 PelBe EH Pole O Fre C Ger e To install the PCL5c printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client 9X_ME PCL5c lt language gt e To install the PCL6 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client 9X_ME PCL6 lt language gt To install the PS3 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client 9X_ME PS lt language gt Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 33 7 Click Next Add New Hardware Wizard Windows will search for new drivers in its driver database on your hard drive and in any of the following selected locations Click Next to start the search I Floppy disk drives T CD ROM drive I Microsoft Windows Update F Specify a location E CLIENT SX_ME PCLE USA X lt Back Next gt Cancel 8 Click Next Add New Hardware Wizard Windows driver file search for the device TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCLE Windows is now ready to install the best driver for this device Click Back to select a different driver or click Next to continue Location of driver T G ENCLIENT X MEN
238. eseeeeeeeeeeeaneeeees 208 Primary Tab Dialog n s eeen 210 Print Golf a e a a ends 266 Print Cover Page ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeees 266 286 Print Document ccececceeeeeeseeeeeeeeaeeeees 285 Print Error Information s ssccceeeeeeeeeeees 231 PRIMt IN terete ec sa seat cost O A A 265 Print Job Status Messages oeeo 342 Print JOD Tab oimne i dees 207 Print Mode ccceceeeeeseeeeeeeees 273 288 289 Print on Both Sides csceseeeeeeees 269 283 Print on first page only 0ccee 228 255 Print Options 200 ceeel ence asniieeeeeeee 203 Print over the document 0ccceceeeeeeeeeees 229 Print Paper Size ceeeeeeeeees 210 246 259 Print QUEUS 55 0 5533 2 aaant aaae ieie ierat ia 321 Print to Overlay File ceceeee 216 243 printer description file eeeeeees 200 Printer Drivers cccccesseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 17 20 21 Printer ICON iieiea ahs a idea tiaaceuiates 330 Printer IMaQe cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteteeeeeneeeeeees 331 369 INDEX Printer Information c cseceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 331 Printer Name ccceeceessenseeeeeeeaaees 207 321 Printer Profile riein i aeiae 266 Printer Status ccccccccsssseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeees 321 Printers File Menu c cseceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 322 PROFITY c seco cecesc ined cdetine eit caras a a 285 Private Print cccceccccceesseeeeeeeeeenees 215 240 P
239. etwork e You can quit the process by clicking Stop Discovery e It may not find the device that is located in the different segment If a device cannot be found find a device manually from the Manual Selection button P 325 Finding a printer by entering printer address manually e If the process continues for a long time it is because too many network clients are in the network Also you must change the discover settings if you want to search for a printer in the IPX SPX network In these cases please configure the discovery set tings using the Advanced button P 327 Configuring Discovery Settings When the equipment is connected to the IPX SPX network of the NDS or NDPS envi ronment the equipment cannot be discovered on Windows 98 Me In this case please configure the connection manually P 325 Finding a printer by entering printer address manually 3 When the process is complete the printers that have been found are listed in the list Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon 4 Select the printers that you want to monitor from the list and x Name IPAIPX Address Location Model 3 10 10 70 105 TOSHIBA e STU 5 Select a printer for your printer Consult Uf with your administrator for more Start Discovery information Advanced Device Information Manual Selection http 10 10 70 105 8080 OK Cancel Help e TopAccessDocMon connects to selected printer and dis
240. ext Responding Step gt and status bar message Is this g equipment responding 4 Try resubmitting the job Does P 348 Cannot Interpret the printer status read Docu End gt TopAccessDocMon Mes ment has printed successfully sages Warning Errors Client Error for Macintosh Platform No Check Yes No For Instruction Go To 1 Is this equipment you created End ae P 150 Installing the selected in the Chooser Printer on Mac OS 8 6 9 x Print Job Status Messages The status and result of the print jobs is indicated as following in the Print Job page in the Job Status tab and Print Log page in the Logs tab Error Code Cause Corrective Action PM size error 1200 dpi print jobs cannot be printed without 402F the optional expansion memory Send a print job with a 600 dpi setting HDD full error Delete unnecessary private print jobs and 4031 et tea rhea invalid department print jobs A221 Job canceled Job was canceled Power failure Check if the power cable is connected properly A222 and it is inserted securely Check if the power voltage is unstable 342 Printing Guide When Printing cannot be Performed Printer Driver Errors Printer Driver Installation Error Messages Setup Needs to Copy Windows NT Files Problem Description The wrong port type was selected from the Printer Ports dialog Corrective Action 1 Click Cancel until the Add Printer Wizard t
241. f type Setup Information inf x Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive SHY selected and then click OK Eel Copy manufacturer s files from JEACLIENTSW2K_XP_2003 PCLE USA z Browse Select the printer driver and click OK x 2 Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with Q an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Printers TOSHIBA e STUDIO451 cSeries PELE Have Disk Cancel If any other printer driver s had already been installed on your computer the Default Printer screen is displayed Continue to next step e If no printer driver had been installed on your computer the complete screen is displayed Skip to step 15 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows NOTE Ifthe same printer driver has been installed the following dialog box appears If it appears select Replace existing driver and click Next Use Existing Driver A driver is already installed for this printer You can use or replace the existing driver TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCLE Do you want to keep the existing driver or use the new one C Keep existing driver recommended Replace existing driver lt Back Cancel 14 Select whether using this printer as a default printer and click Next Default Printer Your computer will always
242. f your printer came with an installation Ce disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printers Agfa E AGFA AccuSet v52 3 Alps AGFA AccuSetSF v52 3 Apollo AGFA AccuSet 800 Apple AGFA AccuSet 800SF v52 3 APS PS AGFA AccuSet 800SF v2013 108 AST AGFA AccuSet 1000 ATLRO AGFA Anana 1NNNCE WR 2 zl Windows Update Have Disk The Install From Disk dialog box appears Click Browse x Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive Ets f selected and then click OK Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from 4 eoe The Locate File dialog box appears Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive e When inserting the Client Utilities CD ROM the installer may automatically start Click Cancel to exit the installer and continue the operation Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 is located and click Open CI ax Look in 5 USA J ec Lo Fie name eS 4dsl2K inf X My Network P Files of type Setup Information inf Cancel To install the PCL5c printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL5c lt language gt To install the PCL6 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL6 lt language gt e To install the PS3 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K
243. far Toshiba Desice LPD LPR Host or Printer Lasy Software Products All Rights a ystems CUPS amd the CUPS loge are the trademark mary Products All other trademarks are the pro Mf their res mer Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX 179 15 Enter the Ipd lt IP address gt Print in the Device URI field and click Continue ESP Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Admin Device URI for Toshiba Print file path to filename prn http hostnome 691 ipp Rttp hostnume 631 ipp port pp hostnome ipp ipp hostname ipp port lpd hostnome queue socket fhostname socket hostname 9100 yright 1993 2003 by Easy Software Products All Rig y sy Soltware Products All other trademarks NOTE Make sure to capitalize the P in Print for the device URI 16 Select TOSHIBA at the Make list and click Continue jam Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Admin dodet Driver for Toshiba Raw CANON DYMO EPSON HP LEXMARK OKIDATA Emy Software Products All Right acta All other trademark anc NOTE If you do not see TOSHIBA in the Make list restart CUPS 17 Select the PPD in the Model list and click Continue Admin Moilet Driver foe Toshiba TOSHIBA en 180 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX 18 The page shows that the printer has been installed correctly Cli
244. field EE x Select Port Select the port for Printer rf Type the network path or the queue name of your printer If you don t know its name click Browse to view available network printers Network path or queue name Mfp 00c67861 Sprint Discovery Browse lt Back S NOTE It automatically obtains the IP address of the equipment and the queue name specified by an administrator in the Network path or queue name field in the General submenu page of the Setup menu in the TopAccess administrator mode If you cannot obtain the queue name ask your administrator that the Network path or queue name field is cor rectly specified 5 Continue the installation from step 10 of Installing the client software for SMB printing on page 86 Specifying the IP address manually 1 Click Discovery TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client InstallShield Wizard xj Select Port E Select the port for Printer 7 Type the network path or the queue name of your printer If you don t know its name click Browse to view available network printers Network path or queue name LPT1 Discovery Browse lt Back Cancel The TopAccessDocMon Local Discovery dialog box appears Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 93 94 2 Click Manual Selection x Name IPAPX Address Location Model 3 Select Start Discovery to begin the k discovery process Start Discovery A
245. file and launch TopAc cessDocMon NOTE The Installer may ask you to restart your computer If it does select Yes want to restart my computer now and click Finish to restart your computer Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 31 NOTE SUPPLEMENTS NOTE 32 13 The installation is completed Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Installation for Parallel Printing by Plug and Play The procedure to install the printer driver for Parallel printing by Plug and Play differs depending on the version of the Windows being used P 32 Windows 98 Me P 35 Windows 2000 P 38 Windows XP Server 2003 TopAccessDocMon is not available when this equipment is only connected using the printer cable However when this equipment and your computer are connected to the local area network as well as this equipment is connected to the parallel port of your computer you can use TopAccessDocMon to monitor your print jobs To install TopAccessDocMon you must install it from the Client Utilities CD ROM sepa rately The Agfa Font Manager is also available to install and manage the TrueType fonts on your computer To install the Agfa Font Manager you must install it from the Cli ent Utilities CD ROM separately The Plug and Play function is not supp
246. files to install the PS3 printer driver on the Windows 98 Me for each language version by Add Printer Wizard or Plug and Play Client Utilities CD ROM Client NT PS lt language gt This includes the setup files to install the PS3 printer driver on the Windows NT 4 0 for each language version by Add Printer Wizard e Client Utilities CD ROM Client W2K_XP_2003 PS lt language gt This includes the setup files to install the PS3 printer driver on the Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 for each language version by Add Printer Wizard or Plug and Play USB Driver for Windows 98 e Client Utilities CD ROM Client USB lt language gt This includes the setup files to install the USB driver on the Windows 98 for each language version Printer Driver Setup files Zip Compressed Client Utilities CD ROM Client PandP lt language gt This includes the compressed zip files that contain the setup files to install each printer driver for each language version Further information about user software for Windows is described in next chapter P 20 About Client Software for Windows Printing Guide About the Client CD ROM 17 For Macintosh SUPPLEMENT For UNIX SUPPLEMENT 18 The contents of the Client Utilities CD ROM Macintosh PPD files e Client Utilities CD ROM Client MacPPD 0S9 lt language gt This includes the PPD file for Apple LaserWriter8 to enable printing from Macintosh on the Mac OS 8 6 Mac OS 9 x and Mac OS
247. flerText Blackltalic 34 Copperplate ThirtyTwoBC 76 HoeflerText Ornaments 35 Copperplate Thirty ThreeBC 77 JoannaMT 36 Coronet Regular 78 JoannaMT Italic 37 Courier 79 JoannaMT Bold 38 Courier Oblique 80 JoannaMT Bolditalic 39 Courier Bold 81 LetterGothic 40 Courier BoldOblique 82 LetterGothic Slanted 41 Eurostile 83 LetterGothic Bold 42 Eurostile Bold 84 LetterGothic BoldSlanted Printing Guide Internal Fonts List 365 85 LubalinGraph Book 128 Univers CondensedBold 86 LubalinGraph BookOblique 129 Univers CondensedBoldOblique 87 LubalinGraph Demi 130 Univers Extended 88 LubalinGraph DemiOblique 131 Univers ExtendedObl 89 Marigold 132 Univers BoldExt 90 Monaco 133 Univers BoldExtObl 91 MonaLisa Recut 134 Wingdings Regular 92 NewCenturySchlbk Roman 135 ZapfChancery Mediumlitalic 93 NewCenturySchlbk Italic 136 94 NewCenturySchlbk Bold 95 NewCenturySchlbk Boldltalic 96 NewYork 97 Optima 98 Optima ltalic 99 Optima Bold 100 Optima Boldltalic 101 Oxford 102 Palatino Roman 103 Palatino Italic 104 Palatino Bold 105 Palatino Boldlitalic 106 StempelGaramond Roman 107 StempelGaramond ltalic 108 StempelGaramond Bold 109 StempelGaramond Boldltalic 110 Symbol 111 Taffy 112 Times Roman 113 Times ltalic 114 Times Bold 115 Times Boldltalic 116 TimesNewRomanPSMT 117 TimesNe
248. folder select the printer icon that you want to delete and press the Delete key e When using Windows 98 Me or Windows NT 4 0 uninstallation has finished e When using Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 continue to the next step 2 Click the File menu and select Server Properties En Printers zox Fie Edit View Favorites Tools Help Bsearch Gyrolders C4 MS GE X A EB Se erti zl P60 The Add Printer wizard gives you step by step instructions for installing a printer To install a new printer double click the Add Printer icon Windows 2000 Support e The Print Server Properties dialog box appears 148 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 3 Display the Drivers tab Select the printer drivers that you want to delete and click Remove ux Forms Ports Drivers Advanced A at T_TAKE02 Bw Installed printer drivers Environment Version Acrobat PDFWiiter Intel Windows NT 4 0 or 2000 AdobePS Acrobat Distiller _ Intel 00 Add Remove Update Properties Cancel Apply e The confirmation dialog box appears 4 Click OK zi 2 Deleting these printer drivers will remove them from the system Are you sure you want to delete the selected printer drivers Yes No The printer drivers are completely deleted Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 149 Installing Client Software for Macintosh Please refer to following instruct
249. for UNIX 173 2 To manually edit the configuration file etc Ip interfaces lt queue name gt conf add a line that consists of the parame ter and value e For example to change the default orientation to Landscape add the follow ing line orient LANDSCAPE Deleting the Print Queue There are two ways to delete the print queue one is deleting a print queue using est451crm and the other is deleting a print queue manually without using est451crm P 174 Deleting a Print Queue Using est451crm P 174 Deleting a Print Queue Manually Deleting a Print Queue Using est451crm When you want to delete the queue using est451crm perform the following procedure Deleting a print queue 1 Log on to the root account 2 Enter the following command est45lcrm lt queue name gt SUPPLEMENTS This command uses the system s lpadmin command to delete the print queue and configuration file e Please restart the Ipd under Linux Deleting a Print Queue Manually You can also configure the print queue by adding a print queue manually The procedure varies depending on the operating systems P 174 Deleting a print queue manually on Solaris P 174 Deleting a print queue manually on HP UX 2 P 175 Deleting a print queue manually on IBM AIX P 175 Deleting a print queue manually on Linux 2 P 176 Deleting a print queue manually on OpenUNIX Deleting a print queue manually on Solaris 1 Log on t
250. g When you want to setup IPP print queue in the Mac OS X follow the procedures here When IPP SSL is enabled on the Equipment When the IPP SSL is enabled on the equipment you requires the following settings on Mac OS X e OpenSSL should be installed e CUPS should be configured with enable ssl option e HTTPS symbol should be created in the usr libexec cups backend directory 1 2 3 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Macintosh Run the Terminal in the Utilities folder and login with root privileges Use su or sudo s to login with root privileges Enter the following command cd usr libexec cups backend Enter the following command ln s ipp https Restart the Mac OS X 163 1 Start the Print Center for Mac OS X 10 2 4 to 10 2 8 or Printer Setup Utility for Mac OS X 10 3 x located in the Applications Utility folder in the Boot Disk eoo Utilities fo egy A View Computer Home Favorites Applications 1 o i A S Network Utility ODBC Administrator Print Center e The Printer List dialog box appears 2 Click Add by pressing the option button Printer List Add Wl Status e This is mandatory to show all the advanced print option in the drop down box in the Print List window 3 Select Advanced in the drop down box and specify the items as described below 0o Printer List o Device Internet
251. g Tabs seses 329 Document Notification cccccceceeeeeneeeeees 320 Draw as Outline ccceeeeeeeesseeeeeeees 231 257 Draw Border Around Pages 225 253 Drawer 25 0 E E niente caress 238 Drawer2 eies ariana e diane EE eda 238 Drawn a t ori n A E aR 238 Drawer 4 ennio i ra e aei ie e 238 Duplicate iieiea eaii 222 227 250 E Effect Tab cissictestssctiancacstestad edad daabacetheadecs 207 Enable IPX SPX Search 000c00e 327 335 Enable SNMP Communication 006 238 Enable TCP IP Search s 0cceeeees 328 335 Event Notification cccccceseseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 339 Events ainn nce ea a 319 F RETU E E EAE E PE 16 Filter aare r ses E E 18 Find All Devices on the Network 006 335 Find TOSHIBA Devices 0cccceeeeeeeeeeees 335 Finisher arran nal e 196 237 First page from cccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 288 Font Manager cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 20 360 F nt NaMe aeia teiaa 230 256 Font S ZE iaee eani 231 256 Fonts Tabi einoh e ea 208 Fomati eoar naat a otada ste 284 Format fOr ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeees 263 279 FUNCIONS scr diocienc cetera tate tote awit acids 16 G General tsi Maciocia ie ae 264 General Errors s cscceceesseneeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeea 344 GL DOCMON 10 ccceecseseeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeaneaeeeeeeaeas 20 H Halftone 2isciic t 2a ccsateecaadeadceest 232 233 235 Help eieaa secevadandberteds deocc
252. g from the Document Monitor Menu seeen 322 Accessing from the Printers File Menu 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeees 322 Searching for a Printer ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeteesensenaaees 323 TopAccessDoOcMon Window ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeas 328 Checking Device Status 0 ccceeeceeeeeeneeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteesecsinaaees 330 Changing Monitoring Devices ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeetecteeeeeeeeees 331 Adding DeVICES e i aT eea ae Aee eaaa rE Aaaa E e ekaa ea EEA 331 Monitoring QUEUES ipa eaaa Mca tedievadde oda seacheeteblindeeeel 336 Event Notification isd e a a a a aE a aa aea 339 5 Troubleshoot g a aces ceccdncrirasesedencdacnnidoranteasrarertelenweslatinantsaantsecueideniai 341 When Printing cannot be Performed ccccececeeeeeeereeeeetetaeeeeeetneeeeeread 342 Printer Driver EOTS ia aaa i e ae a a aadi 343 Printer Driver Installation Error MeSSageS ccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeenteeteeeeeaes 343 Setup Needs to Copy Windows NT Files 0 eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 343 Client Software CD Now Required ccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeaeeees 343 File DRV on Client CD Count Not Be Found 00 eeeee 343 Location Does Not Contain Information About Your Hardware 343 This Port is Currently in USC cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeenaeeeeeeenaaes 344 Problem with the Current Printer Setup 0 ccccecscesee
253. g functions Toner Empty a The color of the Toner Empty icon varies depending on which toner cartridge is empty Black Black Toner Empty Cyan Cyan Toner Empty Magenta Magenta Toner Empty Yellow Yellow Toner Empty For information on resolving the error condition refer to REPLACE TONER CAR TRIDGE SYMBOL in Operator s Manual for Basic Function Toner Full bo The Toner Full error icon indicates you need to replace the toner container For information on resolving the error condition refer to REPLACE TONER BAG SYM BOL in Operator s Manual for Basic Function Printing Guide TopAccessDocMon Errors e Paper Empty j The Out of Paper error icon shows that drawer is empty A paper out condition does not necessarily terminate a print or copy job If Auto select options are configured printing and copying may continue by drawing paper from a different drawer Refer to the TopAccess online Help for instructions on setting up Auto Select mode For information on resolving the error condition refer to ADD PAPER SYMBOL in Operator s Manual for Basic Function e Paper Jam a The Paper Jam icon indicates that you need to remove jammed paper from the equipment For information on resolving the error condition refer to CLEAR PAPER SYMBOL in Operator s Manual for Basic Function e Staple Empty The Add Staples error icon indicates you need to add staples to the finisher For
254. ger is also available to install and manage the TrueType fonts on your computer To install the Agfa Font Manager you must install it from the Cli ent Utilities CD ROM separately Windows 98 Me Installing the printer driver for Novell printing by Add Printer Wizard The following describes an installation on Windows 98 The procedure is the same when Windows Me is used 1 Install the printer driver by Add Printer Wizard e Please install the printer driver following the instruction of the installation for parallel printing P 40 Installation for Parallel Printing by Add Printer Wizard Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 2 After installing the client software click Start select Set tings and click Printers to open the Printers folder fem Programs 2 Favorites gt eR Taskbar amp Start Menu QJ Folder Options A Active Desktop B Windows Update e2ag s 3 Select the printer driver and select Properties in the File menu File Edt View Go Favores Help _ j _ _ XRAN i Pause Printing F v Set as Default _ os G F amp S Sharing TOSHIBA TOSHIBA STUDIOS e STUDIO4 Capture Printer Port End Capture Create Shortcut Delete o Displays the properties of the selected items a The printer driver properties dialog box appears 4 Display the Details tab and click Add Port TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries
255. ges are printed per sheet Using Watermarks Watermarks overprint your document with useful information such as Confidential Draft or Original You can choose from several predefined watermarks or you can create and save your own custom watermarks Watermarks are text only To add graphics or other document elements use image overlays instead Printing a watermark 1 Display the Effect tab and select the watermark to be printed at the Watermark drop down box Watermark N ore l None a TOP SECRET CONFIDENTIAL NOTE You can create a new watermark if the watermark that you prefer is not listed in the drop down box 2 If you want to print the watermark on only the first page check on the Print on first page only box Watermark CONFIDENTIAL Add Edit Delete JV Print on First Page Only 3 Set other print options you require and click OK 4 Click OK or Print to send a print job e The print job is printed with the watermark Printing Guide Printing from Windows 255 Creating or editing a watermark 1 Click Add to create new watermark or select a watermark that you want to edit and click Edit to edit a watermark Watermark es VV Add Delete e The Watermark dialog box appears LS x 4 Caption Sample Font Name Arial x i Style Regular bad Colo BB bcc 7 Browse Font Size Zit gt E gt 6 300 4 F
256. ges will be printed on the sheets accord ing to the print option settings and then simply fold and staple double in the cen ter of the sheets SUPPLEMENT Center Double can be used to create a booklet from a document that has been already created as a paginated booklet To create a paginated booklet from a normal document perform the booklet printing P 223 Layout Tab Booklet Window 3 N ak er TTTTTT y AWS NOTES The selectable options vary depending on the paper size None can only be selected if a finisher is not installed e Center Double can only be selected when the Saddle stitch Finisher is installed and configured on the Configuration tab None can only be selected when the Booklet printing is set at the Layout tab 11 Hole Punch This sets whether a print job is printed with hole punches None Select this to print without hole punches Printing Guide Printing from Windows 213 Center Top Select this to create holes on the upper side and print 3 Middle Left Select this to create holes on the left side and print 3 o o N
257. gt To install the PS3 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PS lt language gt Click OK Found new Hardware Wizard x Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive amp selected and then click OK Eel Copy manufacturer s files from EACLIENT W2K_XP_2003 PCL6 USA x Driver Files Search Results om The wizard has finished searching for driver files for your hardware device Sy The wizard found a driver for the following device oy Unknown Windows found a driver for this device To install the driver Windows found click Next D e client w2k_xp_2003 pcl6 usa es4dxl2K inf 7 Cancel e It starts copying files Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows NOTE NOTE 10 Click Finish Found New Hardware Wizard Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard TOSHIBA e STUDIO451 cSeries PCLE Windows has finished installing the software for this device To close this wizard click Finish 11 The installation is completed Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Windows XP Server 2003 Installing the printer driver for parallel printing by Plug and Play You must log into Windows as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege
258. h for printers in local subnet Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon 335 Specify a range Select this to search for printers in a specific range of IP addresses When this is selected enter the IP addresses in the From field and To field to specify the range Monitoring Queues Each of the TopAccessDocMon job status tabs display essentially the same informa tion The Queue tabs on the TopAccessDocMon window are vary depending on the monitor ing device e STUDIO451c Series e STUDIO850 Series e STUDIO4511 Series e STUDIO450 Series and e STUDIO280 Series Print Queue Private Print Proof Print Scheduled Print Fax e Filing and Invalid GL 1020 Print Queue Private Print Proof Print Scheduled Print Fax TopAccess Composer and Invalid GL 1010 Print Queue Private Print Proof Print Scheduled Print Fax TopAccess Composer and Invalid SC 2 Device Status Print Queue Private Print and Proof Print Job status information Document Name is the name of the document that is printing e Status is the state or condition of the job e Scheduled for Scheduled Print jobs this item displays the date and time the job is scheduled to print in localized form User Name identifies who submitted the job e Pages shows the pages in the job and number of pages printed e Submitted is the date and time that the print job was submitted e Copies
259. h your system administra tor to make sure of the following This equipment is connected to the network and turned on The TCP IP setting is correct on this equipment and your computer Installation for SMB Printing Using the Installer You can install the client software and set up the SMB printing using the installer in the Client Utilities CD ROM Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 85 NOTE It assumes using SMB printing in a small network If you can use the Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 as a print server it is recom mended to set up for printing via Windows print server For further information about setting up printing via a Windows print server see the Network Administration Guide Installing the client software for SMB printing The following describes an installation on Windows 2000 The procedure is the same when other versions of Windows are used NOTE You must log into Windows as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege when using Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 1 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive The installer automatically starts and the Choose Setup Language dialog box appears e Ifthe installer does not automatically start double click Setup exe in the Client Utilities CD ROM 2 Select your language and click OK x Select the language for the inst
260. he Finisher NOTE Tray 1 and Tray 2 are only available when the Hanging Finisher Multi staple Fin isher or Saddle stitch Finisher are installed 2 Hole Punch This sets whether or not a print job is hole punched Off Select this to print without hole punches Long Edge Punch without rotation Select this to create holes on the left side for the portrait document or on the top for the landscape document a ITI A 3 N o o TTT Short Edge Punch without rotation Select this to create holes on the top for the portrait document or on the right for the landscape document gt a TT ss 3 o o N En o TI Long Edge Punch with 180 degree rotation Select this to create holes on the right side for the portrait document or on the bottom for the landscape docu ment es N o Ie a ITI o o TTI Short Edge Punch with 180 degree rotation Select this to creat
261. he LaserWriter 8 printer driver remains selected as the current printer until you choose a new printer Setting Options and Printing from Macintosh Computer In Mac OS applications print options are set from both the Page Setup dialog box and the Print dialog box Printing from Macintosh applications 1 Open a file and select Page Setup from the File menu of the application 2 Select the name of the equipment at the Format for drop down box and specify the Page Setup settings for your print job LaserWriter 8 Page Setup ee Paper Other J Orientation Na JE scate 100 Setting the Page Setup varies depending on how you want to print a docu ment CQ P 263 Print Options for Page Setup Dialog on Mac OS 8 6 9 x 3 Click OK to save the Page Setup settings Select Print from the File menu of the application 5 In the dialog box that appears make sure the name of the equipment is selected at the Printer menu and specify the Print settings for your print job 22 8 7 Printer MFP_00C67861 Destination copies M Collated Pages All Paper Source All pages from Auto Default Q First page from Auto Default Remaining from Auto Default e Setting the Print Setup varies depending on how you want to print a docu ment P 264 Print Options for Print Dialog on Mac OS 8 6 9 x 262 Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh NOTES SUPPLEM
262. he installation of the printer drivers you should configure the option settings on the printer drivers There are two methods to configure the options If this equipment and your computer are not connected in the TCP IP network you can configure the options manually P 195 Configuring the Options Manually If this equipment and your computer are connected in the TCP IP network you can configure the options automatically obtaining the settings using the SNMP Commu nication Q P 196 Configuring the Options Automatically When the printer drivers are installed using Point and Print on Windows 98 Me you must click Update Now in the Configuration tab before starting to use for printing When the printer drivers are installed using Point and Print on Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP Server 2003 and the option settings are changed in the Configuration tab the changes that are made in the Configuration tab will not be made available when printing from the application unless you change and apply one of the settings in the print options that are shown in the Printing Default button in the Advanced tab for Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 or the Document Default command in the File menu for Windows NT 4 0 After you change one of the settings the changes that you made in the Configuration tab will be correctly applied The following procedure describes how to make the changes that you made in the Configuration tab available from the appli
263. he name supplied below When you have finished lick Next Printer name Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer Yes No lt Back Cancel 11 Select Yes to print a test page and click Finish Add Printer Wizard After your printer is installed Windows can print a test Page so you can confirm that the printer is set up properly as Would you like to print a test page lt Back Cancel 12 The printer driver is installed NOTE Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP Server 2003 Installing the printer drivers for Novell printing by Point and Print The following describes an installation on Windows 2000 The procedure is the same when Windows NT 4 0 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 is used NOTE You must log into Windows as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege when using Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 127 128 1 Open the NetWare queue for the equipment in the network with Windows Explorer and double click a queue When the NetWare has been set up for the Bindery mode open the NetWare file server and double click the queue for the eq
264. he paper size setting you most commonly use optional device settings user infor mation settings etc are settings you will not want to change every time you print It is convenient to set these options as initial values If you have install the printer driver by Point and Print on Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 please set the initial values of print options from the Printing Default button in the Advanced tab on the properties dialog box that can be displayed by selecting Properties in the File menu The initial values cannot be set by the fol lowing method How to display 1 Click Start Settings and select Printers for Windows 98 Me NT 4 0 2000 or Printers and Faxes for Windows XP Server 2003 2 Select the printer driver for the equipment click the File menu and select Properties for Windows 98 Me Docu ment Defaults for Windows NT 4 0 or Printing Prefer ences for Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 203 Setting Print Options for Each Print Job Setting the print options by displaying the printer properties from the Print dialog box within an application will establish the values for the current print job The print option settings specific to each print job are set using this method How to display 1 Click the File menu and select Print on an application 2 Select the printer driver of the equipment to be used and Click Properties Setting Print O
265. he wizard searches for suitable drivers in its driver database on your computer and in any of the following optional search locations that you specify To start the search click Next If you are searching on a floppy disk or CD ROM drive insert the floppy disk or CD before clicking Next Optional search locations I Floppy disk drives IV Specify a location T Microsoft Windows Update 7 Click Browse 5 gt __ Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive OK amp selected and then click OK E Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from E386 x Browse e The Locate File dialog box appears 8 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows 2000 is located select a INF file and click Open aix lookin usa o enom amp History Desktop 33 eS4dxl2k inf My Documents File name Files of type To install the PCL5c printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL5c lt language gt To install the PCL6 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL6 lt language gt To install the PS3 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PS lt language gt 9 Click OK xi 5 Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive OK amp selected and then click OK oa Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from JEACLIENTSw2K_XP_2003 PCLE USA z Browse Printing Guide
266. ial Help v Start Print Queue B USCA Has Stop Print Queue Show Manual Feed Alert Set Default Printer 38L Pages Copies e The LaserWriter setup dialog box appears 11 Select each option item in the Change drop down menu and select installed option in the To drop down menu according to the configuration of this equipment LaserWriter setup for 10 10 70 105 p PostScript Printer Description PPD File TOSHIBA_e STUDIO451cSeries f Options __ Finisher Multi Position Stapler and Hole Punch Drawer Drawer 3 amp To Drawer 3 amp 4 T Finisher Not Installed Select this when no finisher is installed Single Position Stapler Select this when the Hanging Finisher is installed Multi Position Stapler Select this when the Multi staple Finisher or Saddle stitch Finisher is installed Multi Position Stapler and Hole Punch Select this when the Multi staple Finisher or Saddle stitch Finisher and Hole Punch unit are installed NOTE When you select Multi Position Stapler or Multi Position Stapler and Hole Punch the saddle stitching function will be selectable for printing However saddle stitching is available only when the Saddle stitch Finisher is installed Drawer Not Installed Select this when no optional drawer is installed Drawer 3 Select this when the drawer 3 is installed Drawer 3 am
267. ialog on Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 x 3 Click OK to save the Page Setup settings 4 Select Print from the File menu of the application 5 In the dialog box that appears make sure the name of the equipment is selected at the Printer menu and specify the Print settings for your print job Print Printer MFP_00C67861 Presets Standard Copies amp Pages Ww Copies 1 M collated Pages all O From 1 to 162 Cancel Prit O Preview Save As PDF Setting the Print Setup varies depending on how you want to print a docu ment Q P 280 Print Options for Print Dialog on Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 x 6 Click Print to print a document Print Options for Page Setup Dialog on Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 x The Page Setup dialog boxes can be displayed by selecting the Page Setup com mand from the File menu of the application In the Page Setup dialog boxes you can specify the Page Attribute settings The Page Setup dialog boxes vary across applications Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh Page Attributes Page Setup Settings Page Attributes HA Format for MFP_00000184 H3 TOSHIBA e STUDIO45 1c Paper Size US Letter By 8 50 in x 11 0 in Orientation fi 1 OO Scale 100 1 Format for This select the printer to be used for printing 2 Paper Size This selects the size of
268. iba tap bin flag lt queue name gt Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX 11 If the above file exists enter the following command opt toshiba tap bin printconf import a lt queue name gt IP ADDRESS rm opt toshiba tap bin flag lt queue name gt 12 Restart your Ipd Creating a print queue manually on OpenUNIX 1 Log on to the root account 2 Open your Linux UNIX editor 3 Create the following file etc lp interfaces lt queue name gt conf 4 Adda line as below in the lt queue name gt conf dest lt IP address gt 5 Save the file 6 Enter the following command chmod x lt queue name gt conf 7 Enter the following command chown lp lp lt queue name gt conf 8 Enter the following command lpadmin p lt queue name gt v dev null I any i usr lib lp model net_est451c 9 Enter the following command accept lt queue name gt 10 Enter the following command nable lt queue name gt Changing the Default Values You can change the default values of a print queue by the following procedure Changing the default values of a print queue 1 Study the interface file named lt queue name gt stored in the etc Ip interfaces directory e This file contains all of the default settings and values that can be set These values are case sensitive and must conform to the bin sh variable format Printing Guide Installing Client Software
269. ick OK Add Port BE Select the type of port you want to add C Network Specify the network path to the printer Other Click the type of port you want to add Cancel The Port Name dialog box appears 100 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 6 Enter lt NetBIOS Name gt print in the field and click OK Port Name 21 Enter a port name SMFP O0C67861 print Cancel Example NetBIOS Name MFP 00C67861 MFP 00C67861 print SUPPLEMENT You can also enter the IP address instead of the NetBIOS Name Example 10 10 70 120 print 7 Click OK to save settings TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 Properties 21x Image Quality Fonts Configuration About General Details Color Management Sharing Setup Printdob Layout Effect a TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCLE Print to the following port MMFP 00C678615print Unknown local p E r A Delete Port Print using the following driver TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCLE M New Driver Capture Printer Port End Capture Timeout settings Not selected 15 seconds Transmission rety 45 seconds Spool Settings Part Settings Windows NT 4 0 Installing the printer driver for SMB printing by Add Printer Wizard NOTE You must log into Windows NT 4 0 as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege 1 Click Start select Settings and click Printe
270. ield Outer Margin 0 030 e You can change the unit of the margin at the Units drop down box e The center margin can be set from 0 000 inch to 1 00 inches in units of 0 01 inch when the unit is inch and from 0 000 mm to 25 40 mm in units of 0 10 mm when the unit is mm 5 If you want to double staple the center check the Staple Down the Center box I Staple Down the Center NOTE Staple Down the Center is available only when the Saddle stitch Finisher is installed and configured on the Configuration tab 6 If you want to create a booklet that can be read from right to left check the Number Pages from Right to Left box I Number Pages from Right to Left 7 If you want to print or insert a front cover check the Use Front Cover box and then select at the Source drop down box the drawer where the front cover is loaded Also at the Print Style drop down box select whether you are insert ing a blank cover or printed front cover M Use Front Cover Source Print Style Do not print on page x Do not print on page Select this to insert a blank front cover Print on both sides of page Select this to print the first two pages and last two page of document on both sides of a cover NOTES When Automatic is selected in the Source drop down box the paper is automati cally selected according to the printed document size e The last two page will not be printed
271. ile TOSHIBA_e STUDIO45 1 oSer ies LPR Printer Selection E lt lt unspecified gt gt Change Desktop Printer Usage Print to LPR lt lt unspecified gt gt With Printer Driver LaserWriter 8 The Internet Printer dialog box appears Enter the IP Address of this equipment in the Printer Address field and Print in the Queue field Then click OK internetPrinter Specify the Internet printer you are printing to using domain name or IP address Printer Address 10 10 70 105 Queue Print Verify Cancel Click Create mj Untitled 1 B PostScript Printer Description PPD File TOSHIBA_e STUDIO451 cSeries Change LPR Printer Selection 10 10 70 105 Chance Desktop Printer Usage Print to LPR 10 10 70 105 With Printer Driver LaserWriter 8 Enter the Desktop Printer name and click Save Desktop MacOS English amp Macintosh HD C Eject Desktop q Save desktop printer as 10 10 70 105 Ji e The printer is added to the desktop Double click the desktop printer icon that you created e The Desktop Printer utility window opens Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Macintosh 153 10 Click the Printing menu and select Change Setup J File Edit View Window Spec
272. ill be managed by All settings will Ss managed and configured on this computer C Network printer server Connect to a printer on another machine All settings for this printer are managed by a print server that has been set up by an administrator x Click the check box next to the port s you want to use Documents will print to the first available checked port Available ports Pot Description FTT Local Port TOSHIBA e OLPT2 Local Port O LPT3 Local Port O comt Local Port O come Local Port C COM3 Local Port m Add Port Configure Port T Enable printer pooling cees Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 45 46 5 Click Have Disk Add Printer Wizard Lx 3 Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an Q installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printers AGFAAccuSet v52 3 a AGFAAccuSetSF v52 3 AGFAAccuSet 800 AGFAAccuSet 800SF v52 3 AGFAAccuSet B00SF v2013 108 AGFAAccuSet 1000 AGFA AccuSet 1NNNSF v52 3 Have Disk lt Back Cancel e The Install From Disk dialog box appears Click Browse Install From Disk x Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive selected and then click OK Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from z Browse
273. image must be created at the same size orientation color mode and resolution Printing Guide Printing from Windows 257 258 NOTES Printing an overlay image on a print job 1 Display the Effect tab and select the overlay image name to be used in the Overlay Image drop down box Overlay Image None Delete None 2 Set other print options you require and click OK 3 Click OK or Print to send a print job The print job is printed with the overlay image Printing on a Tab Paper This equipment supports tab printing which can print in the tab extension of the tab paper This equipment can print only on the Letter sized or A4 sized tab paper If mis printing occurs while multiple tab pages are printed continuously dirt may adhere to the reverse side of a paper To avoid this it is recommended to print a tab paper as a separated job for each page so that this equipment performs cleaning before printing next tab paper When printing tab paper the tab paper may be caught in the exit in the inner tray because the roller to deliver the tab extension does not exit In that case remove the tab paper before printing a next job Printing a document on a tab paper 1 Create a Letter sized or A4 sized document and place the text or object that should appear on the tab extension as described below Width of Tab Extension Image Shift Margin Printed Image More than 0 08 or 2mm Document
274. ime b x Time 9 36 AM a Date 12 20 2004 EE E J on Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 9 40 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 d 19 Wb 2 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 aA Sun M Cancel lt Today 12 20 2004 Tray 2 4 Select the time field and click the spin button to change the time x Date 12 20 2004 Time 9 36 AM mei To change the hour select the hour number and click the spin button To change the time select the time number and click the spin button 5 Click OK e The specified date and time is displayed in the Time field 6 Set other print options you require and click OK 7 Click OK or Print to send a print job e The document will be queued to print at the specified time and date Printing Private Print Jobs The private print feature permits sensitive or confidential documents to be printed only in the presence of the person who sent the job Printing confidential documents 1 Display the Print Job tab and select Private Print and enter a 1 to 63 digits document identification number in the Pass word field Private Print Passwort f SSCS This number will be used to release the private job from the Touch Panel Display If you forget this number you can no longer print the private print job 2 Set other print options you require and click OK Printing Guide Printing from Windows 3 Click OK or Print
275. in gray scale Off Select this to print the document in color mode Pure Black only Select this to print the contents in black where the percent age of all colors cyan magenta and yellow is 100 Pure Black and Pure Gray Select this to print the contents in black where the percentage of all color cyan magenta and yellow is 100 C 100 gt K 100 M 100 gt K 100 Y 100 gt K 100 and print the contents in gray scale where the percentage of each color cyan magenta and yellow is the same percentage C M Y n gt K n 3 Black Over Print Select this when printing background content that has black text overlayed on it If this is not enabled the background of the black content will not print When you print a document that has any of its content on background with black text overlayed enable this option 4 Smoothing Select whether printing the texts and graphics smoothly 5 Toner Save Select this to print in the toner save mode Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 291 292 NOTE Private Document Password In the Private Document Password menu you can specify the Document ID number for the private job It is recommended to specify the Private Document Password when you select to print a private job If you do not specify the Private Document Password the private job uses default Private Document Password 00000 This menu is only displayed for Mac OS X 10 2 4
276. ination Location Select folder where setup will install files Setup will install TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client in the following folder To install to this folder click Next To install to a different folder click Browse and select another folder Destination Folder ca roseuosa e STUDIO Client Browse e Ifyou want to change the location where the programs are installed click Browse In the dialog box that appears select the folder and click OK e The Setup Type screen is displayed 6 Select Custom and click Next x Setup Type Select the Setup Type to Install Click the type of Setup you prefer then click Next C Typical Program will be installed with the most common options Recommended for most users Complete Program will be installed with all options Custom You may choose the options you want to install Recommended for advanced users lt Back Cancel e The Select Components screen is displayed Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 7 Check the software that you want to install and click Next TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client InstallShield Wizard xj Select Components _ Select the components setup wil install Ta Select the components you want to install and deselect the components you do not want to install r Description M Top ccessDocMon TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PCLG Setup will install Agfa Fonts on TOS
277. indow 340 Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon TROUBLESHOOTING This section describes about troubleshooting for printing features e When Printing cannot be Performed csceeccceceeeeseeee ee eeeeeeee cece seneeceeseseeaeeeeseseseeeseeseeeeaeeeeees 342 gt Printer Driver Errors is sic ssctecers a a a ead nite iain Seen kei a aaa a 343 TOPAGCCESSDOCMON EO S evsciecsscesteestieccvencceveedesvavetendesdenensddancescutdus cveusvextseventevneddvnaubadaueiwsuveuwesen 347 Printing Guide 341 When Printing cannot be Performed NOTE This problem can arise as the result of a hardware malfunction a network communica tion or configuration problem Before troubleshooting the client error ask your adminis trator to troubleshoot the hardware or network errors Those troubleshooting are described in the Network Administration Guide The following checklist helps you identify the source of the error and directs to you where you can find more information about resolving it Client Error for Windows Platform No Check Yes No For Instruction Go To 1 Have you ever printed success Next 2 P 344 Driver Mapped to fully from this client workstation Stop zi Wrong Port 2 Do you set up the printer driver Next P 345 Cannot Print a other than a SMB connection step gt Job Using SMB 3 Open TopAccessDocMon and P 347 The Device is Not note the taskbar connection icon N
278. ing Select whether printing the texts and graphics smoothly 5 Toner Save Select this to print in the toner save mode Printing from Application on Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 x Once you have installed the PPD file as described in Installing the Printer on Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 x on page 156 you can print directly from most Mac OS applications How to Print from Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 x All writers are managed within the Print Center utility and there is no need to switch the printer Once you add a printer to the Printer List all printers can be selected directly from Print Setup dialog box Setting Options and Printing from Macintosh Computers In Mac OS applications print options are set from both the Page Setup dialog box and the Print dialog box Printing from Macintosh applications 1 Open a file and select Page Setup from the File menu of the application Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 277 NOTE 278 2 Select the name of the equipment at the Format for drop down box and specify the Page Setup settings for your print Page Setup Settings Page Attributes zs Format for MFP_00000184 i TOSHIBA e STUDIO45 1c Paper Size US Letter iE 8 50 in x 11 0 in w E Scale 100 Orientation t H 3 anced Setting the Page Setup varies depending on how you want to print a docu ment P 278 Print Options for Page Setup D
279. ing of a watermark 2 Watermark Text Select the watermark text to be printed If there is not a preferred watermark in the list enter the watermark text in the field displayed 3 Watermark Text Size Select the font size of watermark text If there is not a preferred font size in the list enter the font size by points You can enter from 4 points to 400 points in units of 1 point 4 Watermark Text Angle Select the degree of angle for rotating the watermark text If there is not a preferred angle in the list enter the degrees from 90 to 90 degrees in units of 1 degree 5 Watermark Gray Level Select the gray level of the watermark text color If there is not preferred gray level in the list enter the percentage from 1 to 100 in units of 1 6 Watermark Font Select the font family for the watermark text 7 Watermark Position Select the position of the watermark text If there is not preferred position in the list enter the X position and Y position manually Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 275 8 Watermark Outline Select the outline points or Filled to print a watermark as a solid text If there is not a preferred point listed enter from 0 1 points to 20 points in units of 0 1 points Quality In the Quality menu you can specify various image quality features OOOO Color Resolution Type Color Low res Genera Pure Black and Gray Pure Black and Pure Gray gt J
280. inserted next and the 2 sided printing continues from the next page Blank Sheet e If Print on 1 side of page is selected while 2 sided printing is performed the spec ified page is printed on the front side of the sheet and back side of the sheet will be blank w a of ala x e If Print on 1 side of page is selected while 2 sided printing is performed and you enter an even numbered page printed on the back side of the paper for the Pages field the specified page will be blank The page is printed on the front side of the inserted sheet and the 2 sided printing continues from the next page If Print on both sides of page is selected while 2 sided printing is performed and you enter an even numbered page printed on the back side of the paper for the Pages field the specified page will be blank The specified page and the next page are printed on the inserted sheet and the 2 sided printing continues from the next page 7 6 5 4 Bla 3 2 J 4 Interleave Pages This sets the interleaving page feature that is useful when you want to insert paper of a different type or from another source between every page of your print job For example you could use this option to insert blank colored sheets between over head transparencies To enable interleaving pages check on the box and select the location from where sheets are to be fed NOTE When this option is enabled as well as the Use Front Cov
281. installer If you want to install printer drivers as well as other client software this method is convenient P 27 Installation for Parallel Printing Using the Installer e Using Plug and Play When this equipment is connected to a parallel port of Windows 98 Windows Me Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 computers the Plug and Play Wizard automatically starts While you can install a printer driver using this method other client software cannot be installed P 32 Installation for Parallel Printing by Plug and Play Using Add Printer Wizard When you want to install different printer drivers after installing a printer driver using Plug and Play or when you want to install the printer drivers without using the installer or Plug and Play install the printer drivers using the Add Printer Wizard P 40 Installation for Parallel Printing by Add Printer Wizard Installation for Parallel Printing Using the Installer Installing the client software for parallel printing The following describes an installation on Windows 2000 The procedure is the same when other versions of Windows used NOTE You must log into Windows as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege when using Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 1 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive The installer automatically starts and the Choose Setup Language dialog box appears If the
282. installer does not automatically start double click Setup exe in the Client Utilities CD ROM 2 Select your language and click OK x Select the language for the installation from ay the choices below E Cancel e The InstallSheild Wizard dialog box appears Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 27 3 Click Next TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client InstallShield Wizard Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client The InstallShield Wizard will install TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client on your computer To continue click Next e The License Agreement screen is displayed 4 Click Yes x License Agreement Please read the following license agreement carefully Press the PAGE DOWN key to see the rest of the agreement ND USER SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT INSTALLING OR OTHERWISE USING THIS SOFTWARE PRODUCT CONSTITUTES UR ACCEPTANCE OF THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS UNLESS A SEPARATE LICENSE IS PROVIDED BY THE SUPPLIER OF APPLICABLE SOFTWARE U OBTAINED IT GRANT OF LICENSE xl Do you accept all the terms of the preceding License Agreement If you select No the setup will close To install TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client you must accept this agreement The Choose Destination Location screen is displayed 5 Click Next Choose Destination Location Select folder where setup will install files Setup
283. inter Wizard differs depending on the version of the Windows being used P 99 Windows 98 Me P 101 Windows NT 4 0 P 106 Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 NOTE It assumes using SMB printing in a small network If you can use the Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 as a print server it is recom mended to set up for printing via Windows print server For further information about setting up printing via a Windows print server see the Network Administration Guide SUPPLEMENTS TopAccessDocMon is also available for SMB printing To install TooAccessDocMon you must install it from the Client Utilities CD ROM separately The Agfa Font Manager is also available to install and manage the TrueType fonts on your computer To install the Agfa Font Manager you must install it from the Cli ent Utilities CD ROM separately Windows 98 Me Installing the printer driver for SMB printing by Add Printer Wizard The following describes an installation on Windows 98 The procedure is the same when Windows Me is used 1 Install the printer driver by Add Printer Wizard e Please install the printer driver following the instruction of the installation for parallel printing P 40 Installation for Parallel Printing by Add Printer Wizard 2 After installing the client software click Start select Set tings and click Printers to open the Printers folder fem Programs x Favorites Bi Settings RS
284. into Windows as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege when using Windows 2000 1 Connect the printer cable to this equipment and your com puter and then power on the equipment and your computer e The Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box appears 2 Click Next Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard This wizard helps you install a device driver for a hardware device To continue click Next Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 35 36 3 Select Search for a suitable driver for my device recom mended and click Next Install Hardware Device Drivers Na A device driver is a software program that enables a hardware device to work with Sy an operating system This wizard will complete the installation for this device oy Unknown 4 device driver is a software program that makes a hardware device work Windows needs driver files for your new device To locate driver files and complete the installation click Next What do you want the wizard to do Search for a suitable driver for my device recommended Display a list of the known drivers for this device so that can choose a specific driver lt Back Cancel 4 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive When inserting the Client Utilities CD ROM the installer may automatically start Click Cancel to exit the insta
285. intosh Copies amp Pages In the Copies amp Pages menu you can set you can set the general print options such as number of copies sort printing Print Printer MFP_00C67861 Presets Standard Copies amp Pages P Copies j M Collated Pages All OFrom 1 O Preview Save As PDF 1 Copies This sets the number of printed copies You can set any integer from 1 to 9999 2 Collated Check this for sort printing 1 2 3 1 2 3 3 Pages This sets the pages to be printed All Select this to print all pages From Select this to specify the pages to be printed Enter the page range in the From and To field Layout In the Layout menu you can set N up printing multiple pages per sheets The items in the Layout menu vary depending on the Mac OS version For Mac OS X 10 2 4 to 10 2 8 Print Printer MFP_00C67861 Presets Standard Pages per Sheet 1 j Z Direction fel S ca N Border None he Preview Save As PDF C Cancel Print d Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 281 282 For Mac OS X 10 3 x 1 2 3 4 Print Printer MFP_00C67861 Presets Standard Layout Pages per Sheet Layout Direction Border None Two Sided Printing Off O Long Edge Binding Short Edge Binding Page per Sheet This se
286. ion Font Documentation Annotate Font Keys 1 2 3 4 Font Downloading Changes from the Default Settings may affect printing performance or appearance Preferred Format Type 1 Q TrueType O Always download needed fonts O Never generate Type 42 format Annotate Font Keys Check this to annotate font keys for printing Preferred Format This sets the whether Type 1 fonts or TrueType fonts are used for printing Type 1 Select this to print fonts using Type 1 fonts TrueType Select this to print fonts using TrueType fonts Always Download needed fonts Check this to always download fonts for printing Never generate Type 42 format Check this not to generate the Type 42 format Job Logging In the Job Logging menu you can set the error handling and generate job logs 1 Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh Z287 Printer MFP_00C67861 Destination r Job Logging If there is a PostScript error Job Documentation Folder No special reporting Q Summarize on screen Q Print detailed report Job Documentation Generate Job Copy O Generate Job Log Save Settings If there is PostScript error This sets whether reporting the error or not 267 268 No special reporting Select this not to report an error Summarize on screen Select this to report on the screen
287. ions for configuring printing systems on Macintosh computers P 150 About Client Software for Macintosh P 150 Planning for Installation P 150 Installing the Printer on Mac OS 8 6 9 x P 156 Installing the Printer on Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 x About Client Software for Macintosh PostScript Printer Description File The Macintosh PPD PostScript Printer Description file contains information about con troller specific features There are two PPD files provided in the Client Utilities CD ROM one is for Mac OS 8 6 9 x and the other is for Mac OS X Information within the PPD file for Mac OS 8 6 9 x works in conjunction with the stan dard Macintosh LaserWriter 8 printer driver version 8 6 5 or later This Macintosh PPDs are supplied for Mac OS 8 6 to 9 x and it also supports Mac OS X 10 1 10 2 Clas sic mode Information within the PPD file for Mac OS X works in conjunction with the Print Center on Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 x Planning for Installation NOTE System Requirements To install the printer drivers on a Mac OS computer the following environment is required Display Resolution 1028 x 768 dots or more OS Mac OS 8 6 to 9 x Mac OS X 10 1 Classic Mac OS X 10 2 Classic Mac OS X 10 2 4 to Mac OS X 10 3 x Protocol TCP IP AppleTalk Ethernet Rendezvous Printer Driver LaserWriter 8 printer driver version 8 6 5 or later not required for Mac OS X Mac OS X 10 2 and its earlier versions of Mac
288. is printer are managed by a print server that has been set up by an administrator lt Back Cancel 4 Click Add Port Add Printer Wizard x Click the check box next to the port s you want to use Documents will print to the first available checked port Available ports PE Description Printer mAT Local Port TOSHIBA e OLPT2 Local Port OLPT3 Local Port O comt Local Port ECOM Local Port ECOM Local Port m Add Port Configure Port T Enable printer pooling cees e The Printer Ports dialog box appears Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 133 5 Select Local Port and click New Port Printer Ports ME Available Printer Ports Digital Network Port Lexmark DLC Network Port Lexmark TCP IP Network Port New Monitor The Port Name dialog box appears 6 Enter lt NetWare file server name gt lt queue name gt in the Enter a port name field and click OK Example NetWare file server name Nwsrv queue name mfp_queue Nwsrv mfp_ queue Enter a port name Nwstv Mfp_queue Cancel SUPPLEMENT The queue for this equipment should be set up by an administrator If you do not know the queue for this equipment ask your administrator 7 Click Close Printer Ports HE Available Printer Ports Digital Network Port Lexmark DLC Network Port Lexmark TCP IP Networ
289. is to print the last page image on the front side of a cover Print on both sides of page Select this to print the last two page images on both sides of a cover This is available only when the 2 Sided Printing option is enabled on the Setup tab NOTE _ If Print on 1 side of page is selected while 2 Sided Printing is performed the last page is printed on the front side of the cover sheet and back side of the cover will be blank 226 Printing Guide Printing from Windows 5 Interleave Pages This sets the interleaving page feature when you want to insert paper of a different type or from another source between every page of your print job For example you could use this option to insert blank colored sheets between overhead trans parencies To enable interleaving pages check on the box and select the location from where sheets are to be fed Source Select the location from where a interleaving sheet is to be fed When Automatic is selected the paper is automatically selected according to the printed document size NOTE The selectable values in the Source drop down box vary depending on the optional devices installed on this equipment and their configuration on the Configuration tab Duplicate When you check on this you can print previous page images on the inserted sheet Effect Tab The Effect Tab contains print options that add effects to your print jobs such as Water marks Overlay Image printing
290. is to print the texts and graphics smoothly The Smoothing option is only available when Mono is selected at the Color drop down box on the Setup tab 7 Distinguish Thin Lines Check this to print thin lines clearly 8 Pure Gray Check this to print the contents in gray scale where the percentage of each color cyan magenta and yellow is the same percentage C M Y n gt K n The Pure Gray option is not available when Mono is selected at the Color drop down box in the Setup tab 9 Use Black for All Text Check this to print all texts in 100 black except white texts For PS3 Printer Driver TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PSL3 Printing Preferences 2 x Setup PrintJob Layout Effect Image Quality About Image Quality Type J aa g General C Photograph Presentation C Line Art Halftone Petter Ad Resolution Eo E Graphics 600 x 600 dpi M Smooth Text JT Distinguish Thin Lines M Black Over Print M Pure Black Save As Delete M Pure Gray I Use Black for All Texts Restore Defaults Printing Guide Printing from Windows 1 Image Quality Type This sets how colors are printed by selecting the job type The printer driver auto matically applies proper color quality for selected job type General Select this to apply proper color quality for printing a general color document Photograph Select this t
291. job This menu allows you to enable various system features such as Private Print and Proof Print 22 8 7 Printer Destination l Department Code Distinguish Thin Lines Do not Print Blank Pages OOO 1 Print Mode This sets the type of print job Normal Select this to print a job normally Proof Select this to print the first copy of a multi copy job then await your approval before printing the remaining copies The print job sent as a proof job is saved in the proof job list on this equipment and the remaining copies are not printed until you activate printing from the Touch Panel Display of this equip ment This option allows you to check the output before printing additional cop ies and thereby reduce paper waste Private Password Select this to print a private job When this is selected enter 5 digit Password in the field The print job is saved in the private job queue on this equipment and not printed until you activate printing from the Touch Panel Display of this equipment This option is useful when you want to print a confidential document secured using a password The user has to enter the password to print the private job when activating printing from the Touch Panel Display It is recommended to specify the password when you select to print a private job If you do not specify the password the private job uses default password 00000 2 Department Code Enter
292. k Port New Monitor 8 Make sure the created port is selected and click Next Add Printer Wizard x Click the check box next to the port s you want to use Documents will print to the first available checked port Available ports Port O come O coma Local Port O coma Local Port C WMFP 00C Local Port Description Local Port Printer Mgt Mip Local Port Add Port Configure Port T Enable printer pooling Cancel 134 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 9 Click Have Disk 10 11 12 13 Add Printer Wizard x Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an Cy installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printers AGFAAccuSet v52 3 a AGFAAccuSetSF v52 3 AGFAAccuSet 800 AGFAAccuSet 800SF v52 3 AGFAAccuSet B00SF v2013 108 AGFAAccuSet 1000 AGFA AccuSet 1NNNSF v52 3 Have Disk lt Back Cancel e The Install From Disk dialog box appears Click Browse a Imate pasa Aaa on disk into the drive Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from z Browse e The A is not accessible message appears Click Cancel Locate File Ea x A is not accessible The device is not ready Coca The Locate File dialog box appears Insert the Client Utili
293. l PS Fonts List 1 AlbertusMT Light 43 Eurostile ExtendedTwo 2 AlbertusMT 44 Eurostile BoldExtendedTwo 3 AlbertusMT Italic 45 Geneva 4 AntiqueOlive Roman 46 GillSans Light 5 AntiqueOlive ltalic 47 GillSans Lightltalic 6 AntiqueOlive Bold 48 GillSans 7 AntiqueOlive Compact 49 GillSans ltalic 8 Apple Chancery 50 GillSans Bold 9 ArialMT 51 GillSans Bolditalic 10 Arial ItalicMT 52 GillSans ExtraBold 11 Arial BoldMT 53 GillSans BoldCondensed 12 Arial BoldltalicMT 54 GillSans Condensed 13 AvantGarde Book 55 Goudy 14 AvantGarde BookOblique 56 Goudy ltalic 15 AvantGarde Demi 57 Goudy Bold 16 AvantGarde DemiOblique 58 Goudy Bolditalic 17 Bodoni 59 Goudy ExtraBold 18 Bodoni italic 60 Helvetica 19 Bodoni Bold 61 Helvetica Oblique 20 Bodoni Boldlitalic 62 Helvetica Bold 21 Bodoni Poster 63 Helvetica BoldOblique 22 Bodoni PosterCompressed 64 Helvetica Condensed 23 Bookman Light 65 Helvetica Condensed Oblique 24 Bookman Lightltalic 66 Helvetica Condensed Bold 25 Bookman Demi 67 Helvetica Condensed BoldObl 26 Bookman Demiltalic 68 Helvetica Narrow 27 Candid 69 Helvetica Narrow Oblique 28 Chicago 70 Helvetica Narrow Bold 29 Clarendon Light 71 Helvetica Narrow BoldOblique 30 Clarendon 72 HoeflerText Regular 31 Clarendon Bold 73 HoeflerText ltalic 32 CooperBlack 74 HoeflerText Black 33 CooperBlack lItalic 75 Hoe
294. lace the tab paper so that the tab side becomes outside e Ifthe document for tab printing is not created properly or the Image Shift Width is not set properly the image will not be printed in the correct position within the tab extension Please make sure to create the document and set the Image Shift Width correctly e If mis printing occurs while multiple tab pages are printed continuously dirt may adhere to the reverse side of a paper To avoid this it is recommended to print a tab paper as a separated job for each page so that this equipment performs cleaning before printing next tab paper e When printing tab paper the tab paper may be caught in the exit in the inner tray because the roller to deliver the tab extension does not exit In that case remove the tab paper before printing a next job 4 Paper Source This selects the paper source Please select a paper source that correlates with the printing size Automatic Automatically selects the paper set in this equipment according to the printed document size Drawer 1 Paper is fed from the 1st Drawer Drawer 2 Paper is fed from the 2nd Drawer Drawer 3 Paper is fed from the 3rd Drawer This cannot be selected if the Drawer 3 and 4 are not installed Drawer 4 Paper is fed from the 4th Drawer This cannot be selected if the Drawer 3 and 4 are not installed Large Capacity Feeder Paper is fed from the Large Capacity Feeder This cannot
295. launched when starting Windows P 318 Configuring the Start Up Options e Notification This controls which printing events cause a popup message or beep alert P 319 Configuring the Notifications Refresh Rates This controls how often the Document Monitor searches for event notifications printer status and print queue contents in order to refresh the informa tion displayed Refresh rates are also known as polling rates P 320 Configuring the Refresh Rate e Installed This shows the network address associated with each installed printer driver P 321 Finding the Printer Address Accessing configuration To display the configuration dialog box right click the TopAccessDocMon icon in the task bar and select Configure from the Document Monitor menu You can also access the configuration dialog box by double clicking on the TopAccessDocMon icon in the task bar To close the dialog box without changing settings click Cancel Configuring the Start Up Options In the Startup tab you can set TopAccessDocMon to launch when starting Windows TopAccessDocMon 2 1 49 2 xj Stattup Notification Refresh Rates Installed Pun the document monitor when starting windows Cancel Help 1 Run the document monitor when starting Windows Check this to run TopAccessDocMon when starting Windows When this is checked the TopAccessDocMon icon will automatically appear in the task bar every
296. lay file and the documents on which you superimpose the overlay image must be created at the same size orientation and resolution Printing a document as an overlay file 1 Display the Print Job tab and select Print to Overlay File Print to Overlay File 2 Set other print options you require and click OK e The Overlay Image Name dialog box appears 3 Enter a overlay image name and then click OK xi Overlay Image Name overly01 OK Cancel e You can enter up to 63 characters 4 Click OK or Print to send a print job The document is saved as an overly file SUPPLEMENT You can use created overly file to print a document P 257 Printing with an Overlay File Storing to e Filing The Store to e Filing feature allows you to send print jobs to e Filing on this equipment The job stored to e Filing can then be print from the Touch Panel Display at a later time It can be also composed with other documents using the e Filing web utility You can store a print job to either public box or user box The public box is shared by all users who can see the jobs stored in this box The user box is for personal use and is protected by password NOTE When you store a document in e Filing using the printer driver the printing image not the original document in your computer will be stored in e Filing SUPPLEMENTS You can manage the files within a box from the Touch Panel Display Please refer to the Oper
297. let window Front Cover printing Back Cover printing and Interleaving Pages are also available with N up printing They can be set in the Multiple Pages per Sheet window Use Front Cover Use Back Cover Insert Pages and Interleave Pages cannot be set when Tab printing is enabled TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 Printing Preferences 21x Setup PrintJob Layout Effect Image Quality About Standard Booklet C Multiple Pages per Sheet I Use Front Cover Letter I Insert Pages E 3 E Text i Profile None Save As Delete Restore Defaults Graphics 1 Use Front Cover This sets front cover printing which allows you to insert or print a cover on a sheet fed from a different tray than the Paper Source option selected on the Setup tab To enable cover printing check on the box and select the location from where a cover sheet is to be fed and the print style to be used Source Select the location from where a cover sheet is to be fed When Automatic is selected the paper is automatically selected according to the printed document size The selectable values in the Source drop down box vary depending on the optional devices installed on this equipment and their configuration on the Configuration tab Print Style This selects how you want to print a cover Do not print on page Select this to insert a blank cover Print on 1 side of page
298. lf a sheet 1 2 13 LG on 13 LG Select this to print a 1 2 13inchLG size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on 13inchLG paper to fit on half a sheet 1 2 8 5 SQ on 8 5 SQ Select this to print a 1 2 8 5inchSQ size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on 8 5inchSQ paper to fit on half a sheet 32K on 16K Select this to print a 32K size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on 16K paper to fit on half a sheet Printing Guide Printing from Windows 223 16K on 8K Select this to print a 16K size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on 8K paper to fit on half a sheet 2 Center Margin This sets the gutter on the center of two sided page You can enter up to 0 500 inch 12 700 mm 3 Outer Margin This sets the gutter on the right side and left side on the paper You can enter up to 1 00 inch 25 40 mm 4 Units Select the unit for the Center Margin and Outer Margin option The default unit var ies depending on the regional setting in the Windows 5 Staple Down the Center Check this to staple double in the center NOTE Staple Down the Center is available only when A5 on A4 A4 on A3 B5 on B4 Letter Half on Letter LT on LD 1 2 LG on LG or 16K on 8K is selected at the Output Document Layout drop down box and the Saddle stitch finisher is installed 6 Number Pages from Right to Left Check this to print a booklet that can be read from right to left 7 Use Fro
299. line for the border Single thin line Select this to draw single thin line for the border Double hairline Select this to draw double hairline for the border Double thin line Select this to draw double thin line for the border Two Sided Printing This sets whether or not you want to print on both sides of the paper Off Select this when you do not want to print on both sides of the paper Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh Long Edge Binding Select this to bind along the long edge side of paper The direction to be printed on the back side of the paper differs depending on the orientation Portrait Landscape hf LL ill 1 ON Short Edge Binding Select this to bind along the short edge side of paper The direction to be printed on the back side of the paper differs depending on the orientation Portrait Landscape ul NOTE This option is not displayed for Mac OS X 10 2 4 to 10 2 8 When you want to enable 2 Sided printing on Mac OS X 10 2 4 to 10 2 8 set the Duplex settings in the Duplex menu P 283 Duplex Duplex In the Duplex menu you can set 2 Sided printing printing on both sides of a sheet NOTE This menu is displayed only for Mac OS X 10 2 4 to 10 2 8 When you want to enable 2 Sided printing on Mac OS X 10 3 x set the Two Sided Printing option in the Layout menu P
300. ller and continue the operation 5 Select only Specify a location and click Next Locate Driver Files Se Where do you want Windows to search for driver files Sy Search for driver files for the following hardware device oy Unknown The wizard searches for suitable drivers in its driver database on your computer and in any of the following optional search locations that you specify To start the search click Next If you are searching on a floppy disk or CD ROM drive insert the floppy disk or CD before clicking Next Optional search locations r IV Specify a location T Microsoft Windows Update lt Back Cancel 6 Click Browse Found Nem Hardware Wcerd aa x 652 Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive OK as selected and then click OK Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from Je3e6 z Browse The Locate File dialog box appears Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 7 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows 2000 is located select a INF file and click Open ax Look in Sj USA 7 e 0ce 33 e54dxl2K inf File name eS 4dHI2K int 7 Files of type Setup Information inf Cancel e To install the PCL5c printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL5c lt language gt To install the PCL6 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL6 lt language
301. lling Client Software for Windows 73 Select LPR Port and click New Port Printer Ports Available Printer Ports Digital Network Port Lexmark DLC Network Port Lexmark TCP IP Network Port Local Port New Monitor coe The Add LPR compatible printer dialog box appears NOTE _ If LPR Port is not listed make sure the TCP IP Printing Service is installed on your Windows NT 4 0 LPR Port is not listed unless the TCP IP Printing Service is installed 6 Enter the IP address of this equipment in the Name or address of server providing Ipd field and Print in the Name of printer or print queue on that server field and Add LPR compatible printer K Name or address of server providing Ipd 10 10 70 120 Name of printer or print queue on that server print Enca Help When your network uses DNS or WINS server enter the printer name of this equipment provided from DNS or WINS in the Name or address of server providing Ipd field Click Close to close the Printer Ports dialog box Printer Ports BE Available Printer Ports Digital Network Port Lexmark DLC Network Port Lexmark TCP IP Network Port Local Port New Monitor 8 Make sure that the created LPR Port is selected in the Avail able ports list and click Next Add Printer Wizard Click the check box next to the port s you want to use Documents will print to the first avail
302. lor drop down box on the Setup tab 5 Distinguish Thin Lines Check this to print thin lines clearly 6 Black Over Print Check this to print background contents and then overlay black content on it If this is not checked the background of the black content is not printed It may remain a white because the black content may shift and be printed When you print a docu ment that has any content on the background with black texts overlayed check this option NOTE The Black Over Print option is not available when Mono is selected at the Color drop down box on the Setup tab 7 Pure Black Check this to print the contents in black where the percentage of all color cyan magenta and yellow is 100 C M Y 100 gt K 100 NOTE The Pure Black option is not available when Mono is selected at the Color drop down box in the Setup tab Printing Guide Printing from Windows 235 NOTES NOTE SUPPLEMENTS 236 8 Pure Gray Check this to print the contents in gray scale where the percentage of each color cyan magenta and yellow is the same percentage C M Y n gt K n The Pure Gray option is not available when Mono is selected at the Color drop down box in the Setup tab e The Pure Gray option is not available when the Pure Black option is not enabled 9 Use Black for All Text Check this to print all texts in 100 black except white texts Font Tab The Fonts
303. lowing Printer as the Default Printer TOSHIBA e 5TUDIO451c Series PSL3 ma 14 Click Finish TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client InstallShield Wizard en InstallShield Wizard Complete The InstallShield Wizard has successfully installed TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client Before you can use the program you must restart your computer Yes want to restart my computer now C No will restart my computer later Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to complete setup e Ifyou selected to install TopAccessDocMon during the installation the sys tem may ask whether you want to view the Readme file and launch TopAc cessDocMon NOTE The Installer may ask you to restart your computer If it does select Yes want to restart my computer now and click Finish to restart your computer Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 15 The installation is completed NOTE Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Using the Discovery Functions to Specify the SMB Port In the Select Port screen during the installation you can also obtain the network queue name automatically by searching the equipment There two ways to obtain the SMB printer port from the equipment P 91 Searching the equipment aut
304. lows you to check a job s output before printing the remaining copies and thereby reduce paper waste Private Select this to print a private job When this is selected specify the 5 digit password in the field next to the drop down box The print job is saved in the private job queue on this equipment and not printed until you activate print ing from the Touch Panel Display of this equipment This option is useful when you want to print a confidential document secured using a password The user has to enter the password to print the private job when activating printing from the Touch Panel Display Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 2 Department Code Select whether a department code is required for printing When this is enabled specify the 5 digit department code in the field next to the drop down box Enabling the department code depends on whether this equipment is managed with department codes or not Please ask your administrator for your department code 3 Do not Print Blank Pages Select whether you require printing blank pages 4 Distinguish Thin Lines Select whether you require printing thin lines clearly Printer Features In the Printer Features menu you can set special printing features Printing Modes In the Printing Modes menu you can set the way this equipment handles the print job This menu allows you to enable various job types such as Private Print and Proof Print NOTE This menu is only displ
305. mage Quality About Standard C Booklet Multiple Pages per Sheet Number of pages per sheet 2 Pages Left to Right IT Draw Borders Around Pages I Use Front Cover O Letter Eo Eo Graphics Text Profile None fasi Save s Delete Restore Defaults I Use Back Cover Cancel Apply Help 1 Number of pages per sheet This sets the printing of multiple pages on one sheet The pages are reduced to fit the selected paper size automatically and printed 2 pages Left to Right Select this to print images from 2 pages arranged left to right when the orientation is portrait or from top to bottom when the orienta tion is landscape on one sheet 2 pages Right to Left Select this to print images from 2 pages arranged right to left when the orientation is portrait or from bottom to top when the ori entation is landscape on one sheet 4 pages Left to Right Select this to print images from 4 pages arranged hor izontally from the left and printed top to bottom on one sheet 4pages Right to Left Select this to print images from 4 pages arranged hor izontally from the right and printed top to bottom on one sheet 4 pages Left to Right by Column Select this to print images from 4 pages arranged vertically from the top and printed left to right on one sheet 4 pages Right to Left by Column Select this to print images from 4 pages arranged vertic
306. maining copies of the proof print job are printed Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon 337 338 Releasing scheduled print documents immediately 1 Display the Scheduled Print tab and select a scheduled print job that you want to print immediately NOTE You can release the scheduled print job only that you originally submitted 2 Click Document menu and select Print Now Printer Document View Help aix B Private Print Proof Print Scheduled Print Jrax e Fing invalid Scheduled User Name Pages Submitted Copies 11 12 20 Administr 0 9 10 3 2005 12 55 59 1 10 10 70 105 p G e The selected scheduled print job is immediately printed Releasing invalid print documents 1 Display the Invalid Print tab and select a print job that you want to print NOTES You can release the print job only that you originally submitted The invalid jobs for exceeding the limitation for number of copies cannot be released Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon 2 Click Document menu and select Release x Printer Document View Help eue Private Print Proof Print Scheduled Print Fax e Filing Invalid Status User Name Pages Submitted Job Held Administrator 0 58 10 3 2005 12 32 4 1 chapter2 pdf 10 10 70 105 p G The Invalid Release dialog box appears 3 Enter the 5
307. matically obtains the IP address of the equipment and the queue name specified by an administrator in the Network path or queue name field in the General submenu page of the Setup menu in the TopAccess administrator mode If you cannot obtain the queue name ask your administrator that the Network path or queue name field is cor rectly specified 6 Continue the installation from step 10 of Installing the client software for SMB printing on page 86 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 95 NOTE SUPPLEMENTS 96 Installation for SMB Printing by Point and Print The procedure to install the printer driver for SMB printing by Point and Print differs depending on the version of Windows used P 96 Windows 98 Me P 98 Windows NT 4 0 2000 XP Server 2003 It assumes using SMB printing by Point and Print in a small network If you can use the Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 as a print server it is recommended to set up for printing via Windows print server For further information about setting up printing via a Windows print server see the Network Administration Guide TopAccessDocMon is also available for SMB printing To install TooAccessDocMon you must install it from the Client Utilities CD ROM separately The Agfa Font Manager is also available to install and manage the TrueType fonts on your computer To install the Agfa Font Manager you must install it from
308. ministrators or Power Users privilege when using Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 1 Select the printer driver in the Printers folder Then click File and select Properties a iixi File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Open arch GyFolders lt 4 0 GS X A Ey v Set as Default Printer Printing Preferences zl Go J Ee SG Add Printer TOSHIBA TOSHIBA e STUDIO4 e STUDIO4 b Pause Printing Cancel All Documents Sharing Use Printer Offline T TopAccessDocMon Server Properties Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties J Displays the properties of the selected items e When you are operating under Windows XP Server 2003 open the Printers and Faxes folder to access the printer driver The printer driver properties dialog box appears Printing Guide Printing from Windows 195 2 Display the Configuration tab and set the following options ajx General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Security Fonts Configuration About Pedestal Large Capacity Feeder zl Finisher Saddle Stitch Finisher z Hole Punch Unit 2 3 Holes F Drawer 1 Letter Paper Type Plain Drawer 2 Letter gt Paper Type Plain Dr L la Lette F Type Plai L E 4 Lette Paper Type Plai Large Capacity Letter Y PaperType Plain Bypass Feeder Automatic y P
309. n About General Details Color Management Sharing Capture Settings Setup PrintJob GY TOSHIBA eSTUDIO4ScSeries PELE Print to the following port MNwsrvimfp_queue Unknown local port Delete Port TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeres PCLE New Driver Capture Printer Port End Capture Timeout settings Not selected 15 seconds Transmission retry 45 seconds Print using the following driver Spool Settings Port Settings u _ Cancel Apply en Windows NT 4 0 Installing the printer driver for SMB printing by Add Printer Wizard NOTE You must log into Windows NT 4 0 as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege 132 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 1 Click Start select Settings and click Printers to open the Printers folder ee F g Bun 2 Double click the Add Printer icon Printers of x File Edit View Help aT S sele xcs ea GENRE TOSHIBA e STUDIO4 1 object s selected A e The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears 3 Select My Computer and click Next Add Printer Wizard x This wizard helps you install your printer or make printer connections This printer will be managed by All settings will Ss managed and configured on this computer C Network printer server Connect to a printer on another machine All settings for th
310. n configure the discovery settings Discovery Settings xj Devices I Find e 5TUDIO451c Series Ea Network I Enable TCPAP Search Search local subnet Specify a range From To OK Cancel Help 1 Devices Click the arrow button to display the poll down list and check the model name that you want to search 2 Network Enable IPX SPX Search Check on this to search for printers connected to the IPX SPX network This is available only when the IPX SPX protocol and Novell Client are installed in your computer and the computer is connected to the NetWare server Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon 327 3 Network Enable TCP IP Search Check on this to search for printers connected to the TCP IP network This is avail able only when the TCP IP protocol is installed in your computer When this is enabled select how TopAccessDocMon should search for printers in the TCP IP network Search local subnet Select this to search for printers in local subnet Specify a range Select this to search for printers in a specific range of IP addresses When this is selected enter the IP addresses in From field and To field to specify the range TopAccessDocMon Window In the TopAccessDocMon window you can monitor print jobs and printer status TopAccessDocMon TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 lol x Printer Document View Help Device Status print queue Privat
311. n if the Department Code Enforcement setting and SNMP Commu nication is enabled Adepartment code can be entered every time you begin printing If you have to use a different department code for each print job enter it when you begin printing Entering department code 1 Select the printer driver in the Printers folder Then click File and select Properties for Windows 98 Me select Document Defaults for Windows NT 4 0 or Printing Preferences for Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 0 x File Edit View Favorites Tools Help pc ORCN Ae a bearen Gyrolders lt 4 45 GE X A E Set as Default Printer z Printing Preferences T Z pe E 3 amp amp Pause Printing w Si Sf Cancel All Documents Add Printer TOSHIBA TOSHIBA ota e STUDIO4 e STUDIO4 6 Sharing Use Printer Offline T TopAccessDocMon Server Properties Create Shortcut Delete Rename 1 Properties Close E Displays default document settings for this printer The printer driver properties dialog box appears Printing Guide Printing from Windows 199 200 2 Display the Print Job tab and enter your department code in the Department field Setup Print Job Layout Effect Image Quality About Normal Print p C Scheduled Prin me 47672005 7 55 PM dj WA Private Print PasswoN sm Proof Print illli Print to Overlay File Letter
312. n it reaches the right margin Option Value Alternate Value Description wrap Enable automatic text wrapping nowrap Disable automatic text wrapping If this option is not specified the command will not be sent so the printer s default value will be used Example The command to specify wrapping is Ip o wrap filename Left Margin The left margin position can be specified with the following option Option Value Alternate Value Description Im value Set the left margin to value columns If the left margin is set to the right of the right margin it will be ignored If this option is not specified the command will not be sent so the printer s default value will be used Example The command to set the left margin to five columns is Ip o Im 5 filename Right Margin The right margin position can be specified with the following option Option Value Alternate Value Description rm value Set the right margin to value columns If the right margin is set to the left of the left margin or if it is set to a position wider than the logical page it will be ignored The right margin is specified in columns from the left margin A negative value will be ignored If this option is not specified the command will not be sent so the printer s default value will be used Example The command to set the right margin to fifty columns is Ip o rm 50 filename
313. n printing a tiled booklet e Letter Booklet on Ledger e A4 Booklet on A3 Bd Booklet on B4 Printing Guide Printing from Windows Creating a booklet 1 Display the Booklet window of Layout tab 2 Select the a booklet size at the Output Document Layout drop down box Standard Booklet C Multiple Pages per Sheet Output Document Layout Letter Half on Letter x Letter Half on Letter Center Margin A5 on A4 Select this to print a A5 size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on A4 paper to fit on half a sheet A5 A4 on A3 Select this to print a A4 size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on A3 paper to fit on half a sheet A4 B5 on B4 Select this to print a B5 size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on B4 paper to fit on half a sheet B5 Letter Half on Letter Select this to print a 1 2 Letter size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on Letter paper to fit on half a sheet LT on LD Select this to print a Letter size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on Ledger paper to fit on half a sheet Letter A6 on A5 Select this to print a A6 size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on A5 paper to fit on half a sheet A6 B6 on B5 Select this to print a B6 size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on B5 paper to fit on half a sheet B5 1 2 LG on LG Select this to print a 1 2 Legal size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on Legal paper to fit on half a sheet 1 2 Comp on Comp
314. n this P 230 Add Edit Watermark Delete Select a watermark from the Watermark drop down box and click it to edit a water mark The default watermarks can be deleted but If deleted they cannot be restored None cannot be deleted Print on first page only Check this to print a watermark on the first page only This setting will become avail able when any watermark is selected from the Watermark drop down box 2 Overlay Image This selects an overlay image to be used This feature allows you to print an image on the background of a print job although the watermark allows only a text Printing Guide Printing from Windows NOTES Both the overlay file and the documents on which you superimpose the overlay image must be created at the same size orientation and resolution When printing with Overlay Image using the PS3 printer driver from an application that can create the PS command directly the overlay image will not be printed In that case disable the Use PostScript Passthrough option in the PostScript Set tings dialog box P 231 PostScript Settings SUPPLEMENT If you want to use an overlay image in your job you must first create an overlay file To create an overlay image create an overlay image with most applications and print it as an overlay file You can enable creating an overlay file on the Print Job Tab P 215 Print Job Tab Delete Click this to delete the overlay image that you
315. name a Output on screen should be OpenUNIX NOTE Ifthe output is not as above ask your administrator 4 Change to the root directory 5 Enter the following command For Solaris tar xvf solaris tar For HP UX tar xvf hpux tar For IBM AIX tar xvf aix tar For Linux tar xvf linux tar For OpenUNIX tar xvf openunix tar 6 The command extracts all the required files and installs them in the correct locations Continue the procedure for config uring the print queue P 169 Configuring the Print Queue Configuring the Print Queue After you copy UNIX Filters you can configure the print queue There are two ways to configure the print queue one is creating a print queue using est451cadd and the other is creating a print queue manually without using est451cadd P 169 Creating a Print Queue Using est451cadd P 170 Creating a Print Queue Manually Creating a Print Queue Using est451cadd You can create a print queue using est451cadd Creating a print queue 1 Log on to the root account Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX 169 2 Enter the following command est45lcadd lt queue name gt lt host name or IP address gt SUPPLEMENTS This command creates a print queue using the system s Ipadmin command It also creates a configuration file that has the destination IP address or host name Use the configuration file to change print queue parameters The lpadmin comma
316. name if desired and click Next Add Printer Wizard x Type in the name of this printer When you have finished click Next Note Exceeding 31 characters in the Server and Printer name combination may not be supported by some applications Printer name Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer C Yes No lt Back Cancel SUPPLEMENT If any printer drivers have installed on the computer select whether using this printer as a default printer 13 Select whether this printer is shared or not and click Next Add Printer Wizard x Indicate whether this printer will be shared with other network users If you choose sharing give this printer a share name C Shared Not share Share Name Select the operating systems of all computers that will be printing to this printer lt Back Cancel SUPPLEMENT When you select Shared you can also select the operating systems of printer drivers that you want to install for clients If you select any operating systems repeat the proce dure from Step 5 to 11 to install the printer drivers for selected operating systems Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 47 14 Select Yes to print a test page and click Finish Add Printer Wizard x After your printer is installed you can print a test page so you can confirm that the printer is set up properly
317. nctions to Specify the SMB Port 88 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 9 Locate this equipment in your network select the print queue and click OK Browse for Folder ax Mfp 00c67861 CY FILE_SHARE BH pels BH pde g GB ps3 E L Printers 3 Murakoshi 3 Murata Nishijima NOTE Do not select pcl6 or ps3 queue These queues only accept the print job in each emulation If you install several printer drivers and specify one of these queues the print job may not be printed properly due to mismatch of the emulations between the print job and queue 10 Click Next x Select the port for Printer A Type the network path or the queue name of your printer If you don t know its name click Browse to view available network printers Network path or queue name Mfp 00c67861 Sprint Discovery Browse e The Select Program Folder screen is displayed 11 Click Next TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client InstallShield Wizard x Select Program Folder Please select a program folder s Setup will add program icons to the Program Folder listed below You may type a new folder name or select one from the existing folders list Click Next to continue Program TOSI Existing Folders Administrative Tools Startup InstallShield lt Back Cancel e Ifyou want to change the program folder rename the folder in the Program F
318. nd click OK e If you do not check on the checkbox for Delete font s from the hard disk the source of the fonts are not deleted from the hard disk If you want to remove the fonts from the Available Font List but do not want to delete the source file do not check this checkbox The source files of the fonts are deleted from the hard drive Displaying Font Preview You can preview the fonts that are displayed in the Available Font List and the installed fonts list Previewing fonts 1 2 Highlight a font you want to preview from the Available Font List or the installed fonts list Click Fonts menu and select Preview The Preview dialog box appears The sample font is dis played on the dialog box Point Size You can select the point size of the sample font displayed Normal Styles When this is selected the font is displayed in the normal face on the dialog box All Styles When this is selected the font is displayed in all of its available font faces in the dialog box Creating a Font Group You can create a group of fonts and give a descriptive name to the group The created group can be used to install or uninstall the fonts in Windows This function can be used to configure the different working scenarios of the fonts for each user 362 Creating a font group 1 Select the Font Groups folder and click the Fonts menu and select New Group e The New Group dialog box appears
319. nd printed top to bottom on one sheet 3 If you want to draw a line around each page check the Draw Border Around Pages box MV Draw Borders Around Pages Printing Guide Printing from Windows 253 4 If you want to print or insert a front cover check the Use Front Cover box and then select at the Source drop down box the drawer where the front cover is loaded Also at the Print Style drop down box select whether you are insert ing a blank cover or printed front cover M Use Front Cover Source Drawer2 7 Print Style Do not print on page x Do not print on page Select this to insert a blank front cover Print on 1 side of page Select this to print the first page of document on the front side of the cover Print on both sides of page Select this to print the first two pages of document on both sides of the cover NOTES When Automatic is selected in the Source drop down box the paper is automati cally selected according to the printed document size e Print on both sides of page is available only when 2 Sided printing is enabled at the Setup tab 5 If you want to print or insert a back cover check the Use Back Cover box and then select at the Source drop down box the drawer where the back cover is loaded Also at the Print Style drop down box select whether you are insert ing a blank cover or printed back cover M Use Back Cover Source
320. nd stores the printer interface file in the etc Ip interfaces direc tory in a file with the same name as the print queue The configuration file is stored in the etc Ip interfaces directory in a file named lt queue name gt conf Under Linux the printtool or equivalent utility must be used to add the printer into the Ip printing system after executing the est bwadd command Creating a Print Queue Manually You can also configure the print queue by adding a remote printer manually The procedure varies depending on the operating systems P 170 Creating a print queue manually on Solaris P 171 Creating a print queue manually on HP UX P 171 Creating a print queue manually on IBX AIX 2 P 172 Creating a print queue manually on Linux P 173 Creating a print queue manually on OpenUNIX Creating a print queue manually on Solaris 1 Log on to the root account 2 Open your Linux UNIX editor 3 Create the following file etc lp interfaces lt queue name gt conf 4 Add a line as below in the lt queue name gt conf dest lt IP address gt 5 Save the file 6 Enter the following command chmod x lt queue name gt conf 7 Enter the following command chown lp lp lt queue name gt conf 8 Enter the following command lpadmin p lt queue name gt v dev null I any i usr lib 1lp model net_est451c 9 Enter the following command accept lt queue name gt 10 Enter the following comm
321. ndows SUPPLEMENTS To print with an IPP connection this equipment must be configured to enable the IPP Print Service and must be connected to the Internet Ask your administrator if the IPP Print Service is enabled e You can also perform Email printing over the Internet For more information about Email printing please refer to following section P 314 Email Printing Novell Printing Available for Windows 98 Windows Me Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Connecting with a NetWare Environment over TCP IP or IPX SPX Network NetWare 4 x NetWare 5 x NetWare 6 x Setting up the Novell printer connection Setting up the SMB printer connection to Novell print queue Windows 98 Windows Me Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP S Windows Server 2003 When this equipment is configured to manage printing with NetWare 4 x or 5 x over TCP IP or IPX SPX you can print through the NetWare print server from Windows 98 Me Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 In this case install the printer driver and set up the SMB printer connection to a print queue created in the NetWare server P 118 Installing Client Software for Novell Printing SUPPLEMENT To print with a Novell connection the NetWare server must be configured for printing and this equipment must be configured to enable NetWare Print Service Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windo
322. nds The file is sent to the printer without any modifications In this mode no other options are valid and a banner page is not printed All PCL5e jobs automatically send the lt esc gt amp k2G command to convert the line feed character into a carriage return line feed sequence If the PCL5e job contains some of its own escape sequences it may override this setting The default print language is auto Example The command to specify that a file is PostScript is Ip o ps filename Stapling The staple position can be specified using the following option Option Value Alternate Value Description staple 0 Stapling is turned off staple 1 Staple in the top left corner of a portrait page and the upper right corner of a landscape page staple 2 Put two staples on the left side of a portrait page or the top side of a landscape page printed on long edge feed paper This command has no affect when the paper is fed from the short edge side staple 3 Staple in the bottom left corner of a portrait page and the upper left corner of a landscape page Printing Guide Printing from UNIX 299 300 Option Value Alternate Value Description staple 4 Staple in the top right corner of a portrait page and the bottom right corner of a landscape page staple 5 Put 2 staples on the right side of a portrait page or the bottom side of a landscape page printed on
323. not specify this because ColorSync Color Matching and PostScript Color Matching at the Print Color drop down box are not supported 3 Printer Profile Do not specify this because ColorSync Color Matching and PostScript Color Matching at the Print Color drop down box are not supported Cover Page In the Cover Page menu you can set whether a print job is sent with a banner page The banner page includes information about owner of the job job name application name date and time printer name and number of copies 22 8 7 Printer MFP_00C67861 Destination Cover Page gt 7 Print Cover Page None Before Document Q After Document Cover Page Paper Source Auto Default gt 1 Print Cover Page This sets how a banner page is inserted None Select this not to print a banner page Before Document Select this to print a banner page before the document When this is selected select the paper source at the Cover Page Paper Source option Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 2 After Document Select this to print a banner page after the document When this is selected select the paper source at the Cover Page Paper Source option Cover Page Paper Source Select the paper source when you set to print a banner page Font Settings In the Font Settings menu you can set how the fonts are printed 22 8 7 Printer Destinat
324. nt Cover This sets front cover printing for a booklet which allows you to insert or print a cover on a sheet fed from a different tray than the Paper Source option selected on the Setup tab To enable cover printing check on the box and select the location from where a cover sheet is to be fed and the print style Source Select the location from where a cover sheet is to be fed When Automatic is selected the paper is automatically selected according to the printed document size NOTE The selectable values in the Source drop down box vary depending on the optional devices installed on this equipment and their configuration on the Configuration tab Print Style This selects how you want to print a cover Do not print on page Select this to insert a blank cover Print on both sides of page Select this to print the first two pages and last two pages on both sides of a cover NOTE _ If Print on both sides of page is selected but there is only one page for the last page printed on the cover the last page is printed inside of the back cover page and the back cover page will be blank 224 Printing Guide Printing from Windows Layout Tab Multiple Pages per Sheet Window In the Multiple Pages per Sheet window you can enable N up printing NOTE N up printing cannot be set when Tab printing is enabled TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 Printing Preferences 21x Setup PrintJob Layout Effect I
325. nter dialog box appears NOTE _ If LPR Port is not listed make sure the TCP IP Printing Service is installed on your Windows NT 4 0 LPR Port is not listed unless the TCP IP Printing Service is installed 6 Enter the IP address of this equipment in the Name or address of server providing Ipd field and Print in the Name of printer or print queue on that server field and Add LPR compatible printer K Name or address of server providing Ipd 10 10 70 105 Name of printer or print queue on that server Print _Cancel_ Help When your network uses DNS or WINS server enter the printer name of this equipment provided from DNS or WINS in the Name or address of server providing Ipd field 7 Click Close to close the Printer Ports dialog box Printer Ports 21x Available Printer Ports Digital Network Port Lexmark DLC Network Port Lexmark TCP IP Network Port Local Port New Monitor Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 8 Make sure the created LPR port is checked in the Print to the following port list and click OK to save settings TOSHIBA e STUDI0451cSeries PCL6 Properties 71x General Ports Scheduling Sharing Securty Fonts Configuration About P TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCLE Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked port Port Description Printer i 10 10 70 105
326. nter driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL5c lt language gt To install the PCL6 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL6 lt language gt To install the PS3 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PS lt language gt Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 109 110 11 Click OK x Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive oy selected and then click OK Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from E CLIENT W2k_XP_2003 PCL6 USA he Browse 12 Select the printer driver and click Next Add Printer Wizard The manufacturer and model determine which printer to use Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer e STUDIO451 cSeries PELE Windows Update Have Disk NOTE Ifthe same printer driver has been installed the following dialog box appears If it appears select Replace existing driver and click Next Use Existing Driver A driver is already installed for this printer You can use or replace the existing driver TOSHIBA e STUDIO451 cSeries PCLE Do you want to keep the existing driver or use the new one C Keep existing driver recommended Replace existing driver lt Back Cancel Printing Guide Ins
327. nts on which you superimpose the overlay image must be created at the same size orientation and resolution 6 Store to e Filing Select this to save a job to a Box When this is selected select the box from the drop down menu on the right If the printer driver connects to this equipment via SMB it detects the available Box numbers and Box name in the drop down box If not all Box numbers are listed in the drop down box If you select a user box you may be required to enter the password for the selected box The job saved to a Box can be printed from the Touch Panel Display at a later time It can also be composed with other documents using the e Filing web utility You can also print a job and save it to a box by checking on the Print option When you store a document in e Filing using the printer driver the printing image not the original document in your computer will be stored in e Filing For more information about e Filing operations see e Filing Guide 7 Destination This selects the destination tray to which jobs will be output Inner Tray Select this to route the output to the inner tray Tray 1 Select this to route the output to the upper tray of the Finisher Tray 2 Select this to route the output to the lower tray of the Finisher Tray 1 and Tray 2 can be selected when the Hanging Finisher Multi staple Finisher or Saddle stitch Finisher are installed and configured on the Configuration ta
328. nts the doc ument in monochrome mode When a print job is a color document it prints the document in color mode Mono Select this to print a document in monochrome mode NOTE Only Mono can be selected for PCL6 printer driver because the PCL6 printer driver only supports black and white printing 10 Staple This sets whether a print job is printed with staples None Select this to print without staples 212 Printing Guide Printing from Windows Upper Left Select this to staple the printed document in the upper left 7 3 oN oN oN N Center Top Select this to staple the printed document double in the upper side 3 2 E 1 1 1 E gt _ Upper Right Select this to staple the printed document in the upper right es 7 4 N Middle Left Select this to staple the printed document double in the left a Center Double Select this to fold and staple the printed document double in the center When you select this the pa
329. nufacturer s files from D CLIENTSNTAPCLEWUSA 104 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 15 NOTE Ifthe same printer driver has been installed the following dialog box appears If it Select the printer driver and click Next Z Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an Q installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Printers TOSHIBA e STUDIO451 cSeries PELE Have Disk Baan appears select Replace existing driver and click Next Add Printer Wizard x TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PELE driver is already installed for this printer Would you like to keep the existing driver or use the new one Your programs may print differently if you use the new driver Keep existing driver recommended cmos 16 Change the name if desired and click Next Add Printer Wizard x Type in the name of this printer When you have finished click Next Note Exceeding 31 characters in the Server and Printer name combination may not be supported by some applications Printer name Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer C Yes No lt Back Cancel SUPPLEMENT _ If any printer drivers have installed on the computer select whether using this printer as a default printer
330. o you can confirm that the printer is set up properly Would you like to print a test page cees 19 The installation is completed NOTE Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 Installing the printer driver for Raw TCP LPR printing by Add Printer Wizard The following describes an installation on Windows 2000 The procedure is the same when Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 is used NOTE You must log into Windows as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege when using Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 77 1 Click Start and select Printers in Settings Windows 2000 or select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Server 2003 ce Windows Update Gy Set Program Access and Defaults N Control Panel i Network and Dial up Connections gt EI Printers fai Taskbar amp Start Menu e The Printers folder is opened 2 Double click the Add Printer icon a zax Fie Edt View Favorites Toos Help dack gt Qseach Gyrolders 9 MG GS X A E zl Go Address la Printers Js og T ar g 1 Tost Printers e STUDIO4 Add Printer The Add Printer wizard gives you
331. o 40 lines is Ip o tl 40 filename Banner Page A banner page is automatically generated for each file in each job The banner page contains the following items The banner page is always sent as a PCL5e job The name of the user that submitted the print job The job ID number and from which workstation it was submitted The title of the job This title can be specified using the t option The same title is used for every file within a job The default title is controlled by the Ip command A list of the options that were specified to print the job The number of copies of the job that will be printed The name of the printer or its IP address The date and time when the job was printed according to the print server Ashort summary listing the available options Only one copy of the banner page is printed for each file even if a number of copies of the job are requested The banner page is sent to the equipment as a separate sub job so that it is never stapled to the document The banner page is printed with the following settings e Copies 1 Stapling off e Orientation portrait Duplex off e Paper size as requested by the o parameter or the printer s default value The paper source and the media type for the banner page can be set to different values than the job s paper source and media type e Auto paper source selection or the requested banner page source o
332. o apply proper color quality for printing photos Presentation Select this to apply proper image quality for printing a vivid doc ument Line Art Select this to apply proper image quality for printing a document contains a lot of characters or line arts NOTE The Image Quality type option is not available when Mono is selected at the Color drop down box on the Setup tab 2 Halftone This sets how halftone are printed Auto Select this to print using proper halftone depending on the contents in the document automatically When this is selected the halftone is printed in detail for the texts and smoothly for the graphics Detail Select this to print halftone in detail Smooth Select this to print halftone smoothly 3 Resolution This sets the resolution for printing 600 x 600 dpi Select this to print in 600 x 600 dpi 1200 x 600 dpi Select this to print in 1200 x 600 dpi NOTES e 1200 x 600 dpi is available only when the optional expansion memory is installed and configured on the Configuration tab e 4200 x 600 dpi cannot be selected when Save to e Filing is selected on the Print Job tab e The Resolution option is not available when Mono is selected at the Color drop down box on the Setup tab 4 Smoothing Check this to print the texts and graphics smoothly NOTE The Smoothing option is only available when Mono is selected at the Co
333. o notify you when the cover on the printer is open Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon 319 320 Printer requires attention Check this to notify you when the printer requires immediate attention Toner is Empty Check this to notify you when a toner is empty Used Toner Container is full Check this to notify you when the used toner container is full 2 Method This sets how TopAccessDocMon notifies you when events occur Popup Dialog Check this for a popup dialog box Audio Beep Check this for a beep sound Configuring the Refresh Rate The Refresh Rate tab lets you change the refresh rate for document notification printer status and print queue TopAccessDocMon 2 1 49 2 xj Startup Notification Refresh Rates installed eltem o _Refresh Rates Document Notification 30 seconds Printer Status 1 minute Print Queue 10 seconds Change Rate OK Cancel Help Restore Defaults 1 Item Refresh Rate This list displays the refresh rate settings for each item You can change the refresh rate by selecting the item in this list and clicking Change Rate 2 Restore Defaults Click this to restore the default refresh rate for each item 3 Change Rate Select an item in the list and click it to change the refresh rate The Document Noti fication Printer Status and Print Queue dialog box appears P 320 Changing the refresh
334. o the root account 2 Enter the following command lpadmin x lt queue name gt 3 Enter the following command rm etc lp interfaces lt queue name gt conf Deleting a print queue manually on HP UX 1 Log on to the root account 174 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX 2 Enter the following command ps ef grep lpsched grep iv grep gt dev null 2 gt amp 1 3 Enter the following command Echo 4 If 0 outputted on the screen turn the scheduler OFF Enter the following command usr sbin lpshut gt dev null 2 gt amp 1 5 Enter the following command usr sbin lpadmin x lt queue name gt 6 Enter the following command rm etc lp interfaces lt queue name gt conf 7 If 0 was outputted on the screen in step 3 turn the sched uler ON Enter the following command usr sbin lpsched gt dev null 2 gt amp 1 Deleting a print queue manually on IBM AIX 1 Log on to the root account 2 Enter the following command rm opt toshiba tap filter lt queue name gt 3 Enter the following command rm opt oshiba tap filter lt queue name gt conf 4 Enter the following command rmquedev q lt queue name gt d dev_ lt queue name gt 5 Enter the following command rmque q lt queue name gt Deleting a print queue manually on Linux 1 Log on to the root account 2 Enter the following command rm opt toshiba tap inte
335. ocument Layout Select the booklet size to be made A5 on A4 Select this to print a A5 size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on A4 paper to fit on half a sheet A5 A4 on A3 Select this to print a A4 size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on A3 paper to fit on half a sheet A4 B5 on B4 Select this to print a B5 size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on B4 paper to fit on half a sheet B5 Letter Half on Letter Select this to print a 1 2 Letter size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on Letter paper to fit on half a sheet LT on LD Select this to print a Letter size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on Ledger paper to fit on half a sheet Letter A6 on A5 Select this to print a A6 size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on A5 paper to fit on half a sheet A6 B6 on B5 Select this to print a B6 size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on B5 paper to fit on half a sheet B5 1 2 LG on LG Select this to print a 1 2 Legal size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on Legal paper to fit on half a sheet 1 2 Comp on Comp Select this to print a 1 2 Computer size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on Computer paper to fit on half a sheet 1 2 Folio on Folio Select this to print a 1 2 Folio size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on Folio paper to fit on half a sheet 1 2 Statement on Statement Select this to print a 1 2 Statement size booklet Every 2 pages are printed on Statement paper to fit on ha
336. oklet ledger Id Select ledger size paper for booklet printing mode LD booklet folio folio japan Select folio size paper for booklet printing mode booklet A3 a3 Select A3 size paper for booklet printing mode booklet A5 a5 Select A5 size paper for booklet printing mode booklet B4 b4 Select JIS B4 size paper for booklet printing mode B4 JIS b4 jis booklet B5 b5 Select JIS B5 size paper for booklet printing mode B5 JIS b5 jis booklet co Select computer size paper for booklet printing mode computer CO booklet legal13 Ig13 Select legal 13 size paper for booklet printing mode LG13 booklet SQ85 sq85 Select 8 5 inch square size paper for booklet printing letter square mode booklet 8K 8k Select 8K size paper for booklet printing mode booklet 16K 16k Select 16K size paper for booklet printing mode In a job if this value is LT and in PDL too the data is for LT paper size this will result in a scaled booklet on Letter paper In a job if this value is A3 and in PDL the data is for A4 paper size this will result in a tiled booklet on A3 paper When the Booklet Mode options is selected the paper size is automatically set to the same size as for Booklet Mode This function is only available for A3 A4 B4 Letter and Ledger paper sizes If booklet mode is selected then duplexing is also selected automatically sduplex Setting duplexing separately can override the booklet mode setting for duplexing Example The command to s
337. older im Programs Shut Down Windows NT Server 3 Select the printer driver and select Properties in the File menu 24 Printers L of Edit View Help Open se zleje xel E Pause Printing Z Set As Default Q Document Defaults OSHIBA e Sharing eries PSL3 Purge Print Documents T Top ccessDocMon Server Properties Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties Z The printer driver properties dialog box appears 4 Display the Ports tab and click Add Port TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 Properties 21x General Ports Scheduing Sharing Security Fonts Configuration About iv TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PELE Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked port Pe Description Mare LPT Local Port TOSHIBA e STUDI LPT2 Local Port Opts Local Port O com1 Local Port O come Local Port O coms Local Port COMA Lanal Part x Add Pott Delete Port Configure Port Jo Ereble Bidirectional support T Enable printer pooling Cancel Help The Printer Ports dialog box appears Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 65 66 5 Select LPR Port and click New Port Printer Ports 21x Available Printer Ports Digital Network Port Lexmark DLC Network Port Lexmark TCP IP Network Port Local Port New Monitor Cancel The Add LPR compatible pri
338. olders field e The Starting Copying Files screen is displayed Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 89 12 Click Next Start Copying Files 5 Review settings before copying files Setup has enough information to start copying the program files If you want to review or change any settings click Back If you are satisfied with the settings click Next to begin copying files Current Settings TARGET DIRECTORY C Program Files TOSHIBA TOSHIBA e STUDIO Client The following components will be installed to Target Directory of System TopAccessDacMon The following components will be installed to System Folder TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PCL6 TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PSL3 x InstallShield lt Back Cancel e If any printer drivers have been installed on your computer the confirmation message appears Continue to next step e If no printer driver has been installed on your computer it starts copying files and the InstallShield Wizard Complete screen is displayed when copying is completed Skip to Step 14 NOTE When you select to install the N W Fax driver the Digital Signature Not Found dialog box appears while copying files Click Yes to continue the installation 13 If the following message appears click Yes to set the indi cated printer driver to be the default printer driver or click No to not change the default printer driver El Do you want to set the fol
339. olution setting such as Color High res General for the Color Resolution Type in the Print dialog box even if the optional expansion memory is not installed In that case the print job will not be printed Printing from Application Considerations and Limitations When the User Authentication is enabled on the equipment the user name that is entered to login to your computer is used for the authentication of the print job Therefore your user name must be registered in the equipment If the user name is not registered your print job is proceeded as the invalid job according to the Depart ment Code Enforcement settings When the NTLM Authentication is used for the User Authentication your computer must log in the domain If the No Limit Black function is enabled you do not have to specify the department code when you print a document with selecting Mono in the Color option in the Setup tab of printer driver Some options listed in the printer driver can also be set from an application for example collation However using collation in the application may cause prob lems In that case use the driver option to perform the function rather than setting it from the application But depending on the application settings such as the orienta tion may need to be set in the application or the printer driver or both The applica tion may not set up the file properly for printing on this equipment and may also take longer to
340. om Solid Draw as Outline and Transparency Solid Select this to print solid type of watermark Draw as Outline Select this to print an outline type of watermark Transparency Select this for a transparent watermark Set the transparent ratio from 0 to 100 in units of 1 You can also set the transparent ratio using the scroll bar 9 Click OK to save the watermark settings e The watermark is added or edited Deleting a watermark NOTE You can delete the default watermarks However they cannot be restored by clicking the Restore Defaults button 1 Select a watermark that you want to delete at the Water mark drop down box Watermark Add Edit Delete Print on First Page Only 2 Click Delete Printing with an Overlay File Using image overlays ensures that widely used images are readily available and con sistently reproduced Image overlays are independent documents that are merged into other documents during printing and thereby increase the time required to print a job To superimpose text on your document it may be faster to use watermarks To print with an overlay file you should create an overlay file first P 243 Creating An Overlay File NOTES If you use Image Overlays in combination with the N up feature the image overlay is printed once per sheet not once per page Both the overlay file and the documents on which you superimpose the overlay
341. omatically P 93 Specifying the IP address manually Searching the equipment automatically 1 Click Discovery TOSHIBA e STUDI0451c Series Client InstallShield Wizard xj Select Port Select the port for Printer mf Type the network path or the queue name of your printer If you don t know its name click Browse to view available network printers Network path or queue name LPT1 Discovery Browse lt Back Cancel e The TopAccessDocMon Local Discovery dialog box appears 2 Click Start Discovery x Name IPAPX Address Location Model s Select Start Discovery to begin the k discovery process Start Discovery Advanced Device Information Manual Seleciion Ik Cancel e It starts searching the equipment in the network Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 91 92 SUPPLEMENT It searches the equipment within the local subnet in your network If the equipment is located in the different subnet from your computer or you want to specify the IP address range to be searched click Advance The Discovery Settings dialog box appears and you can specify the advanced settings for searching the equipment Discovery Settings x Devices M Find e STUDIO451c Series E r Network I Enable IPX SPX Search IV Enable TCP IP Search Search local subnet Specify a range Fem i nn To 01070 28 OK Cancel Devices You can specify the
342. on It receives the argu ments from the qdaemon interrogates it for copy information etc then calls the queues copy of net_est451c to run the print This program will be installed in opt toshiba tap bin est451cadd This file is a shell script that is used to create a printer description This file will be installed in opt toshiba tap bin A symbolic link will be installed in the bin directory that will point to the actual location of this file est451crm This file is a shell script that is used to remove a printer description This file will be installed in opt toshiba tap bin A symbolic link will be installed in the bin directory that will point to the actual location of this file est451c 1 This is an input file for the man command that supplies online documentation for the printer specific options This file will be installed in opt toshiba tap man man1 A sym bolic link will be installed in the usr man man1 directory that will point to the actual loca tion of this file Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX 167 168 NOTE Planning for Installation System Requirements For UNIX workstation the following environment is required OS Sun Solaris v2 5 1 2 6 2 7 7 8 8 9 HP UX Version 10 20 11 x IBM AIX 4 1 5 4 3 3 5L SCO UNIXWare 7 SCO OpenUNIX 8 Red Hat Linux 6 2 7 1 7 2 7 3 8 0 SuSE Linux ver 7 0 8 1 Mandrake Linux ver 7 1 9 Turbo Linux 8 Protocol T
343. ons settings Sched uler settings only for Mac OS X 10 3 x Cover Page settings only for Mac OS X 10 3 x Paper Handling settings only for Mac OS X 10 3 x Paper Feed settings Error Handling settings Print Mode settings only for Mac OS 10 3 x only and Printer Fea ture settings The menus in the Print dialog box are different between Mac OS 10 2 x and Mac OS X 10 3 x The following table shows the menus that are displayed for each Mac OS ver sion and references the descriptions of the screens Menu Submenu 10 2 x 10 3 x References Copies amp Pages v v Q P 281 Copies amp Pages Layout v v P 281 Layout Duplex v P 283 Duplex Output Options v v Q P 284 Output Options Scheduler v P 285 Scheduler Paper Handling v O P 285 Paper Handling Cover Page v P 286 Cover Page Error Handling v v P 287 Error Handling Paper Feed v v P 287 Paper Feed Print Mode v 9 P 288 Print Mode Printer Features Printing Modes v P 289 Printing Modes Quality v v P 290 Quality Private Docu v P 292 Private Document Pass ment Password word Finishing M v P 293 Finishing DC v LQ P 296 DC Department Code Booklet v v 0 P 297 Booklet NOTE The Print dialog boxes vary across applications 280 Printing Guide Printing from Mac
344. oose whether to print your document as you have set it up in the application or to impose printer driven document layout options such as printing in Book Format or printing Multiple Pages per Sheet Additionally the printer drivers provide the ability to print selected pages on different media This includes printing front and back covers inserting sheets at predefined posi tions within the document or interleaving pages so that every other page is inserted blank or printed on a different type of media Watermark and Image Overlay Support Watermarks are a great way to subtly convey useful information about your printed doc uments Common watermarks are Confidential Draft and Original Several water marks have been pre defined for use with your documents or you can create and save your own custom watermarks Watermarks consist of text Image Overlays can be any combination of text graphics or other document elements Printing watermarks consumes fewer resources than using Image Overlays so you should use watermarks wherever possible particularly when printing speed is an issue 16 Printing Guide Features and Functions About the Client CD ROM For Windows SUPPLEMENT The contents of the Client Utilities CD ROM Client Software Installer Client Utilities CD ROM Client setup exe This is the setup program to install the printer drivers TopAccessDocMon and Font Manager on your computer PCL6 Prin
345. op to bottom on one sheet 9 Select this to print images from 9 pages arranged horizontally and printed top to bottom on one sheet 16 Select this to print images from 16 pages arranged horizontally and printed top to bottom on one sheet 4 Down Before Across Select this to print images from 4 pages arranged vertically from the top and printed horizontally on one sheet 6 Down Before Across Select this to print images from 6 pages arranged vertically from the top and printed horizontally on one sheet 9 Down Before Across Select this to print images from 9 pages arranged vertically from the top and printed horizontally on one sheet 16 Down Before Across Select this to print images from 16 pages arranged vertically from the top and printed horizontally on one sheet Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 2 Layout direction This sets pages to be printed from left to right or right to left It is available only when the N up printing printing a page on multiple sheets is set 3 Border 4 5 Select whether a border line is to be drawn on each page It is available only when the N up printing printing a page on multiple sheets is set None Select this if no border line to be drawn Single hairline Select this to draw a single hairline for the border Single thin line Select this to draw a single thin line for the border Double hairline Select this to draw
346. or DNS name of this equipment in the Printer s Address field Webs mwn OF Printer s Address 110 10 70 120 Internet address or DNS name Complete and valid address Vv Use default queue on server ie Name be Cancel add Printer Model Generic Uncheck the Use default queue on server box and enter Print in the Queue Name field Printer List IP Printing HA Printer s Address 110 10 70 120 Internet address or DNS name Complete and valid address _ Use default queue on server Queue Name Print Printer Model Generic Select TOSHIBA at the Printer Model drop down box and select the PPD file Printer List IP Printing Printer s Address 10 10 70 120 Internet address or DNS name Complete and valid address C Use default queue on server Queue Name Print Printer Model TOSHIBA Model Name TOSHIBA e STUDIO4S 1c Series PS TOSHIBA e STUDIO4S 1c Series UK PS Cancel Click Add The printer is added to the Printer List Continue the procedure to configure the installable options P 165 Configuring the Installable Options Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Macintosh 161 Configuring Macintosh AppleTalk printing 1 Start the Print Center for Mac OS X 10 2 4 to 10 2 8 or Printer Setup Utility for Mac OS X 10 3 x located Applica tions Utility folder in the Boot Disk 2
347. orted in the Windows NT 4 0 Windows 98 Me Installing the printer driver for parallel printing by Plug and Play The following describes an installation on Windows 98 The procedure is the same when Windows Me is used 1 Connect the printer cable to this equipment and your com puter and then power on the equipment and your computer The Add New Hardware Wizard dialog box appears 2 Click Next Add New Hardware Wizard This wizard searches for new drivers for TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c A device driver is a software program that makes a hardware device work j Cancel Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 3 Select Search for the best driver for your device Recom mended and click Next Add New Hardware Wizard What do you want Windows to do Display a list of all the drivers in a specific location so you can select the driver you want lt Back Cancel 4 Select Specify a location and click Browse Add New Hardware Wizard Windows will search for new drivers in its driver database on your hard drive and in any of the following selected locations Click Next to start the search I Floppy disk drives T CD ROM drive T Microsoft Windows Update EwinDows OPriONs cass z Browse e The Browse for Folder dialog box appears 5 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive When inserting the Client Utiliti
348. orted on the following UNIX workstation e Redhat 8 0 CUPS 1 1 18 e Turbo Linux 8 0 CUPS 1 1 14 e Suse 8 1 CUPS 1 1 15 All of the options worked correctly on Redhat 8 0 but the UI Constraints did not work correctly on Suse 8 1 or Turbo Linux 8 0 this is because they ship with older versions of CUPS Implementation Method This driver consists of a PPD file that works in conjunction with an interface like XPP KPrinter etc It can also be used on OSX in the same way that it is used on Linux but this is not recommended Supplied Components There is one supplied component a PPD file called TOSHIBA_EST451c_CUPS gz It has been compressed using gzip It does not need to be uncompressed for Linux to use the PPD file and so it should be left compressed The user needs root privileges to place the PPD file in the default location The default location for the standard CUPS PPD files is usr share cups model Toshiba Configuring UNIX Printing Using CUPS You can configure the CUPS for LPR printing or IPP printing Installing the CUPS for LPR Printing The PPD must first be copied onto the local machine the printer installed and then the PPD configured The printer is then installed and configured using CUPS via the browser The PPD is placed in the usr share cups model Toshiba directory which will require root privileges and the Toshiba directory may need to be created The PPD can be simply copied to the approp
349. ostScript Passthrough option in the PostScript settings 6 Toner Save Check this to print in toner save mode 7 Do not Print Blank Pages Check this ignore blank pages for printing 8 PostScript Settings Click this to specify the PostScript specific functions The PostScript Settings dialog box appears by clicking on this This print option is available only for the PS3 printer driver P 231 PostScript Settings Printing Guide Printing from Windows 229 230 NOTE NOTES Add Edit Watermark When you click Add or Edit the Watermark dialog box appears and you can create new watermark or edit selected watermarks E Caption Font Name Style Font Size 72 pt 6 z E E zf XPosition 0000 inches YPostion 0000 inches C Solid ini inches E C Dren es Bute Transparency ae Center Watermark 50 00900 Angle 0 ela m In le 1 X Position The horizontal position of a watermark is displayed You can change the position using the vertical scroll bar 2 Y Position The vertical position of a watermark is displayed You can change the position using the horizontal scroll bar 3 Units Select the unit for the X Position and Y Position field 4 Center Watermark Click this to automatically move the watermark position to the center 5 Caption Enter the text of a watermark You can enter up to 63 alphanume
350. our admin istrator to maintain the available hard disk space to store the jobs or delete the unnecessary jobs stored and resubmit the job Your document cannot be printed due to error User has sent a print job and it was rendered unserviceable by this equipment Make sure you use the correct printer driver Fax transmission failure The the transmission of a fax job that was sent using N W Fax driver failed Make sure you specify the correct destinations Document is held as invalid The print job is held as an invalid job because of an invalid department code Make sure you specify the correct depart ment code The printer has a paper jam A paper jam has occurred Remove the jam and resubmit the job The printer is offline The printer is offline This may be displayed by monitoring other TOSHIBA device such as GL 1020 GL 1010 SC 2 so on Turn the printer online and resubmit the job The printer is out of paper One of the drawers is out of paper Add paper The printer door is open One of the doors is opened Close the door The printer requires attention An error has occurred Go to the Touch Panel Display to see the type of error For more details on resolving the error refer to the Operator s Manual for Basic Function or consult your network administrator The yellow toner is Empty The magenta toner is Empty The cyan toner is Empty The black toner is Empty On
351. ource that contains transparency slides is requested bmtype Thick1 The paper source that contains Thick1 paper is requested bmtype Thick2 The paper source that contains Thich2 paper is requested bmtype Thick3 The paper source that contains Thich3 paper is requested The paper size always has priority over the media type and the paper source If this option is not specified the command will not be sent so the printer s default value will be used to print the banner page The command to specify that the banner page should print on a colored media type is Ip o bmtype Plain1 filename Printing Guide Printing from UNIX Other Printing Methods NOTE FTP Printing SUPPLEMENTS NOTE NOTES This equipment also supports following printing methods 2 P 313 FTP Printing P 314 Email Printing When the User Authentication is enabled on the equipment the print jobs that are sent by FTP printing and Email printing are proceed as invalid jobs according to the Depart ment Code Enforcement setting FTP printing is available when the FTP print service is enabled on this equipment You can print a document by sending the print file to this equipment using the FTP This equipment can accept following files for printing PCL file e PS file Text file In Windows you can create the PCL file and PS file using the printer driver To cre ate the PCL file or PS file change th
352. p 4 Select this when the drawer 3 and 4 are installed LCF Select this when the Large Capacity Feeder is installed NOTE LCF is not available for some countries or regions 12 Click OK 154 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Macintosh Configuring Macintosh AppleTalk printing NOTE Before installing the printer driver for AppleTalk printing on Macintosh check with your system administrator to make sure of the following This equipment is connected to the network and turned on The AppleTalk settings is correct 1 Click Apple menu and select Chooser a File Edit View Window Special Help About This Computer S AirPort Apple DVD Player D Apple System Profiler E calculator Chooser G Control Panels Qh Favorites Key Caps Network Browser Recent Applications G Recent Documents E3 Recent Servers ir Remote Access Status f Scrapbook amp Sherlock 2 Speakable Items Stickies e The Chooser dialog box appears 2 Select the LaserWriter 8 icon and select the AppleTalk zone if configured Then select this equipment displayed in the list and click Create Oo Chooser B Select a PostScript Printer MFP_OOC67861 AppleShare FaxPrint LaserWriter 8 oa Active Inactive AppleTalk The Select a PostScript Printer Description File dialog box appears 3 Select the
353. plays the TopAc cessDocMon window NOTE If you select a different device from the default printer driver when you run TopAccess DocMon by selecting TopAccessDocMon from the Document Monitor menu in the task bar or the selected printer driver when you run TopAccessDocMon by selecting a printer driver in the Printers folder and selecting TopAccessDocMon in the File menu the message This printer is different from default printer Continue to open TopAccess DocMon please click Yes is displayed If this message is displayed click No and select a correct device Finding a printer by entering printer address manually 1 Click Yes in the message dialog box to find a printer TopAccessDocMon E xj The address of your printer could not be located Would you like to search for it 2 e The TopAccessDocMon Local Discovery dialog box appears Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon 325 326 2 Click Manual Selection x Name IPAPX Address Location Model Select Start Discovery to begin the discovery process Start Discovery Advanced A Manual Selection Device Information Cancel Help e The Manual Selection dialog box appears 3 Enter each item to specify the printer address and click OK x IP Address 10 10 70 105 F Addre Nene MFP 00C67861 Location Cancel IP Address Enter the IP address of the printer IPX Add
354. plication that creates the PostScript code for printing such as Adobe Acro bat In that case please disable this option for printing Manual Scale Print Paper Size Paper Type User Front Cover User Back Cover Interleave Pages Insert Pages Booklet Multiple Pages per Sheet All options in the Effect tab All options in the Image Quality tab Image Quality Tab The Image Quality Tab allows you to select how images are printed You can easily select appropriate image quality depending on the type of a document Setting items in the Image Quality Tab vary with the type of printer drivers For PCL6 Printer Driver 21x Setup Print Job Layout Effect Image Quality About l j Halftone Resolution Smoothing JT Distinguish Thin Lines IT Use Black for All Texts lO OO Letter E 3 E Graphics Text Profile None hd Save As Delete Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Help 1 Halftone This sets how halftone are printed Smooth Select this to print halftone smoothly 2 Resolution This cannot be changed in the PCL6 printer driver 3 Smoothing Check this to print the texts and graphics smoothly 4 Distinguish Thin Lines Check this to print thin lines clearly 5 Use Black for All Text Check this to print all texts in 100 black except white texts Printing Guide Printing from Windows For PCL5c Printer Driver 21x Setup Print Jo
355. ponents InstallShield o 4 Uncheck the components that you want to uninstall and click Next TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client InstallShield Wizard Add Remove TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Select the components you want to install on your computer Deselect the components you want to remove from your computer Description TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PCLE Setup will install the OSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PCL5c Lopiecees action on your OSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PSL3 res Agfa TrueType Fonts 0 00 MB of space required on the C drive 12847 50 MB of space available on the C drive InstallShield lt Back Cancel e Deleting files starts Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 147 5 Click Finish TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client InstallShield Wizard gy InstallShield Wizard Complete Setup has finished updating TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client on your computer Back Cancel NOTE If you select all components to be uninstalled the Installer may ask you to restart your computer If it does select Yes want to restart my computer now and click Finish to restart your computer When Installed Using Add Printer Wizard If only printer drivers are installed by Add Printer Wizard or Point and Print you can uninstall them by deleting the printer icons from the Printers folder Deleting printer drivers 1 Open Printers
356. printer uncheck the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer and click Next Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer Is the printer attached to your computer If the printer is directly attached to your computer click Local printer If it is attached to another computer or directly to the network click Network printer Local printer JT Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer Network printer lt Back Cancel 5 Select Create a new port and select Local Port in the Type drop down box Then click Next Add Printer Wizard Select the Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through parts Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port Use the following port Port Description Printer LPEE Printer Port TOSHIBA e STUDIO4511 Seri LPT2 Printer Port LPT3 Printer Port COM1 Serial Port COM2 Serial Port PNM Serial Port E Note Most computers use the LPT1 port to communicate with a local printer Create a new port Type z lt Back Cancel The Port Name dialog box appears 6 Enter lt NetBIOS Name gt print in the field and click OK AE Enter a port name SMFP O0C67861 print Cancel Example NetBIOS Name MFP 00C67861 MFP 00C67861 print SUPPLEMENT You can also enter the IP address instead of the NetBIOS Nam
357. ption Printer a LPEE Printer Port TOSHIBA e STUDIO4511 Seri LPT2 Printer Port LPT3 Printer Port COM1 Serial Port COM2 Serial Port rn Serial Port E Note Most computers use the LPT 1 port to communicate with a local printer Create a new port Type The Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard dialog box appears 6 Click Next Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard xj Welcome to the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You use this wizard to add a port for a network printer Before continuing be sure that 1 The device is tumed on 2 The network is connected and configured To continue click Next 79 80 7 Enter the IP address of this equipment in the Printer Name or IP Address field and click Next Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard 3 xj Add Port For which device do you want to add a port S w Enter the Printer Name or IP address and a port name for the desired device Printer Name or IP Address fi 0 10 70 120 Port Name P10 10 70 120 lt Back Cancel e If your network uses a DNS or WINS server enter the printer name of this equipment provided from DNS or WINS in the Printer Name or IP Address field Inthe Port Name field the port name is automatically entered according to the IP address or DNS name entered in the Printer Name or IP Address
358. ptions Using Profiles Print option settings can be saved so you can easily load specifically configured set tings for a particular job In order to print a document using profiles you should create the saved profile first P 204 Saving profile Once you save profile you can load the settings for a particular job to print a document P 205 Loading profile You can also delete the profile that you no longer require P 206 Deleting profile Saving profile You can create up to 20 profiles for a printer driver 1 Configure the print options on each tab Setting the print options varies depending on how you want to print a docu ment P 207 Print Options 2 Click Save As at the Profile group Setup Print Job Layout Effect Image Quality About Original Paper Size Letter 8 1 2 x 11 bd Manual Scale my Print Paper Size Same as Original Size hd Paper Source Automatic Paper Type Plain zi Orientation Portrait g Number of Copies i Copy Handling Sort Copies x Color Mono Staple None F Hole Punch None hd 2ided Pining Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Help e The Profile Name dialog box appears 204 Printing Guide Printing from Windows 3 Enter the profile name and click OK x Profile Name file01 The file name can be up to 63 characters long SUPPLEMENT If you enter the existing profile name it prompts whether overwrite the e
359. pts you to enter the password and press the Enter key Printing Guide Other Printing Methods 313 6 Type the following command and press the Enter key put lt file name gt For example of the print file name is sample ps put sample ps 7 The file is sent to this equipment and spooled in the queue Email Printing Email printing is available when enabled on this equipment You can print a document by sending the print file as an email attachment to this equipment using the mail client software This equipment can accept only TIFF S TIFF F and TIFF J files for printing NOTE The Email print job is printed according to the RX Print settings Discard Printing and RX Reduction Printing that can be set from the RX PRINT button in the FAX menu on the Control Panel When Discard Printing is ON the part of the print image that exceeds the paper printing area is discarded if the print image is up to 10mm larger than the printing area If the print image is 10mm or more larger than the printing area the print image is printed on the largest paper When Discard Printing is OFF the print image is printed on the largest paper if its length exceeds the paper printing area When RX Reduction Printing is ON it will be vertically reduced to fit on the paper if the print image is longer than the paper When the print image cannot fit in the paper even if the print image is reduced the print image is printed on the largest paper
360. puter select whether using this printer as a default printer 13 Select whether this printer is shared or not and click Next Printer Sharing You can share this printer with other network users Indicate whether you want this printer to be available to other users If you share this printer you must provide a share name Do not share this printer Share as lt Back Cancel 14 Select Yes to print a test page and click Next Print Test Page To confirm that the printer is installed properly you can print a test page Do you want to print a test page Yes C No lt Back Cancel Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 15 Click Finish Add Printer Wizard Completing the Add Printer Wizard You have successfully completed the Add Printer wizard You specified the following printer settings Name TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PELE Shared as lt Not Shared gt Port LPT1 Model TOSHIBA e STUDIO451 cSeries PELE Default Yes Test page Yes To close this wizard click Finish lt Back ZE e Start copying files 16 The installation is completed NOTE Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Installing Client Software for USB Printing This section describes how to set up th
361. r Novell iPrint please see Network Administration Guide Before installing the printer driver for Novell iPrint the printer driver for Novell iPrint please make sure the following environments are satisfied in your computer Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 0 or later or Netscape 4 76 is installed iPrint is not supported on Netscape 6 JavaScript must be enabled on the web browser Installing the printer driver for Novell iPrint To install the printer driver for Novell iPrint on the client computer download and install the iPrint Client and printer driver from the NetWare server 1 Start the your web browser and enter the following URL in the address bar http lt IP address or DNS for NDPS Manager gt ipp NOTES Ifyou do not know the IP address or DNS for NDPS Manager please ask your net work administrator e Ifthe IP address or DNS is secured using SSL enter the URL address as following https lt IP address or DNS for NDPS Manager gt ipps 2 If the iPrint Client is not installed on your computer you are prompted to install it Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 143 3 Click the printer that you want to install from the list of avail able printers that is displayed in the iPrint web page e The selected printer driver is installed on your computer Uninstalling Client Utilities Software 144 NOTE The following instructions describe how to uninstall the client software The unins
362. r computer click Local Printer If it is attached to another computer click Network inter C Network printer lt Back Cancel 5 Click Have Disk Add Printer Wizard Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an Cw installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printe AG t 1000 Apple GFA AccuSet 1000SF v2013 108 AST AGFA AccuSet 1000SF v52 3 AT amp T AGFA AccuSet 1500 Brother AGFA AccuSet 1500SF v2013 108 Bull AGFA AccuSet 800 Ftnah AGFA AccuSet RINSF v1 3 1NA a Have Disk lt Back Cancel e The Install From Disk dialog box appears 6 Click Browse cals Weave aaar a Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from An X Browse e The Open dialog box appears 7 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive e When inserting the Client Utilities CD ROM the installer may automatically start Click Cancel to exit the installer and continue the operation Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 8 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows 98 Me is located and click OK Open BE File name Folders Loan eS 4dxl9x inf d client 9x_me pcl6 usa Cancel a ays amp client E me 4 pcl6 e To install the PCL5c printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client 9X_ME PCL5c lt language gt e To in
363. r media type e Output bin as requested by the o parameter or the printer default value 6 lines per inch Auto wrap on Automatic carriage return when a line feed is sent Printing Guide Printing from UNIX NOTES The banner page is designed to fit Statement A5 and bigger paper If the paper selected is smaller the banner page may wrap onto two 2 pages The default is that the banner page is printed before the job so that it is in the correct stacking order When the language is set to raw the banner is always disabled The paper source and the media type for the banner page can be set to different values than the job s paper source and media type If a banner paper source is not specified then the auto source command is sent If a banner media type is not spec ified then no banner media type command is sent so the printer s default value will be used Ifthe file being printed specifies the paper destination or the paper size internally the banner page may print to the wrong output or on an incorrect paper size Banner Options The banner page can be printed using the following options Option Value Alternate Value Description banner last Print the banner page after the job so that it will be physically on top of the job in the output tray banner first banner Print the banner page before the job so that it will be physically under the job in the outpu
364. r size paper LT A4 a4 Select A4 size paper legal Ig Select legal size paper LG statement st Select statement size paper ST ledger Id Select ledger size paper LD folio folio japan Select folio size paper A3 a3 Select A3 size paper A5 a5 Select A5 size paper A6 a6 Select A6 size paper Printing Guide Printing from UNIX SUPPLEMENT Option Value Alternate Value Description B4 b4 Select JIS B4 size paper b4 jis B4 JIS B5 b5 Select JIS B5 size paper b5 jis B5 JIS computer co Select computer size paper co legal13 Ig13 Select LG13inch size paper LG13 sq85 letter square Select SQ8 5inch size paper 8K 8k Select 8K size paper 16K 16k Select 16K size paper If this option is not specified the printer s default value will be used Example The command to specify the A4 paper size is Ip o a4 filename Printing Modes The printing mode can be selected using the following options Option Value Alternate Value Description normal Process as a normal print job proof Process as a proof print job private din Process as a private print job The din is up to 63 digit between 1 to 63 password If this option is not specified the printer s default value will be used A private printing job requires the user to enter a maximum number of 63 character long string Character lengths longer than 63 will be clipped to 63
365. r the portrait document or in the right for the landscape docu ment a IT 3 N Middle Bottom Portrait Middle Left Landscape Select this to staple double in the bottom for the portrait document or in the left for the landscape document a IT 3 N 2 Saddle Stitch Portrait Saddle Stitch Landscape Select this to staple double in the center for a booklet to be printed Select this only when booklet printing is performed i N NOTES This option cannot be selected if a finisher is not installed e Saddle Stitch Portrait Saddle Stitch Landscape is displayed when you select Multi position Stapler or Multi position Stapler and Hole Punch is selected in the Installable Options settings during the installation However this option is available only when the Saddle stitch Finisher is installed 272 Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh Printing Modes In the Printing Mode menu you can set the way this equipment handles the print
366. rd Windows will search for new drivers in its driver database on your hard drive and in any of the following selected locations Click Next to start the search T Floppy disk drives T CD ROM drive I Microsoft Windows Update I Specify a location IC WINDOWS OPTIONS CABS X lt Back Next gt Cancel e The Browse for Folder dialog box appears 7 Select the USB folder in the Client Utilities CD ROM and click OK Browse for Folder BE Select the folder that contains driver information INF file for Eig e STUDIO Clienti E H E Ime H O Discover H Docmon H O MacPPD BO N H E PandP C PtoP 2 Readme E Strings aw H W2k_xp_2003 D Wehinstall Cancel 8 Click Next Add New Hardware Wizard Windows will search for new drivers in its driver database on your hard drive and in any of the following selected locations Click Next to start the search T Floppy disk drives T CD ROM drive I Microsoft Windows Update I Specify a location E USB ha lt Back Next gt Cancel Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 55 9 Click Next Add New Hardware Wizard Windows driver file search for the device TOSHIBA e STUDIO USB Printing Support Windows is now ready to install the best driver for this device Click Back to select a different driver or click Next to continue Location of driver 3 E USB TTECUSB I
367. ress Enter the IPX address of the printer This is available only when the IPX SPX protocol and Novell Client are installed in your computer and the computer is connected to the NetWare server Name Enter the printer name Location Enter the location of the printer NOTE You must enter Name and either IP Address or IPX Address Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon 4 Entered printer is added in the list Select a printer that you want to monitor from the list and click OK x Name IPAIPX Address Location Model 3 10 10 70 105 5 Select Start Discovery to begin the k discovery process Start Discovery Advanced Device Information Manual Seleciion http 10 10 70 105 8080 Cancel Help e TopAccessDocMon connects to selected printer and display the TopAccess DocMon window NOTE If you select a different device from the default printer driver when you run TopAccess DocMon by selecting TopAccessDocMon from the Document Monitor menu in the task bar or the selected printer driver when you run TopAccessDocMon by selecting a printer driver in the Printers folder and selecting TopAccessDocMon in the File menu the message This printer is different from default printer Continue to open TopAccess DocMon please click Yes is displayed If this message is displayed click No and select a correct device Configuring Discovery Settings You ca
368. rface lt queue name gt 3 Enter the following command rm opt toshiba tap interface lt queue name gt conf 4 Enter the following command opt toshiba tap bin modPrintcap d lt queue name gt 5 Enter the following command ls opt toshiba tap bin flag lt queue name gt Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX 175 6 If the above file exists enter the following command opt toshiba tap bin printconf import d lt queue name gt rm opt toshiba tap bin flag lt queue name gt 7 Restart your Ipd Deleting a print queue manually on OpenUNIX 1 Log on to the root account 2 Enter the following command lpadmin x lt queue name gt 3 Enter the following command rm etc lp interfaces lt queue name gt conf Setting Up the CUPS 176 When you want to configure the UNIX printing using CUPS you can use LPR printing or IPP printing This section describes the behavior options and installation method of the CUPS printer driver for the equipment The behavior of the printer driver presented in this specification is consistent with CUPS v1 1 15 The driver may appear and or operate slightly differently in the different versions In reality the file supplied in this package is not really a printer driver it is actually a PostScript Printer Description PPD file Development Environment The provided CUPS printer driver is supported on the following UNIX workstation e Redhat
369. riate directory and the CUPS daemon re started Installing the CUPS for LPR printing 1 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive 2 Log on to the root account and create Toshiba directory in the usr share cups model directory Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX 177 3 Copy the GZIP file into the usr share cups model Toshiba directory or enter the following command cp TOSHIBA EST451lc CUPS gz usr share cups model Toshiba e A GZIP file is included in the Admin CUPS USA folder in the CD ROM 4 Enter the following command service lpd stop NOTE If lpd is already stopped Failed will be displayed e When using the Red Hat Linux continue to the next step e When using other than the Red Hat Linux skip to step 10 5 When using the Red Hat Linux enter the following com mand usr bin redhat switch printer The redhat switch printer dialog box appears 6 Select CUPS and click OK e The information dialog box appears 7 Click OK 8 Enter the following command service cups start 9 Enter the following command usr bin cupsconfig The Common UNIX Printing System page appears Skip to step 11 10 Open the browser and locate CUPS by typing http local host 631 in the address field The Common UNIX Printing System page appears 11 Click the Manage Printers link Live Home Page rope Appk Support Appl
370. ric characters When you are editing a watermark the selected watermark text is displayed in the field 6 Font Name Select a font to be used for the watermark text Do not select the symbol font such as Symbol Webdings and so on The symbol font will not apply to the watermark text 7 Style Select the font style for the watermark text Regular Select this to set the regular style to the text Bold Select this to set the bold style to the text italic Select this to set the italic style to the text Bold Italic Select this to set the bold and italic style to the text 8 Color Select a color of watermark text If the color that you require is not listed in the drop down box click Browse to add new color e When Mono is selected at the Color drop down box on the Setup Tab this option will be disabled e This option is disabled for the PCL6 printer driver because it supports only black and white printing Printing Guide Printing from Windows 9 Font Size Enter the font size for the watermark text The font size can be set from 6 to 300 pt in units of 1 pt You can also set the font size using the scroll bar 10 Angle Enter the degree of angle for rotating the watermark text The angle can be set from 90 to 90 degrees in units of 1 degree You can also set the degree of angle by mov ing the scroll bar 11 Solid Select this to print solid type of watermark 12 Draw
371. rint on both sides of the paper Printing both sides of paper 1 Display the Setup tab and select the direction to be printed at the 2 Sided Printing drop down box 2 Sided Printing Book Select this to print on both sides of the paper in a vertically direction so the pages can be bound and turned over right and left Tablet Select this to print on both sides of the paper in a vertical reversal motion so the pages can be bound and turned over up and down 2 Set other print options you require and click OK 3 Click OK or Print to send a print job The print job is printed on both side of paper in the specified direction Printing or Inserting Sheets from Different Paper Sources You can print paper for covers back covers or for insert between pages by feeding from different paper source This is useful when you want to print or insert a color cover and color sheets in front of every chapter in a document SUPPLEMENTS A front cover can be also printed or inserted for booklet printing by setting it in the Booklet window P 250 Printing Booklets A front cover and back cover can be also printed or inserted for N up printing by set ting it in the Multiple Pages per Sheet window P 252 Printing Several Reduced Pages per Sheet 248 Printing Guide Printing from Windows Printing or inserting a front cover and back cover 1 Display the Standard window of the Layout tab 2 To p
372. rint or insert a front cover check the Use Front Cover box and select the drawer where the cover paper is loaded at the Source drop down box Then select whether inserting a blank cover or printed front cover at the Print Style drop down box M Use Front Cover Source Dae H Print Style Donetprintonpage Do not print on page Select this to insert a blank front cover Print on 1 side of page Select this to print the first page of the document on a front side of a cover Print on both sides of page Select this to print the first two pages of the document on both sides of a cover NOTES When Automatic is selected in the Source drop down box the paper is automati cally selected according to the printed document size e Print on both sides of page is available only when 2 Sided printing is enabled at the Setup tab 3 To print or insert a back cover check the Use Back Cover box and set the Source and Print Style options that you require IV Use Back Cover Source Tandem LCF 7 Print Style Do not print on page x How to set the Source and Print Style options are the same as Use Front Cover option 4 To print or insert sheets between the pages check the Insert Pages box and set the Source and Print Style options as you require Then enter the page numbers the sheets will be inserted IV Insert Pages Source Sheet Feed Bypass Print
373. rinting photos iqpresen Set the proper image quality for printing a vivid docu ment iglineart Set the proper image quality for printing a document contains a lot of characters or line arts Example The command to set the normal quality type for the print job is Ip o iqnormal filename Halftone The halftone can be selected using the following options Option Value Alternate Value Description halftone AUTO Set the proper halftone depending on the contents in the document automatically When this is selected the halftone is printed in detail for the texts and smoothly for the graphics halftone DETAIL Set the halftone in detail halftone SMOOTH Set the halftone smoothly Example The command to set the auto halftone for the print job is Ip o halftone AUTO filename Black Over Print The black over print mode can be selected using the following options Option Value Alternate Value Description blackoverprint 0 Disable the black over print mode blackoverprint 1 Enable the black over print mode Printing Guide Printing from UNIX Example The command to set the black over print mode for the print job is Ip o blackoverprint 1 filename PCL5e Specific Options Some of the options only apply to plain text or PCL5e files Text Wrapping The following options control text wrapping whe
374. river Keep existing driver recommended cmos 16 Change the name if desired and click Next Add Printer Wizard x Type in the name of this printer When you have finished click Next Note Exceeding 31 characters in the Server and Printer name combination may not be supported by some applications Printer name Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer Yes No lt Back Cancel SUPPLEMENT If any printer drivers have installed on the computer select whether using this printer as a default printer 76 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 17 Select whether this printer is shared or not and click Next Add Printer Wizard x Indicate whether this printer will be shared with other network users If you choose sharing give this printer a share name C Shared o Share Name Select the operating systems of all computers that will be printing to this printer lt Back Cancel e When you select Shared you can also select the operating systems of printer drivers that you want to install for clients If you select any operating systems repeat the procedure from Step 9 to 15 to install the printer drivers for selected operating systems 18 Select Yes to print a test page and click Finish Add Printer Wizard x After your printer is installed you can print a test page s
375. rk click Network printer Local printer VA ily de Network printer lt Back Cancel 5 Select Connect to a printer on the Internet or on your intra net and enter http IP address 631 Print in the URL field Add Printer Wizard E Locate Your Printer How do you want to locate your printer If you don t know the name of the printer you can browse for one on the network What do you want to do Type the printer name or click Next to browse for a printer Name Connect to a printer on the Internet or on your intranet URL http 10 10 70 105 631 Print lt Back Cancel Enter the IP address of this equipment instead of IP address Example IP address 10 10 70 105 http 10 10 70 105 631 Print e If your network uses a DNS or WINS server enter the printer name of this equipment provided from DNS or WINS instead of IP address Example Print Server Name Mfp 00c67861 http Mfp 00c67861 631 Print e When you connect from the Internet enter the FQDN of this equipment pro vided from DNS instead of IP address Example URL mfp_00c67861 toshiba com http mfp_00c67861 toshiba com 631 Print NOTE P for Print in the IPP URL must be capitalized When you are using on Windows XP the IPP port can be created by entering print non capitalized in the IPP URL but the print job cannot be sent to the equipment In that case delete the IPP port
376. rofilen de eraai lia uai 204 208 Proof Printare diodes ectdactoees 215 242 PS FORMIS meena e a rae i 365 Pure Black sve ahecieliieteiin aru Aaa 235 Pure Black and Gray eee 277 291 Pure Gray ecci t2s derterieedeseieatanenedt nese 234 236 R Raw TCP Printing eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 23 64 Refresh Rates aiiccetedesisatcg cetaceans A 320 Refresh Rates ccccccccecsssseeeeeeseeneeeeeeneas 318 Remaining from sesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 288 Resolution ccceeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeees 232 233 235 Restore Defaults cccccsssseeeeeeeeeees 208 320 Reverse page Order ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 286 Rotate 180 degrees cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 229 Run Font Manager ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 237 Run the document monitor when starting Windows 318 S Saturation ee a a a a a 234 Save as File ena aaa a aa a tt cceettadan 284 Scale us ei e ataia 264 279 Scheduled Print ssesseeceeeeeseeeees 215 239 Setup Tab aicsean nii 207 209 SMB Printing cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 24 85 Smoothing 006 232 234 235 277 291 Solid aeren ea ei er 231 257 E olle E A 212 247 Staple Down the Center 000 224 252 Start Discovery eessen eerren 324 332 StaMUD EPEE E EO EE TT 318 Status ee iiaeaa eaae a aaa 329 331 Status Bar sects coves e E A E E Nn 329 Store to e Filing cccccececceeeseeeeeeeees 216 244 Sile rrenean e ele ee 230 Sub
377. rollers from the client computer TopAccessDocMon supports device and job monitoring the following TOSHIBA control lers e e STUDIO451c Series e e STUDIO850 Series e e STUDIO4511 Series e e STUDIO450 Series e e STUDIO280 Series e GL 1020 e GL 1010 e SC 2 TopAccessDocMon also can monitor the device status of the devices that support MIB Il Host Resource MIB and Printer MIB To monitor the print jobs using TopAccessDocMon the equipment and your com puter must be connected in the TCP IP or IPX SPX network To monitor the print jobs using TopAccessDocMon the SNMP Network Service must be enabled using TopAccess Information about setting up the SNMP Network Service from the TopAccess is provided in the TopAccess Guide e TopAccessDocMon is only available for Windows To monitor and manage print jobs via a network environments use TopAccess Information about monitoring print jobs from the TopAccess is provided in the TopAccess Guide Features and Functions The document monitor TopAccessDocMon follows the progress of each job from your computer desktop until it is printed on this equipment TopAccessDocMon consists of the document monitor and a printer status component e The document monitor provides event notification alerts This means that if an event interrupts printing such as a paper out condition the monitor displays an alert You can control which events cause TopAccessDocMon to display an alert e Print
378. rom 2 pages arranged left to right when the orientation is portrait or from top to bottom when the orientation is landscape on one sheet 2 pages Right to Left Select this to print images from 2 pages arranged right to left when the orientation is portrait or from bottom to top when the orientation is landscape on one sheet 4 pages Left to Right Select this to print images from 4 pages arranged horizontally from the left and printed top to bottom on one sheet 4 pages Right to Left Select this to print images from 4 pages arranged horizontally from the right and printed top to bottom on one sheet 4 pages Left to Right by Column Select this to print images from 4 pages arranged vertically from the top and printed left to right on one sheet 4 pages Right to Left by Column Select this to print images from 4 pages arranged vertically from the top and printed right to left on one sheet 6 pages Left to Right Select this to print images from 6 pages arranged horizontally from the left and printed top to bottom on one sheet 8 pages Left to Right Select this to print images from 8 pages arranged horizontally from the left and printed top to bottom on one sheet 9 pages Left to Right Select this to print images from 9 pages arranged horizontally from the left and printed top to bottom on one sheet 16 pages Left to Right Select this to print images from 16 pages arranged horizontally from the left a
379. rom Macintosh Error Handling In the Error Handling menu you can set how to report a PostScript error Print Printer MFP_00C67861 Presets Standard Error Handling p PostScript Errors No special reporting O Print detailed report Tray Switching Use printer s default Switch to another cassette with the Display alert Preview _ Save As PDF X 1 PostScript Error This sets whether or not you want to print a PostScript error report No special reporting Select this if you do not want to print PostScript error information Print detailed report Select this to print PostScript error information 2 Tray Switching This is not supported by this equipment Paper Feed In the Paper Feed menu you can set the paper source Print Printer MFP_00C67861 Presets Standard Paper Feed i 4 All pages from Auto Select First page from Auto Def OOO Remaining from Auto Defa Q Preview Save As PDF SS 1 All pages from Select the option button when you want to use same paper source for all pages When this is selected select the paper source or paper type to be used at the drop down menu Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 287 288 NOTE 2 First page from Select the option button when you want to specify different paper source for a first page and remaining pages
380. rom the queue You can only cancel print jobs that you submitted Document gt Release Proof This menu is displayed under the Proof Print tab This item displays the Release Proof dialog box where the number of copies to be printed can be changed and the job released for printing added to the current jobs print queue You can only release jobs that you submitted P 336 Monitoring Queues 328 Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon e Document gt Print Now This menu is displayed under the Scheduled Print tab This item overrides the assigned print schedule order for a particular job and prints the selected job immediately P 336 Monitoring Queues Document gt Release This menu is displayed under the Invalid tab This item displays the Invalid Release dialog box where the department code is entered and the job is released for printing e View gt Configure Displays the Configuration window Q P 318 Configuring TopAccessDocMon e View gt Refresh Renews the window display e View gt Status Bar Check or uncheck to display or hide the status bar Help gt Contents and Index Accesses the online help application Help gt About TopAccessDocMon Displays copyright version and other infor mation about the Document Monitor Document Monitoring Tabs The tabs on this window vary depending on the monitoring device e STUDIO451c Series e STUDIO850 Series e STUDIO45
381. rs to open the Printers folder i Programs gt CN Documents gt Control Panel fi Taskbar ag oO i z o 2 3 Q Shut Donn Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 101 2 Double click the Add Printer icon P Printers of File Edit View Help ams Hele xls eat TOSHIBA e STUDIO4 1 object s selected A The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears 3 Select My Computer and click Next Add Printer Wizard x This wizard helps you install your printer or make printer connections This printer will be managed by All settings will be managed and configured on this computer C Network printer server Connect to a printer on another machine All settings for this printer are managed by a print server that has been set up by an administrator Back Cancel 4 Click Add Port Add Printer Wizard x Click the check box next to the port s you want to use Documents will print to the first available checked port Available ports Port_ Description Printer miT Local Port TOSHIBA e OLPT2 Local Port Opts Local Pott O comt Local Port O com Local Port C COM3 Local Port E Add Port Configure Port T Enable printer pooling Eea e The Printer Ports dialog box appears 5 Select Local Port and click New Port Printer Ports BE Available Printer Ports
382. rt Computers communicate with printers through parts Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port Use the following port Port Description Printer LPEE Printer Port TOSHIBA e STUDIO4511 Seri LPT2 Printer Port LPT3 Printer Port COM1 Serial Port COM2 Serial Port PNM Serial Port E Note Most computers use the LPT1 port to communicate with a local printer Create a new port Type E lt Back Cancel The Port Name dialog box appears Enter lt NetWare file server name gt lt queue name gt in the Enter a port name field and click OK Example NetWare file server name Nwsrv queue name mfp_queue Nwsrv mfp queue 2x Enter a port name Nwsrv mfp_queue Cancel Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 139 7 Click Have Disk Add Printer Wizard The manufacturer and model determine which printer to use aZ Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation Ce disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printers E AGFA AccuSet v52 3 E Alps AGFA AccuSetSF v52 3 Apollo AGFA AccuSet 800 Apple AGFA AccuSet 800SF v52 3 APS PS AGFA AccuSet 800SF v2013 108 AST AGFA AccuSet 1000 ATLRT AGFA Anana 1NNNCE WR 2 zl Windows Update Have Disk
383. rt Copies can be enabled only when printing on Letter A4 or B5 1 Display the Setup tab and enter the number of copies to be printed at the Number of Copies field Then select Rotated Sort Copies at the Copy Handling drop down box Number of Copies 5 Copy Handling Group Copies nd Color Rotated Sort Copies 2 Set other print options you require and click OK Printing Guide Printing from Windows 245 246 3 Click OK or Print to send a print job e The print job is output in different direction for each copy Enlarge Reduce Printing You can automatically enlarge or reduce a document image to fit a specified paper size or manually set the zoom ratio to enlarge or reduce the image Printing enlarged or reduced image to fit specified paper size 1 Display the Setup tab and select the document size on the Original Paper Size drop down box Then select the paper size that you want to print at the Print Paper Size drop down box Original Paper Size Ledger 11 x 17inch bi I Manual Scale Print Paper Size Letter 8 1 2 x 11inch The document image is automatically enlarged or reduced depending on the original paper size and print paper size Set other print options you require and click OK Click OK or Print to send a print job Enlarged or reduced image is printed to fit specified paper size Printing an enlarged or reduced image by specifying
384. rver 2003 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 53 Windows 98 Me Installing the printer driver for USB printing by Plug and Play The following describes an installation on Windows 98 The procedure is the same when Windows Me is used 1 Power on this equipment and your computer 2 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive When inserting the Client Utilities CD ROM the installer may automatically start Click Cancel to exit the installer and continue the operation 3 Connect the USB cable to this equipment and your com puter The Add New Hardware Wizard dialog box appears NOTE When you are installing the printer driver for USB printing on Windows Me the USB port driver automatically installed In that case please skip to step 11 4 Click Next Add New Hardware Wizard This wizard searches for new drivers for e STUDIO Series device driver is a software program that makes a hardware device work 5 Select Search for the best driver for your device Recom mended and click Next Add New Hardware Wizard What do you want Windows to do Display a list of all the drivers in a specific location so you can select the driver you want lt Back Cancel 54 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 6 Check only the Specify a location check box and click Browse Add New Hardware Wiza
385. ry process Start Discovery Advanced Manual Selection OK Cancel Help Configuring Network Discovery Settings You can configure the discovery settings for the Network Discovery in the Discovery Settings dialog box Discovery Settings E x Devices Find TOSHIBA Devices Find All Devices on the Network Network I Enable IPx SPX Searc IV Enable TCP IP Search Search local subnet Specify a range From 10 10 70 100 iis 10 10 70 106 Cancel Help 1 Devices Find TOSHIBA Devices Check on this to search only for TOSHIBA devices in your network such as the e STUDIO451c Series e STUDIO850 Series e STUDIO4511 Series e STUDIO450 Series e STUDIO280 Series GL 1020 GL 1010 and SC 2 2 Devices Find All Devices on the Network Check on this to search for all compatible devices can be detected 3 Network Enable IPX SPX Search Check on this to search for printers connected to the IPX SPX network This is available only when the IPX SPX protocol and Novell Client are installed in your computer and the computer is connected to the NetWare server 4 Network Enable TCP IP Search Check on this to search for printers connected to the TCP IP network This is avail able only when the TCP IP protocol is installed in your computer When this is enabled select how TopAccessDocMon should search for printers in the TCP IP network Search local subnet Select this to searc
386. s AGFAAccuSet v52 3 AGFAAccuSetSF v52 3 AGFA AccuSet 800 AGFA AccuSet 800SF v52 3 AGFA AccuSet 800SF v2013 108 AGFAAccuSet 1000 AT amp T JAGFAAccuSet 1000SF v52 3 zi Have Disk The Install From Disk dialog box appears 9 Click Browse x Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive cas sated erd then ciek Ok Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from AN x Browse e The Locate File dialog box appears 10 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive e When inserting the Client Utilities CD ROM the installer may automatically start Click Cancel to exit the installer and continue the operation Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 115 11 12 13 116 Locate the directory where the printer driver for your Win dows version is located select the INF file and click Open ax Look in USA cf 33 eS4dxl2K inf My Computer KE My Network P File name e54d12K int 7 Cancel To install the PCL5c printer driver for Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL5c lt language gt To install the PCL6 printer driver for Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL6 lt language gt e To install the PS3 printer driver for Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 locate CD ROM drive Client W2K_XP_2003 PS lt language gt Files o
387. s Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 61 3 Select Install from a list or specific location Advanced and click Next Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard This wizard helps you install software for TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c If your hardware came with an installation CD lt gt or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do O Install the software automatically Recommended Install from a list or specific location Advanced Click Next to continue 4 Select Search for the best driver in these locations and check only the Include this location in the search check box Then click Browse Found New Hardware Wizard Please choose your search and installation options om S Search for the best driver in these locations Use the check boxes below to limit or expand the default search which includes local paths and removable media The best driver found will be installed Search removable media floppy CD ROM Include this location in the search Dont search will choose the driver to install Choose this option to select the device driver from a list Windows does not guarantee that the driver you choose will be the best match for your hardware lt Back Next gt _ Cancel e The Browse For Folder dialog box appears 5 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD
388. s copying files 8 Click Finish Found New Hardware Wizard Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard The wizard has finished installing the software for iA TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCLE Click Finish to close the wizard 9 The installation is completed NOTE Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 63 Installing Client Software for Raw TCP LPR Printing 64 NOTES NOTE This section describes how to set up the printer drivers for Raw TCP LPR printing which is available for the local area network over TCP IP There are Two ways to set up the printer drivers for Raw TCP LPR printing e Using the installer in the Client Utilities CD ROM You can set up the printer drivers for Raw TCP LPR printing by installing the printer drivers using the installer in the Client Utilities CD ROM Then you install and con figure the Raw TCP or LPR port to configure the connection P 64 Installation for Raw TCP LPR Printing Using the Installer Using Add Printer Wizard When you want to install the printer drivers without using the installer or when you want to install the same printer driver for another equipment install the printer driv ers using the Add Printer Wizard P 72 Installation for Raw TCP LPR Printing
389. sciestet veces ccveteccccevcstercsdoreuvciwcvccevtslavesshacshaceveueverssevesaunesys 359 Managing Fonts with Font Manager 0 cc cee cece teens eeeeee ee teaeeneaes 360 Installing Font Manager ccccsscceceeeseecceeceeseeeeeeeeeneneeeceenteaaeeeeeneneeees 360 Searching FOmMts ceescccceceeeccccceseneececeecenenccecsseneeecaeueeeeceseseseeeecesaneees 360 Installing Fonts in WindOWS 0 c cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaaes 361 Uninstalling Fonts in WINdOWS eserse ranee EErEE RRENA ENE ETERA EAA 361 Removing Fonts from the Computer c ccececeeeeeeseereeeeeettieeeeeeenaaes 361 Displaying Font Preview c ccccccccccceeeeesceeeeeeeetceeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeneeeeeseeaees 362 Creating a Font Groupissi t sen a a a oedema lied 362 Sorting Fonts inthe LISE eer eee E A AAA 363 Soning Dy NIME sereset a A A EAR 363 Soning Dy Font Type veiei E A eevsedcabeaedas 363 Inverting the Alphabetical Order eesessssesersseserrrsserrrrsssrerrnsseenes 363 Internal Fonts S ee a aana aaa a ae ae adi 364 12 Printing Guide Table of Contents Internal PCL Fonts liS er i ccc a maoa aa a aao paa a aaa aoa intemal PS Fonts LiSte sc ciehanesadtictia hs Geinlei A Printing Guide Table of Contents 13 14 Printing Guide Table of Contents OVERVIEW This section describes the overview of the printing functions e Features and Functions ccccccccceeenceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeesesee
390. send documents to the default printer unless you specify otherwise Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer C Yes No 15 Click Finish Completing the Add Printer Wizard You have successfully completed the Add Printer wizard You specified the following printer settings Name TOSHIBA e STUDIO451 cSeries PCLE on http Default Yes Location Comment To close this wizard click Finish 16 The printer driver is installed NOTE Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver SUPPLEMENT If you want to install TopAccessDocmon and Agfa Font Manager you must install them from the Client Utilities CD ROM separately Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 117 Installing Client Software for Novell Printing 118 NOTE This section describes how to install the client software for Novell printing on NetWare print server environments There are three ways to set up the printer drivers for Novell printing Using the installer in the Client Utilities CD ROM When you insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into your CD ROM drive the installer automatically starts You can install printer drivers and other client software using the installer If you want to install printer drivers as well as other
391. set Tray Cover Open Please Close Cover Close the Offset Tray Cover This error message is only displayed for e STUDIO450 Series and e STUDIO280 Series Printing Guide TopAccessDocMon Errors 351 352 Status Details Description Paper Jam Paper Jam in Auto Duplex Unit Please Clear Paper Path Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper Paper Jam in Stack Feed Bypass Please Clear Paper Path Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper Paper Jam in Upper Drawer Please Clear Paper Path Paper Jam in Drawer 1 Please Clear Paper Path Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper Paper Jam in Lower Drawer Please Clear Paper Path Paper Jam in Drawer 2 Please Clear Paper Path Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper Paper Jam in Large Capacity Feeder Please Clear Paper Path Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper Paper Jam in Pedestal Upper Drawer Please Clear Paper Path Paper Jam in Drawer 3 Please Clear Paper Path Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper Paper Jam in Pedestal Lower Drawer Please Clear Paper Path Paper Jam in Drawer 4 Please Clear Paper Path Refer to the HELP on the Touch Panel Display to remove jammed paper Paper Jam in Finisher
392. settings that select the way this equipment handles a print job This tab allows you to enable various job types such as Scheduled Print Private Print and Proof Print You can also print a document as an overlay file or store to e filing TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 Printing Preferences 21x Setup Print Job Layout Effect Image Quality About Normal Print Scheduled Print mE 4 6 2005 8 17 PM Edit C Private Print assword Proof Print Print to Overlay File Letter lee i OGOEHO C Store to e Filing Graphics Text Profile None bl Destination Save As Delete Department Restore Defaults Q 1 Normal Print Select this to print a job normally 2 Scheduled Print Select this to print a job at a future date and time When this is selected click Edit to set the date and time to print a job 3 Private Print Select this to print a private job When you select this enter a up to 63 digit pass word between 1 to 63 digits in the Password field The print job sent as a private job is saved in the private job queue on this equip ment and is not printed until you activate printing from the Touch Panel Display This option is useful when you want to print a confidential document that is secured by a password The user has to enter the password to print the private job when activating printing from the Touch Panel Display 4 Proof Print Select this to print
393. sizes In particular A5 A6 and statement paper sizes will not work with this function Output Bin The output bin can be specified using the following options Option Value Alternate Value Description inner Select the inner tray bin1 Select the upper output tray of the finisher bin2 Select the lower output tray of the finisher If the finisher option is not installed on the equipment the default output tray will be used inner If the finisher option is installed on the equipment the default output tray will be used bin2 Example The command to specify output bin 1 is Ip o bin1 filename Hole Punching When the hole punch option is installed it can be activated using the following option Option Value Alternate Value Description punch 0 nopunch Hole punching is turned off Printing Guide Printing from UNIX Option Value Alternate Value Description punch 1 Hole punch long edge without rotation punch 2 Hole punch short edge without rotation punch 3 Hole punch long edge with 180 degree rotation punch 4 Hole punch short edge with 180 degree rotation If this option is not specified the default value of nopunch will be used This function is not available for all paper sizes and the users should refer to the copier manual for a list of compatible paper sizes In particular A5 A6 and statement paper sizes
394. stall the PCL6 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client 9X_ME PCL6 lt language gt e To install the PS3 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client 9X_ME PS lt language gt 9 Click OK Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive selected and then click OK Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from D CLIENT 9X_ME PCLE USA M Browse 10 Select the printer driver and click Next a4 Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an Q installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Printers TOSHIBA e STUDIO451 cSeries PCL6 lt Back Next gt Cancel 11 Select LPT1 and click Next Add Printer Wizard Click the port you want to use with this printer and then click Next s Available ports Communications Port Communications Port Creates a file on disk Virtual printer port for USB Add Pott Configure Pott Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 43 12 Change the name if desired and click Next Add Printer Wizard You can type a name for this printer or you can use the name supplied below When you have finished click Next Printer name Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer C Yes C No lt Back Cancel SU
395. step by step instructions for installing a printer To install a new printer double click the Add Printer icon Windows 2000 Support 1 object s selected e When using the Windows XP Server 2003 click Add a printer in the Printer Tasks menu The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears 3 Click Next Add Printer Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections To continue click Next Back Cancel 78 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 4 Select Local printer uncheck the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer and click Next Add Printer Wizard E Local or Network Printer Is the printer attached to your computer If the printer is directly attached to your computer click Local printer If it is attached to another computer or directly to the network click Network printer Local printer JT Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer C Network printer lt Back Cancel 5 Select Create a new port and select Standard TCP IP Port in the Type drop down box Then click Next Add Printer Wizard E Select the Printer Port Computers communicate with printers through ports Select the port you want your printer to use If the port is not listed you can create a new port C Use the following port Pott Descri
396. stitution Table Edit ccccccceeeeeneees 237 System Requirements Mac OS ra EOAR 150 UNIX iiri aia aa ar a aa 168 VITTO OE EE EERE E 21 T Tab Extension aaa 210 259 Tab Manufacturer ccceceeeeeeeeeees 210 259 MC PAIRS aeniea ha a e a aa 23 Toner SAVE eececeecceesseeeeeeeeaees 229 277 291 TOPACCESS iraa iaaiiai idia 188 317 370 TopAccessDocMon s0000000e 20 316 317 Transparency esssssesseseserere rererere 231 257 Tray Switching sceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 287 TrueType Options cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 236 Two Sided Printing cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 282 U Uninstalling itseni aaan 144 Wit a E E aad eesti 210 UNIS 2 2 2vetis ate ice 224 230 Update 2 0 0c eign a ie 321 Update Automatically cceee 198 238 Update NOW iisisti deiina 238 USB Connection ccccccccceceseeeeeeeeeeesenseeeeees 22 USB Driver eraiten aa ei a p tai Aa 17 USB Printing i dae ria aa ai aaas 22 53 Use Back Cover cssseeeeeeeees 219 226 249 Use Black for All Text 0 232 234 236 Use Front Cover 218 224 226 249 252 Use PostScript Passthrough n se 231 Ww Watermark cccccssseeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeeaaees 228 255 Watermark Font ccccccccssseeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeees 275 Watermark Gray Level ceeeeeeeeeeeees 275 Watermark Outline ceceeeeeeeeaseneeeeeeeees 276 Watermark Position ccccc
397. t Model TOSHIBA e STUDIO451 cSeries PELE Default Yes Testpage Yes To close this wizard click Finish lt Back ZE e Start copying files 17 The installation is completed NOTE Before using the printer driver for printing please configure the installed options of the equipment and department code if required on the printer driver P 194 Before Using the Printer Driver Installing Client Software for IPP Printing This section describes how to set up the printer drivers for IPP printing which is avail able for Internet connection To set up the printer drivers for IPP printing install the printer drivers by Add Printer Wizard and then install the other software that you require NOTES e Before installing the printer driver for IPP printing check with your system adminis trator to make sure of the following This equipment is connected to the network and turned on The TCP IP setting is correct on this equipment and your computer IPP Printing is only available for Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 Installation for IPP Printing by Add Printer Wizard Installing the printer driver for IPP printing by Add Printer Wizard The following describes an installation on Windows 2000 The procedure is the same when Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 is used NOTE You must log into Windows as a user who has the Administrators or Power Users privilege 112 Printing Guide
398. t 9X_ME PCL5c lt language gt e To install the PCL6 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client 9X_ME PCL6 lt language gt e To install the PS3 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client 9X_ME PS lt language gt 8 Click OK Install From Disk x Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into m the drive selected and then click OK Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from D CLIENT 9X_ME PCLE USA M Browse 9 Select the printer driver and click Next S Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an ie installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Printers TOSHIBA e STUDIO451 cSeries PCL lt Back Next gt Cancel NOTE Ifthe same printer driver has been installed the following dialog box appears If it appears select Replace existing driver and click Next Add Printer Wizard TOSHIBA e STUDIO451 cSeries PCL6 driver is already installed for this printer Would you like to keep the existing driver or use the new one Your programs may print differently if you use the new iver 126 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 10 Change the name if desired select whether you are using this printer as a default printer and click Next Add Printer Wizard You can type a name for this printer or you can use t
399. t Optional gt Description lt Optional gt Device Internet Printing Protocol http Device URL http lt IP address gt 631 Print Model Driver TOSHIBA NOTE When IPP SSL is enabled specify as followings Device Internet Printing Protocol https Device URL https lt IP address gt 433 Print SUPPLEMENT Using CUPS Client print commands Ip Ipr etc with e option the connection can be encrypted and printing can be done in the above configured printer Modifying or Configuring Printer You can modify or configure the printer that you create Modifying Printer You can change the location and description of the printer Printing Guide Installing Client Software for UNIX 183 1 Click the Manage Printers link in the startup page Live Home Page Appie Apple Support Appke Store Toot Mac 05 Merosot MioTopa ornce for maontesh MSN 2am Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Do Administration Tasks Manage Printer Classes On Line Help Manage Jobs Manage Printers Download the Current CUPS Software The Common UNIX Printing System CUPS and the CUPS logo are the trademark property of Easy Software Products CUPS is copyright 1997 2002 by Easy Software Products All Rights Reserved e The Printer page is displayed 2 Click Modify Printer ESP Administration Classes Help Jobs Printers Software Printer Default Destination T Tosbiba jobs 1
400. t as a complete driver The size and order of the printed pages cannot be modified e The UNIX filters do not support the following engine supplied features Enlarge Reduce printing Rotate Sort N up printing Watermarks Cover Sheets Sheet Insertion Scheduled Print Print to Overlay File Store to e Filing Use Overlay Image e Linux uses the Iptap command to send a file to this equipment Since Ip is not supported in all versions of Linux the Iptap command should be used instead e AlX supports printing using the qdaemon This can be invoked by the user with the commands Ip Ipr or qprt In order to use the filter either Ip or qprt should be used Printing Using LP Command Use the Ip command Iptap in Linux to send a file to this equipment for printing This command specifies various printer specific options using the o option parameter on the command line The Ip command also sets other print options using various other parameters Use the man est451c 1 command to display the online document that describes the various options and parameters that can be set to configure printed out put All the options are sent to this equipment at the start of a print job so if the print file con tains its own commands they may override the Ip options Generic Ip and Iptap Options Copies The number of copies of a print job is specified using the n value parameter with the Ip command The copy count is
401. t document or in the right for the landscape docu ment a T o N o TTT Middle Bottom Portrait Middle Left Landscape Select this to staple double in the bottom for the portrait document or in the left for the landscape document 3 N MI a TTT o ITT Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 295 NOTES NOTE SUPPLEMENT 296 Saddle Stitch Portrait Saddle Stitch Landscape Select this to staple double in the center for a booklet to be printed Select this only when booklet printing is performed e X Va y N e This option cannot be selected if a finisher is not installed e Saddle Stitch Portrait Saddle Stitch Landscape can be selected only when the Saddle stitch Finisher is installed DC Department Code In the DC menu you can specify your department code if this equipment is enabled the department codes Before specifying the department code you must check the Depart ment Code option in the Printing Modes menu Then specify the department code in this menu
402. t is not installed Stapling the paper 1 Display the Setup tab and select how to staple at the Staple drop down box Staple None hed Hole Punch Sided Printinm Anne Upper Left Select this to staple the printed document in the upper left Center Top Select this to staple the printed document double in the upper side Upper Right Select this to staple the printed document in the upper right Middle Left Select this to staple the printed document double in the left Center Double Select this to fold and staple the printed document double in the center NOTES The selectable options vary depending on the paper size e Center Top can be selected only when the Saddle stitch Finisher is installed and configured on the Configuration tab 2 Set other print options you require and click OK 3 Click OK or Print to send a print job e The output is stapled for each copy Printing Guide Printing from Windows 247 Punching holes 1 Display the Setup tab and select how to punch holes at the Hole Punch drop down box oe oi Hole Punch Nowe 2 Sided Printing oa z Center Top Select this to create holes on the upper side Middle Left Select this to create holes on the left side 2 Set other print options you require and click OK 3 Click OK or Print to send a print job e The output is hole punched Printing on Both Sides of a Sheet You can p
403. t server see the Network Administration Guide SUPPLEMENT You can also perform FTP printing over the TCP IP network For more information about FTP printing please refer to following section P 313 FTP Printing Raw TCP LPR Printing Available for Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Connecting over TCP IP Network Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Setting up the Raw TCP or LPR printer connection This equipment allows you to connect using Raw TCP or LPR which is available for Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 If you use Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 Raw TCP LPR printing may be most suitable P 64 Installing Client Software for Raw TCP LPR Printing SUPPLEMENTS Toprint with a Raw TCP connection this equipment must be configured to enable Raw TCP Print Service Ask your administrator if the Raw TCP Print Service is enabled To print with a LPR connection this equipment must be configured to enable LPD Print Service Ask your administrator if the LPD Print Service is enabled Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 23 24 NOTE SMB Printing Available for Windows 98 Windows Me Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Network Environment over TCP IP Windows 98 Windows Me Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003
404. t this to print the last two page images on both sides of a cover This is available only when the 2 Sided Printing option is enabled on the Setup tab NOTES If Print on 1 side of page is selected while 2 Sided Printing is performed the last page is printed on the front side of the cover sheet and back side of the cover will be blank If Print on both sides of page is selected but there is only one page printed on the back cover the last page is printed on the front side of the cover sheet and back side of the cover will be blank 3 Insert Page This sets sheet insertion printing which allows you to insert a sheet between pages or print a specific page on a sheet fed from a tray other than the Paper Source option selected on the Setup tab This option is useful when you want to insert a blank sheet between chapters or when you want to print chapter cover pages on the different paper To enable sheet insertion printing check on the box and select the location from where inserted sheets are to be fed and the print style to be used Then enter the page number you want to insert in the Pages field NOTE A sheet cannot be inserted before the first page when 2 Sided printing is enabled Source Select the location from where insertion sheets are to be fed When Automatic is selected the paper is automatically selected according to the printed document size NOTE The selectable values in the Source drop down box var
405. t tray nobanner nb Do not print a banner The ability to specify the noban ner option can be disabled by the system administrator to force all jobs to print with a banner The default value for this option is that the banner page prints first Banner Paper Source The banner paper source can be specified using the following option Option Value Alternate Value Description bauto source Select the auto paper tray selection bdrawer1 bupper Select the 1st drawer bcas1 bdrawer2 blower Select the 2nd drawer bcas2 bdrawer3 bpedupper Select the 3rd drawer bcas3 bdrawer4 bpedlower Select the 4th drawer bcas4 bicf BLCF Select the large capacity feeder LCF is not available for some countries or regions If the banner paper source is not specified the PCL5e auto paper source command lt esc gt amp l7H will be sent The banner page source cannot be set to manual feed The paper size always has priority over the paper source Example The command to specify that the banner page paper source is the LCF is Ip o blcf filename Printing Guide Printing from UNIX 311 312 Banner Media Type The banner page paper source can also be selected using the media type using the fol lowing option Option Value Alternate Value Description bmtype Plain1 The paper source that contains Plain1 paper is requested bmtype Transparency The paper s
406. talla tion procedure is different how you installed the client software P 144 When Installed Using the Installer P 148 When Installed Using Add Printer Wizard When Installed Using the Installer When the client software was installed using the Installer in the Client Utilities CD ROM or downloaded from TopAccess you can delete all files using the Add Remove Pro grams function You can uninstall all client software that have installed from the Client Utilities CD ROM or you can uninstall only the components that you want to remove P 144 Uninstalling all Client Utilities Software P 146 Uninstalling only the components that you want to remove Uninstalling all Client Utilities Software The following describes an installation on Windows 2000 The procedure is the same when other versions of Windows are used Before uninstalling the software please make sure you exit TopAccessDocMon 1 Open Control Panel and double click the Add Remove Programs icon zox Fie Edit View Favorites Tools Help Bak gt Qsearch Gyrolders 9 My GE xX A EA Address Control Panel z ee ag J ASE amp amp gt 1 7 A Lt amp RS Accessibility Add Remove PQQ Administrative Automatic Control Panel Options Hardware c Tools Updates 132 Add Remove Programs Sa EA La A Installs and removes programs and Windows components CSNW Date Time Display Folder Options Fonts Windows Update c Windows 200
407. talling Client Software for Windows 13 Change the name if desired and click Next Name Your Printer You must assign a name for this printer Supply a name for this printer Some programs do not support server and printer name combinations of more than 31 characters Do you want your Windows based programs to use this printer as the default printer Yes C No lt Back Cancel SUPPLEMENT If any printer drivers have installed on the computer select whether using this printer as a default printer 14 Select whether this printer is shared or not and click Next Printer Sharing You can share this printer with other network users Indicate whether you want this printer to be available to other users If you share this printer you must provide a share name Do not share this printer Share as lt Back Cancel 15 Select Yes to print a test page and click Next Print Test Page To confirm that the printer is installed properly you can print a test page Do you want to print a test page Yes C No lt Back Cancel Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 111 16 Click Finish Add Printer Wizard Completing the Add Printer Wizard You have successfully completed the Add Printer wizard You specified the following printer settings Name TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PELE Shared as lt Not Shared gt Pott MFP 00C67861 prin
408. tation Select this to create holes on the bottom for the portrait document or on the left for the landscape document o o ow ITI 3 N o o o TT NOTE This option cannot be selected if a hole punch unit is not installed 3 Stapling This sets whether a print job is stapled Off Select this to print without stapling Upper Left Portrait Upper Right Landscape Select this to staple in the upper left for the portrait document or in the upper right for the landscape docu ment a IT Middle Left Portrait Middle Top Landscape Select this to staple double in the left for the portrait document or in the top for the landscape document P FA a M Lower Left Portrait Upper Left Landscape Select this to staple in the lower left for the portrait document or in the upper left for the landscape docu ment 3 N aN olll 3 N a olll 3
409. tch the page e To select all jobs on the private print job list press the SELECT ALL button To clear the selection press the ALL CLEAR button 8 Press the RELEASE button PRIVATE PRINT JOB Document Name e Printing starts e The printing status can be confirmed on the print job list Printing Proof Print Jobs The proof print feature prevents costly mistakes by allowing you to check the printed output on a sample copy before printing an entire multi copy job Printing a proof copy 1 Display the Print Job tab and select Proof Print Proof Print 2 Set other print options you require and click OK 3 Click OK or Print to send a print job One copy of the document is printed and the print job is stored in the Proof Job list in the Touch Panel Display SUPPLEMENT You can release the remaining copies of a proof job from the Proof Job list in the Touch Panel Display Please refer to the Operator s Manual for Basic Function for this instruc tion 242 Printing Guide Printing from Windows Creating An Overlay File You can print a document as an overlay file The created overlay file can then be merged into another document during printing P 257 Printing with an Overlay File NOTES Ifthe print job has several pages in the document only the first page of the docu ment will be saved as an overlay file Both the over
410. te Counting Enabled T SNMP Status Enabled SNMPDeviceIndes FT Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows Click Next xl Additional Port Information Required The device could not be identified The detected device is of unknown type Be sure that 1 The device is properly configured 2 The address on the previous page is corect Either correct the address and perform another search on the network by returning to the previous wizard page or select the device type if you are sure the address is correct Device Type C Standard 9 Click Finish Add Standard er Port Wizard Completing the Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard You have selected a port with the following characteristics SNMP No Protocol RAW Port 9100 Device 10 10 70 105 Port Name IP_10 10 70 105 Adapter Type Generic Network Card To complete this wizard click Finish e The screen returns to the Printer Ports dialog box Cancel 10 Click Close to close the Printer Ports dialog box AE Available port types Local Port Nn PET Nowra e Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows NOTE SUPPLEMENTS 72 NOTE 11 Make sure the created Raw TCP or LPR port is checked in the Print to the following port list and click Close 21x General Sharing Potts Advanced Color Management Security Fonts
411. ted Pages All Paper Source All pages from Auto Default Q First page from Auto Default gt 4 gt 4 gt Remaining from Auto Default 1 Copies This sets the number of printed copies You can set any integer from 1 to 9999 2 Collated Check this for sort printing 1 2 3 1 2 3 3 Pages This sets the pages to be printed All Select this to print all pages From To Select this to specify the pages to be printed Enter the page range in the From and To field Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh 4 Paper Source This selects the source for feeding paper Please select a paper source that corre lates with the printing size All pages from Select this to use the same paper source for all pages Select the paper source or paper type at the pop up menu on the right First page from Select this to use the different paper source for the first page from the remaining pages Select the paper source or paper type for the first page at the pop up menu on the right Remaining from Select the paper source or paper type for the remaining pages at the pop up menu on the right when you select the First page from option Background Printing In the Background Printing menu you can set how the print job is spooled ea Printer MFP_00C67861 Destination r Background Printing gt Printin Q For
412. ter C Create a new port lt Back Cancel 6 Click Have Disk Add Printer Wizard J Add Printer Wizard The manufacturer and model determine which printer to use Z Select the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an installation i disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturers Printers AGFA AccuSet v52 3 AGFA AccuSet 800SF v52 3 AGFA AccuSet 800SF v2013 108 AST AGFA AccuSet 1000 Arar Z Aiea anneanne usna f Windows Update Have Disk omea e The Install From Disk dialog box appears 7 Click Browse Install From Disk 3 xj Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive i selected erd then cick OF Cancel Copy manufacturer s files from C Browse e The Locate File dialog box appears 8 Insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into the CD ROM drive e When inserting the Client Utilities CD ROM the installer may automatically start Click Cancel to exit the installer and continue the operation 50 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 9 10 11 Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 is located and click Open ax Look in Sj USA gt emcee My Ce Es File name eS 4d12K int 7 My Network P Cancel e To install the PCL5c printer driver locat
413. ter Drivers Client Utilities CD ROM Client 9X_ME PCL6 lt language gt This includes the setup files to install the PCL6 printer driver on the Windows 98 Me for each language version by Add Printer Wizard or Plug and Play e Client Utilities CD ROM Client NT PCL6 lt language gt This includes the setup files to install the PCL6 printer driver on the Windows NT 4 0 for each language version by Add Printer Wizard Client Utilities CD ROM Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL6 lt language gt This includes the setup files to install the PCL6 printer driver on the Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 for each language version by Add Printer Wizard or Plug and Play PCL5c Printer Drivers Client Utilities CD ROM Client 9X_ME PCL5c lt language gt This includes the setup files to install the PCL5c printer driver on the Windows 98 Me for each language version by Add Printer Wizard or Plug and Play Client Utilities CD ROM Client NT PCL5c lt language gt This includes the setup files to install the PCL5c printer driver on the Windows NT 4 0 for each language version by Add Printer Wizard Client Utilities CD ROM Client W2K_XP_2003 PCL5c lt language gt This includes the setup files to install the PCL5c printer driver on the Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 for each language version by Add Printer Wizard or Plug and Play PS3 Printer Drivers PostScript Client Utilities CD ROM Client 9X_ME PS lt language gt This includes the setup
414. tes Toos Help dack gt Qseach Gyrolders 9 MG GS X A E zl Go Address la Printers Js og T ar g 1 Tost Printers e STUDIO4 Add Printer The Add Printer wizard gives you step by step instructions for installing a printer To install a new printer double click the Add Printer icon Windows 2000 Support 1 object s selected e When using the Windows XP Server 2003 click Add a printer in the Printer Tasks menu The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears 3 Click Next Add Printer Wizard Welcome to the Add Printer Wizard This wizard helps you install a printer or make printer connections To continue click Next Back Cancel 138 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 4 Select Local printer uncheck the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer and click Next Add Printer Wizard Local or Network Printer Is the printer attached to your computer If the printer is directly attached to your computer click Local printer If it is attached to another computer or directly to the network click Network printer Local printer JT Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer Network printer lt Back Cancel 5 Select Create a new port and select Local Port in the Type drop down box Then click Next Add Printer Wizard Select the Printer Po
415. text length option is used If this option is not specified the PJL command will not be sent so the printer s default value will be used The minimum page length allowable is 5 If value is less than 5 page length is set to 5 The command to specify 66 lines per page is Ip o pl 66 filename Color Mode The color mode print mode can be selected using the following options Option Value Alternate Value Description colormode color Set the color mode printing for the print mode COLOR colormode grayscale Set the grayscale mode printing for the print mode GRAYSCALE Printing Guide Printing from UNIX 307 308 Example The command to set the color mode for the print job is Ip o colormode COLOR filename Pure Black and Pure Gray The pure black and pure gray mode can be selected using the following options Option Value Alternate Value Description pureblackgray 0 Disable the pure black and pure gray mode pureblackgray 1 Enable the pure black and pure gray mode Example The command to set the pure black and pure gray mode for the print job is Ip o pureblackgray 1 filename Image Quality Type The Image Quality Type can be selected using the following options Option Value Alternate Value Description iqnormal Set the proper color quality for printing a general color document iqphoto Set the proper color quality for p
416. the zoom ratio manually 1 Display the Setup tab and check the Manual Scale box Then enter the percentage of zoom ratio Original Paper Size Letter 8 1 2 x 11 inch h M Manual Scale 60 The zoom ratio can be set from 25 to 400 in units of 1 Set other print options you require and click OK Click OK or Print to send a print job e Enlarged or reduced image is printed by specified zoom ratio Printing Color Document in Gray scale This equipment can print in color as well as black and white The printer driver automatically detects whether the document uses only color or only black and white and it prints the document accordingly Additionally you can select black and white mode manually to print a color document in gray scale to reduce the print cost and consumption of color toners Printing Guide Printing from Windows NOTE This is only available for PCL5c printer driver and PS3 printer driver Printing a color document in gray scale 1 Display the Setup tab and select Mono at the Color drop down box Color Automatic Z Staple Mono 2 Set other print options you require and click OK 3 Click OK or Print to send a print job The print job is printed in gray scale Stapling and Hole Punching You can staple and punch the paper NOTES Stapling is not available if a finisher is not installed e Hole Punching is not available if a hole punch uni
417. ties CD ROM into the CD ROM drive e When inserting the Client Utilities CD ROM the installer may automatically start Click Cancel to exit the installer and continue the operation Locate the directory where the printer driver for Windows NT 4 0 is located and click Open Locate File x Look in 3 Usa z Sl fa a j Feral eS4cxNT Files of type Setup infomation in A Tarcal e To install the PCL5c printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client NT PCL5c lt language gt e To install the PCL6 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client NT PCL6 lt language gt e To install the PS3 printer driver locate CD ROM drive Client NT PS lt language gt Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 135 14 Click OK Insert the manufacturer s installation disk into the drive lt 2 selected and then cick OK EE Copy manufacturer s files from D CLIENTANTSPCLESUSA X 15 Select the printer driver and click Next a Click the manufacturer and model of your printer If your printer came with an Q installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer e STUDIO451 cSeries PELE Have Disk ea NOTE Ifthe same printer driver has been installed the following dialog box appears If it appears select Replace existing driver and click Next Add Printer Wizard x
418. tinade taat KEAR 320 Client CD ROM 0cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 17 Client Utilities CD ROM onssnssssenssnnnnnnnssnnennne 18 Collated isrener saci neil ae 264 281 CONOR uct Pred EE a he ace OEE 212 Color Resolution Type ecceeee 276 290 Compress Bitmap ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 231 Configuration Settings cccceeeeeeeeeees 194 Configuration Tab cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteteees 208 Configuration tab cceeeeeeeees 196 197 CONPIQUIC ecien tection needa 317 Connection Status ccccececeeeseeceeeeeeeeees 330 Considerations c ccceeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeenteeeees 201 COPIES e naana ieena 264 281 Copy Handling cccccccececeeeeeeeeeeaes 212 245 Cover Page Paper Source s sseiereeeereen 267 Cover Page Type cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeees 286 CURS ais a cg aa toads cares anaa aas teed a oe 177 CUSTOM aian aaa E E 259 D Department eseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 200 216 Department Code cccccsseseeeeeeeeeees 194 273 Department Code DC nsss 296 Department Code DC ON 289 290 368 Destination ccccceecseseeeeeeeees 216 270 293 DEVICES sinri e ilar Antes 327 Disable Enable ccccccceceseeseeeeeeeeaeseeees 317 Discovery Settings cceeeeeeeeeeees 327 335 Distinguish Thin Lines 232 234 235 273 289 290 Do not Print Blank Pages n 229 273 Document Monitorin
419. tion Refresh Rates Instaled TOSHIBA printers insfalled on your computef Port Printer Name IPAIPX Address Q TOSHIBA e STUDIOSSOS 1P_10 10 70 119 10 10 70 119 TOSHIBA e STUDIOSSOS IP_10 10 70 119 10 10 70 119 OK Cancel Help 1 Printer Name This displays the printer driver name 2 Port This displays the port on your computer to which the printer driver is connected 3 IP IPX Address This displays the IP address or IPX address of the printer the printer driver maps 4 Update Click this to update the printer address information Printing Guide Monitoring Print Jobs with TopAccessDocMon 321 Monitoring the Printer NOTES 322 This section describes how to monitor the printer using the TopAccessDocMon window P 322 How to Access the TopAccessDocMon Window P 328 TopAccessDocMon Window P 339 Event Notification How to Access the TopAccessDocMon Window To display the TopAccessDocMon window that displays the print job information and printer status access either from the Document Monitor menu or Printers menu Accessing from the Document Monitor Menu You can access the TopAccessDocMon window from the Document Monitor menu and control it from the TopAccessDocMon icon in the task bar Accessing TopAccessDocMon from the Document Monitor menu 1 Right click the TopAccessDocMon icon in the task bar 2 Inthe menu displayed select TopAccessDocMon to access the Top
420. tion is checked NOTE Ifthe connection to the equipment has not been configured correctly the message The address of your printer could not be located Would you like to find it will be displayed when you click Update Now If it is displayed click Yes and search for the equipment using the TopAccessDocMon Local Discovery dialog box After searching the equip ment the SNMP communication will be enabled For the instructions on how to search the equipment refer to the instructions of ToopAccessDocMon P 323 Searching for a Printer 13 Update Automatically Check this to update the configuration information every time the printer driver is opened This is available only when Enable SNMP Communication is checked 238 Printing Guide Printing from Windows NOTE If the connection to the equipment has not been configured correctly the message The address of your printer could not be located Would you like to find it will be displayed when the Configuration tab is displayed If it is displayed click Yes and search for the equipment using the TopAccessDocMon Local Discovery dialog box After searching the equipment the SNMP communication will be enabled For the instructions on how to search the equipment refer to the instructions of TopAccessDocMon P 323 Searching for a Printer About Tab The About Tab contains information about the printer driver s version TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 Prop
421. tion The valid range for value is 0 300 Default is 0 Example The command to select the center margin value for booklet printing mode is Ip o centremargin value filename Outer Margin The booklet mode outer margin can be selected using the following options Option Value Alternate Value Description outermargin value Select the outer margin value for booklet printing mode This value specifies in pixels the Outer Margin or the Creep per page which should take place while print ing a booklet The valid range for value is 0 18 Default is 0 Example The command to select the outer margin value for booklet printing mode is Ip o outermargin value filename Collate The collate option can be selected using the following options Option Value Alternate Value Description collate off OFF Cancel the collate printing mode collate on ON Set the collate printing mode Example The command to select collate off is Ip o collate off filename Printing Guide Printing from UNIX Orientation The following orientation options are available Option Value Alternate Value Description portrait Print the document in portrait orientation landscape Print the document in landscape orientation If this option is not specified the command will not be sent so the printer s default value will be used
422. tment code or invalid department code is specified varies depending on the Department Code Enforcement setting that can be set from TopAccess Administrator mode and whether the SNMP Communication is enabled or not When the SNMP Communication is enabled and Department Code Enforcement is set to ON an error message will be displayed when entering the invalid department code When the SNMP Communication is disabled and Department Code Enforcement is set to ON the invalid department code print job will be stored in the invalid department code print job list without printing When the Department Code Enforcement is Print the invalid department code print job will be printed When the Department Code Enforcement is Delete the invalid department code print job will be deleted without printing However when using Windows NT 4 0 and configure the connection through a Net Ware print server an error message for entering the invalid department code will not be displayed even if the Department Code Enforcement setting and SNMP Communica tion is enabled Printing Guide Printing from Windows 217 SUPPLEMENTS NOTE NOTE NOTE 218 Layout Tab Standard Window The standard window of the Layout tab allows you to enable Front Cover printing Back Cover printing Inserting Pages and Interleaving Pages for a normal layout print job Front Cover printing is also available with Booklet printing If can be set in the Book
423. to 10 2 8 When you want to set the Private Document Password in Mac OS X 10 3 x set in the Print Mode menu P 288 Print Mode Print Printer MFP_00000236 Presets Standard EZ Printer Features B Feature Sets Private Document Password B Password Digit 1 0 Password Digit 2 0 K Password Digit 3 0 K Password Digit 4 0 he Password Digit 5 0 he Cancel Preview Save As PDF 1 Password Digit 1 Select the first digit of the Document ID 2 Password Digit 2 Select the second digit of the Document ID 3 Password Digit 3 Select the third digit of the Document ID 4 Password Digit 4 Select the forth digit of the Document ID 5 Password Digit 5 Select the fifth digit of the Document ID Printing Guide Printing from Macintosh Finishing In the Finishing menu you can set destination hole punching and stapling Print Printer MFP_00C67861 Presets Standard Printer Features la Feature Sets Finishing Destination Tray 2 B HolePunch Off Stapling Off OOO Preview Save As PDF 1 Destination This selects the destination tray Inner Tray Select this when no finisher is installed Tray 1 Select this to route the output to the upper tray of the Finisher Tray 2 Select this to route the output to the lower tray of the Finisher
424. trol Panel Options Add Remove Programs HE Installs and removes programs and Windows components CSNW Windows Update B Windows 2000 Support 24 Game Controllers Accessibility Add Remove s E G Administrative Automatic Tools Updates Hardware 1 2 7 e Sm w a Date Time Display Folder Options Fonts 7 a Ss gz ci 2 d Bs Internet Keyboard Mouse Network ar Options Dial up Co aTa S ee Installs and removes programs and Windows components The Add Remove Programs dialog box appears Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 2 Select TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client and click Change Remove Ey Add Remove Programs Currently installed programs fe TOSHIBA e STUDIO45ic Series Client Change Remove gf windows 2000 Service Pack 3 Add New Programs Add Remove Windows Components H Set Program Access and Defaults 3 Select Modify and click Next TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client InstallShield Wizard y Welcome Maintenance Program Sort by Name z The InstallShield Wizard dialog box appears This program lets you modify the current installation Click one of the options below Modify Select new program components to add or select currently installed components to remove C Repair iF Reinstall all program components installed by the previous setup Remove E Remove all installed com
425. ts suppliers disclaim responsibility for the installation and or use of this Software and for the results obtained by using this Software You may use one copy of the Software as installed ona single System and may not copy the Software for any reason except as necessary to use the Software on a single System Any copies of the Software shall be subject to the conditions of this Agreement You may not nor cause or permit any third party to modify adapt merge translate reverse com pile reverse assemble or reverse engineer the Software You may not use the Software except in accordance with this license No title to the intellectual property in the Software is transferred to you and full ownership is retained by TTEC or its suppliers Source code of the Software is not licensed to you You will be held legally responsible for any copyright infringement unauthorized transfer reproduction or use of the Software or its documentation Term This license is effective until terminated by TTEC or upon your failure to comply with any term of this Agreement Upon termination you agree to destroy all copies of the Software and its docu mentation You may terminate this license at any time by destroying the Software and its documentation and all copies Disclaimer of Warranty THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FI
426. ts the number of multiple pages printed on one sheet The pages are reduced to fit the selected paper size automatically and are printed 1 Select this if do not wish to enable N up printing 2 Select this to print images from 2 pages arranged on one sheet 4 Select this to print images from 4 pages arranged on one sheet 6 Select this to print images from 6 pages arranged on one sheet 9 Select this to print images from 9 pages arranged on one sheet 16 Select this to print images from 16 pages arranged on one sheet Layout Direction This sets how pages are arranged on one sheet This is available only when the N up printing printing a page on multiple sheets is set Across Left to Right Before Down Pages arranged horizontally from left to right and then top to bottom on one sheet Across Right to Left Before Down Pages arranged horizontally from right to left and then top to bottom on one sheet Down Before Across Left to Right Pages arranged vertically from top to down and then left to right on one sheet Down Before Across Right to Left Pages arranged vertically from top to down and then right to left on one sheet Border Select if a border line is to be drawn on each page This is available only when the N up printing printing a page on multiple sheets is set None Select this if no border line is to be drawn Single hairline Select this to draw single hair
427. ttaseat aa 208 Hole Punch 066 213 248 270 293 331 Hole Punch Unit cceceeeceeseeeeeeees 196 238 How to Print cccccsesseeeeeeceseseeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 201 l If there is PostScript error cccccecseeeeeeees 267 Image Quality Tab cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 208 Image Quality Type ccceceeeeeeeeees 233 235 Image Shift Margin s s s 259 INDEX Image Shift Width ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 210 Initial Values 2 0 ceeeeececeeeseeeeeeeeaseaeeeeeenees 203 sent Page a a ieee eet 219 Insert Pages oii a niii aiii a 249 Install Software link ccccseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 188 Installation Error cccccsssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 343 INStAllGG x22 2085 Pideands cares a i ar 318 321 INStallE Ps teedeceetetesgeudtsideteetisadatecuecsadacecese lad 17 asa ereeneerter emer e tree nee Treen 266 Interleave Pages cccccsseeees 221 227 250 Internal Fonts ccccccesesseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeees 364 Internet Connection ccceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeanes 24 IPAddress iiini ei ra ada 326 334 IP IPX AddresS cceccecesesseeeeeeeaaees 321 330 IPP Printing a nna a e ek 24 112 IPX AddresSi a arana n A 326 334 Item Refresh Rate ccccseceeeeeeaseeeeeeeeeees 320 J Job Documentation cccccseseeeeeeeeeneeeeees 268 Job Documentation Folder cc ccsseeeeees 268 L Large Capacity ceseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 238 Layout Dire
428. u must install it from the Client Utilities CD ROM sepa rately The Agfa Font Manager is also available to install and manage the TrueType fonts on your computer To install the Agfa Font Manager you must install it from the Cli ent Utilities CD ROM separately Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows Windows 98 Me Installing the printer driver for parallel printing by Add Printer Wizard The following describes an installation on Windows 98 The procedure is the same when Windows Me is used 1 Click Start select Settings and click Printers to open the Printers folder gt MR Taskbar amp Start Menu QJ Folder Options A Active Desktop BR Windows Update File Edit View Go Favorites Help e gt fa O Foward Up___ Map Drive iph Address 2 Printers h TOSHIBA Printers a Add Printer The Add Printer wizard walks you step by step through installing a printer Just fallow the instructions on each screen e The Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears 3 Click Next Add Printer Wizard This wizard will help you to install your printer quickly and easily To begin installing your printer click Next Cancel Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 41 4 Select Local printer and click Next Add Printer Wizard How is this printer attached to your computer If it is directly attached to you
429. uch as stapling and hole punching sorting and creating a booklet Sort Printing You can select how multiple copies of a document to be output such as separately for each copy grouping each page and alternating the paper direction for each copies 244 Printing Guide Printing from Windows Output each copy separately 1 Display the Setup tab and enter the number of copies to be printed at the Number of Copies field Then select Sort Copies at the Copy Handling drop down box Number of Copies 5 Copy Handling Sort Copies has Sort Copies Group Copies Color Rotated Sort Copies Set other print options you require and click OK Click OK or Print to send a print job The print job is output separately for each copy Output with grouping of each page within a set For example assume that you have a three page job A B C and you want three cop ies of each page in this order AAA BBB CCC 1 Display the Setup tab and enter the number of copies to be printed at the Number of Copies field Then select Group Copies at the Copy Handling drop down box Number of Copies 5 Copy Handling Sort Copies hed Copi Group Copies Color 2 Set other print options you require and click OK 3 Click OK or Print to send a print job The print job is output separately for each page Output in a different direction for each copy NOTE Rotated So
430. ue IP IPX Address This item on the taskbar shows the IP address or IPX address for the device con nected to the selected printer Connection Status The icon shows the communication status of the printer are Shows that TopAccessDocMon is communicating with the printer Shows that the communications link between TopAccessDocMon and the printer is broken and displays the message The printer is not responding DE TopAccessDocMon periodically tries to reestablish the link How frequently this is done depends upon the refresh rate Warnings display in yellow and errors in red Clicking the primary icon the first one takes you to the TopAccessDocMon window Printer Icon Click the printer icon to update the information Checking Device Status In the Device Status tab you can check the printer status Q OO OGECO TopAccessDocMon TOSHIBA e STUDIO451cSeries PCL6 E x Printer Document View Help Device Status Jerine Queue Private Print Proof Print Scheduled Prit Fax e Filing Invalid Printer Information Drawer Status E Counter MFP 00000184 Upper Drawer A4 Plain Paper Available Lower Drawer 43 Plain Paper Available Model TOSHIBA e STUDIO351c Pedestal Upper Drawer A4 R Plain Empty Pedestal Lower Drawer Not Available oa Stack Feed Bypass Unknown Thick 1 Empty DERN Large Capacity Feeder Not Available Status Idle Hole Punch 2 Holes Physical Address
431. uipment lox File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back gt Ey Qsearch Gyrolders As GS X A Ea ec Address E nwsrv a0 og sys mfp_queue Nwsrv Nwsrv mfp_queue 1 object s selected 4a When the NetWare has been set up for the NDS or NDPS mode browse the NDS tree and context and double click the queue for the equipment 12 depti org 0 xi File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back gt gt 2y GQsearch Gyrolders G GE X wo EE Address fis dept1 org z eG qf 0 depti org Org mfp_queue dept1 org 1 object s selected ZA e The Printers dialog box appears Click Yes Printers E i Before you can use the printer Org mfp_queue dept1 org it must be set up on your computer Do you want Windows to set up the printer and continue this operation Yes No e When using the NetWare in NDPS mode and the printer drivers for each Operating System are installed to a NDPS broker the printer driver is auto matically installed e Unless using the NetWare in NDPS mode and printer drivers for each Oper ating System are installed to a NDPS broker the Add Printer Wizard dialog box appears Continue to the next step Click OK x A The server on which the printer resides does not have the correct printer driver installed IF you want to install the driver on your local computer click OK Cancel Printing Guide Installing Cli
432. ur computer TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PSL3 TOSHIBA e STUDIO NAW Fax TOSHIBA e STUDIO AddressBookViewer TOSHIBA e STUDIO TWAIN Driver TOSHIBA e STUDIO File Downloader fed Aofa TrueType Fonts 88 48 MB of space required on the C drive 12588 20 MB of space available on the C drive InstallShield lt Back Cance TopAccessDocMon Check this to install the Document Monitor TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PCL6 Check this to install the PCL6 printer driver TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PCL5c Check this to install the PCL5c printer driver TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PSL3 Check this to install the PS3 printer driver Agfa TrueType Fonts Check this to install Agfa Font Manager and fonts The Select Port dialog box appears NOTE The TopAccessDocMon is not available for parallel printing Do not check this item However when this equipment and your computer are connected to the TCP IP local area network and this equipment is connected to the parallel port of your computer you can use TopAccessDocMon to monitor your print jobs NOTE There are also Network Fax software and e Filing software in the list For more infor mation about these software please see the Network Fax Guide and e Filing Guide Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 29 8 Make sure LPT1 is displayed in the Network path or queue name field and click Next frosiiaa e sTupr0ssic Series Chent
433. w to print from client computer Printing FOM WiINGOWS e a a aa a ted a a Aae cectasusensucdsutueites Aa araa a aeae ANET 194 Pri tingifrom Macintoshiin ia aa a a ai i a i iaa 261 Printing from UNIX ae a paaa a a aaae a e teegeuavuacdivserccndcdgeandvatedganpstaenestanaeees 298 s OtheriPrinting Methods r e a a aaa a eaa a a e a a aaa raaa a a aadA AA aaae 313 Printing Guide 193 Printing from Windows This equipment supports printing from Windows applications using the PCL6 PCL5c and PS3 printer drivers These printer drivers allow you to define such document properties as the orientation and print quality of your pages and such complex finishing options as booklet layout and multi position stapling Before Using the Printer Driver Before printing you have to configure the following options 194 NOTES Configuration Settings You have to configure such options as optional drawers finisher and hole punch unit The features of these optional devices are not available unless you tell the system that the optional devices are installed Department Code This system can manage jobs by department code This feature lets you manage job counters for every department code For example a network administrator can check the number of copies printed from specific department member If the Department Code is enabled enter your Department Code provided by your administrator Configuring the Options After you complete t
434. wRomanPS ItalicMT 118 TimesNewRomanPS BoldMT 119 TimesNewRomanPS BoldltalicMT 120 Univers Light 121 Univers LightOblique 122 Univers 123 Univers Oblique 124 Univers Bold 125 Univers BoldOblique 126 Univers Condensed 127 Univers CondensedOblique 366 Printing Guide Internal Fonts List INDEX INDEX INDEX 367 INDEX Numerics 2 Sided Printing seeeseeeeeees 214 248 A Aq ab EEPE AE EET 210 259 About Tab aneirin aaa aaa aa 208 Add D vice sier e a ar a 331 332 All pages ffOM merine eea arana 287 Always Download needed fonts 066 267 TaN e E E EE ech ene E 231 257 Annotate Font KeyS eeseeeeeeeeeeeees 267 AppleTalk Printing n 155 B Background Printing eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 265 BIIN INIO 2228 icb ea tector git iaar teas 286 BINGING aiaiai aana 269 283 Black Over Print cccecsseeees 235 277 291 Booklet Center Margin 0 0 274 297 Booklet Outer Margin n se 274 297 Booklet Page Layout eseese 274 Booklet Page Size ceeeceeeees 274 297 Border ieena a na iaer 269 282 Brighthess cicirine aiii niaii 234 Bypass Feeder seseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 238 c Caption sariaren ienesa fad hesitates 230 256 Center Margin cccccccccceeeeeseeeeeaeaes 224 251 Center Watermark cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 230 Change Printer cccceeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeteees 331 Change Rate eer rainen
435. want to install in Windows from the Available Font List Click the Fonts menu and select Install The fonts are installed in Windows and added to the installed fonts list Uninstalling Fonts in Windows You can uninstall the fonts in Windows However even if you uninstall the fonts from Windows the source files of the uninstalled fonts are not deleted from the drive Uninstalling the TrueType fonts 1 2 3 Highlight the fonts you want to uninstall from Windows from the installed fonts list Click the Fonts menu and select Un install The fonts are uninstalled from Windows The uninstalled fonts are added to the Available Fonts List Removing Fonts from the Computer You can remove from your computer the fonts that no longer be required Even if you uninstall the fonts from Windows the source files of the uninstalled fonts are not deleted from the hard drive You can remove the sources of the uninstalled fonts from your com puter by this function Before removing the fonts the fonts must be uninstalled from Windows first Removing the TrueType font files from your computer 1 2 Highlight the fonts you want to remove from your computer in the installed fonts list Click the Fonts menu and select Remove Font The Remove Fonts dialog box appears Printing Guide Managing Fonts with Font Manager 361 4 5 Check on the box for Delete font s from the hard disk a
436. ware on Windows Macintosh or UNIX INSTALLING CLIENT SOFTWARE Installing Client Software for WiNGOWS 2 ccceseeeeceeeeeeeeeee eee eeneeee sees eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeenees 20 Installing Client Software for Macintosh cccccs ecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeceneeeeeeeeeaeeee see neeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeees 150 Installing Client Software for UNIX 2 ccccce cceeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeee eases ee eee ee eaaeese see eaaeeeeseseeenaeeeeeeeee 167 Other Installation Procedures ccccseeesseneeeeeee neces eeseeeeeeseeseseceesascneeseseeseseeeesaseneesneensneeeenansanenes 188 Printing Guide 19 Installing Client Software for Windows This section provides instructions for configuring the printing systems on Windows com puters About Client Software for Windows SUPPLEMENT Printer Drivers Printer drivers are software components that enable application programs to interact with the printer The e STUDIO451c Series comes with three printer drivers PCL5c PCL6 and PS3 PostScript printer drivers These printer drivers offer document print layout and assembly functions that are not available with many applications TopAccessDocMon This utility allows you to monitor all jobs and control your own current jobs With the notification feature enabled TopAccessDocMon informs you of copier or printing events such as paper out or drawer open before you walk to the copier to find your job incomplete or unsuccessful
437. will install TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client in the following folder To install to this folder click Next To install to a different folder click Browse and select another folder Destination Folder _ osnesrosaee e STUDIO Client Browse shield lt Back Cancel e Ifyou want to change the location where the programs are installed click Browse In the dialog box that appears select the folder and click OK e The Setup Type screen is displayed 28 Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 6 Select Custom and click Next TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series Client InstallShield Wizard x Setup Type S Select the Setup Type to Install i a Click the type of Setup you prefer then click Next C Typical Program will be installed with the most common options Recommended for most users C Complete Program will be installed with all options Custom You may choose the options you want to install Recommended for advanced users InstallShield lt Back Cancel e The Select Components screen is displayed 7 Check the software that you want to install and click Next x Select Components Select the components setup will install Select the components you want to install and deselect the components you do not want to install TopAccessDacMon Description TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PELE Setup will install Agfa Fonts on TOSHIBA e STUDIO451c Series PCL5c yo
438. will not work with this function Example The command to hole punch the long edge feed portrait page is Ip o punch 1 filename Media Type The paper source can also be selected using the media type using the following option Option Value Alternate Value Description mtype Plain The paper source that contains Plain paper is requested mtype The paper source that contains transparency slides is Transparency requested mtype Thick1 The paper source that contains Thick1 paper is requested mtype Thick2 The paper source that contains Thich2 paper is requested mtype Thick3 The paper source that contains Thich3 paper is requested In PostScript Deferred Media Selection is always turned on so the paper size has prior ity over the media type and the paper source In PCL5e the paper size always has priority over the media type and the paper source If this option is not specified the default value will be used Example The command to specify Thick1 media type is Ip o mtype Thick1 filename Paper Source The paper source can be selected using the following options Option Value Alternate Value Description auto source Select auto paper tray selection manual Select stack feed bypass drawer1 upper Select the 1st drawer cas1 drawer2 lower Select the 2nd drawer cas2 drawer3 pedupper Select the 3rd drawer cas3 Printing Guid
439. ws 25 26 SUPPLEMENT Novell iPrint Available for Windows 98 Windows Me Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 Connecting with a Novell iPrint Environment over TCP IP Network NetWare 6 x Setting up the Novell iPrint connection Setting up the iPrint printer connection using iPrint Client Windows 98 Windows Me Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 When this equipment is configured to manage iPrint with NetWare 6 x over TCP IP you can print through the NetWare print server from Windows 98 Me Windows NT 4 0 Win dows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 In this case install the printer driver using iPrint Client from the NetWare server P 143 Installing Client Software for Novell iPrint To print with a Novell iPrint the NetWare server must be configured for iPrint and this equipment must be configured to enable NetWare Print Service Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows Installing Client Software for Parallel Printing This section describes how to install the client software when this equipment is con nected with a printer cable There are three ways to set up the printer drivers for parallel printing e Using the installer in the Client Utilities CD ROM When you insert the Client Utilities CD ROM into your CD ROM drive the installer automatically starts You can install printer drivers and other client software using the
440. xisting profile or not If you want to overwrite the existing profile click OK 4 The setting profile is saved Loading profile 1 Select a profile in the Profile drop down box ajx Setup Print Job Layout Effect Image Quality About Original Paper Size Letter 8 1 2 x 11 hd T Manual Scale 100 Sal Print Paper Size Same as Original Size bel Paper Source Automatic ful Paper Type Plain 2 Orientation Portrait E Number of Copies 1 Copy Handling Sort Copies hd Color Mono hd Staple None hd Hole Punch None E 2 Sided Printing None si Restore Defaults Cancel Apply Help The settings profile is loaded from the file and apply to the printer options NOTE Selecting None in the Profile drop down box cannot restore the initial settings on the printer driver To restore the initial settings after selecting a profile click Restore Defaults Printing Guide Printing from Windows 205 Deleting profile 1 Select a profile that you want to delete in the Profile drop down box and click Delete zix Setup Print Job Layout Effect Image Quality About Original Paper Size Letter 8 1 2 x 11 ba I Manual Scale 100 Print Paper Size Same as Original Size ba Paper Source Automatic j Paper Type Plain bd Orientation Portrait fa Letter 1 E Number of Copies i Copy Handling Sort Copies bd Color Mono
441. y depending on the optional devices installed on this equipment and their configuration on the Configuration tab Print Style This selects how you want to print on insertion sheets Do not print on page Select this to insert blank sheets Print on 1 side of page Select this to print the specified pages on the front side of the insertion sheets Printing Guide Printing from Windows 219 Print on both sides of page Select this to print the specified pages on both sides of the insertion sheets This is available only when the 2 Sided Printing option is enabled on the Setup tab Pages Enter the page number where the sheet is to be inserted To enter multiple pages separate page numbers with commas When Do not print on page is selected from the Print Style drop down box the blank sheet is inserted before the entered pages When Print on 1 side of page is selected from the Print Style drop down box entered page will be printed on the inserted sheet When Print on both sides of page is selected from the Print Style drop down box entered page and the next page will be printed on both sides of the inserted sheet 220 Printing Guide Printing from Windows NOTES If Do not print on page is selected while 2 sided printing is performed and you enter an even numbered page printed on the back side of the paper for the Pages field the specified page will be blank The desired blank sheet is
442. y displayed for e STUDIO4511 Series and e STUDIO451c Series Staple Empty Staple Empty Please Set Staple Cartridge Set the Staple Cartridge Refer to the Opera tor s Manual for Basic Function for instruc tion Finisher s Lower Tray Staples are Empty Please Replace Saddle Staple Cartridge Set the Saddle Staple Cartridge Refer to the Operator s Manual for Basic Function for instruction Printing Guide TopAccessDocMon Errors 353 354 Status Details Description Printer Error Finisher Disconnected Please Join Finisher to Copier Join the Finisher to the copier stably Hole Punch Jam in Finisher Please Clear Hole Punch Clear hole punches from the Finisher Refer to the Operator s Manual for Basic Function for instruction Staple Jam in Finisher Please Clear Staple Remove jammed staples from the Finisher Refer to the Operator s Manual for Basic Function for instruction Staple Jam in Lower Tray of Finisher Please Clear Staple Remove jammed staples from the Saddle stitch Finisher Refer to the Operator s Man ual for Basic Function for instruction Toner Error Please Use Genuine TOSHIBA Toner Check and adjust the toner bottle Finisher Lower Tray Full Please Remove Paper Remove paper from the Lower Tray of Saddle stitch Finisher Mixed Sized Paper not Allowed Please Check Paper Check the paper
443. you are using the Windows XP or Windows Server 2003 click Start and Printers and Faxes to open the Printers and Faxes folder 3 Select the printer driver and select Properties in the File menu lolx File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Open ch GyFolders CH 0 GE X A EE v Set as Default Printer z eco Printing Preferences SS z S sy Pause Printing A j GS ge Cancel All Documents Add Printer TOSHIBA TOSHIBA STUDIO4 e STUDIO4 Sharing Use Printer Offline T TopAccessDocMon Server Properties Create Shortcut Hl e selected items The printer driver properties dialog box appears 4 Display the Ports tab and click Add Port ef rosna e sTuDIO4sicSeries PCLG properties aixi General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Security Fonts Configuration About le TOSHIBA e STUDID451 cSeries PELE Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked port Port Description Pine Printer Port Printer Port LPT3 Printer Port COM1 Serial Port COM2 Serial Port FILE Print to File 10 Standard TCP IP Port e The Printer Ports dialog box appears Printing Guide Installing Client Software for Windows 5 Select Standard TCP IP Port and click New Port aixi Available port types Local Port Nen Port Type cone e Th

Texas Instruments TI-84 Calculator User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents